video Photography Articles

3 Excellent Digital Cameras for Video

digital cameras for video

 photo byhobo_018 via iStock

What are the best cameras for video? That’s a question every person asks themselves countless times when deciding on a new camera.

It’s a difficult question, with the best answer being, it depends! How experienced are you? What are you going to be filming with digital cameras for video? Is shooting video a hobby or a profession for you? What’s your budget? These are all important questions you need to answer before you can decide which of these digital cameras for video will work best for you.  

Once you’ve answered those questions, now you are ready to start looking for a camera. And lucky for you, I’ve outlined three excellent digital cameras for video below. One of which will undoubtedly be the perfect camera for you! 

Beginner Video Cameras for Sale

Sony Alpha A6000 1

If you are a newbie, the Sony Alpha A6000 is the ultimate beginner digital camera for video. It’s pocket-sized, easy to use, incredibly lightweight, and best of all, cheap as can be!  

Introduced in 2014, the A6000 is an oldie but ohhhh it’s a goodie. It’s a testament to just how spectacular this camera is that after all these years it’s still considered one of the best beginner digital cameras for video on the market.

Taking a look at the camera specs, the Sony A6000 has a large 24-megapixel APS-C sensor. That’s fantastic in comparison to most other entry-level cameras, and helps deliver terrific quality video. Also, the autofocus has 179 phase detection points and works brilliantly in every test I’ve put it through.

Sony Alpha A6000 2

Video is recorded in full HD 1080p, which is not quite the quality of 4K, but is more than sufficient while learning and getting started in videography. If 4K or higher video is really a deal-breaker for you, consider one of the higher-end digital cameras for video I cover later in the article.  

On a budget and want an even better bargain? Try checking out MPB.com. They currently have a number of used Sony A6000’s for sale, and are a superb resource for finding video cameras for cheap! Once you’ve found that perfect camera, it’s a wonderful place to pick up lenses for cheap as well! 

 Sony Alpha A6000 3

Here is a more detailed overview of the specifications of this great digital camera for video: 

  • Model number: ILCE-6000
  • Sensor: 24.3 million APS-C (23.5 x 15.6mm) CMOS sensor
  • Focal length conversion: 1.5x
  • Memory: SD/SDHC/SDXC
  • Viewfinder: Electronic viewfinder, 0.39 inches, 1,440,000 dots
  • Video: 1080p
  • ISO range: 100 to 25,600
  • Autofocus points: 179 phase detection points, 25 contrast detect points
  • Max burst rate: 11fps
  • Screen: 3-inch, 921k-dot tilting LCD
  • Shutter speeds: 1/4000-30sec plus Bulb
  • Weight: 344g (with battery and memory card)
  • Dimensions: 120 x 66.9 x 45.1mm
  • Power: NP-FW50 rechargeable lithium-ion battery

What are the Best Video Cameras for Making YouTube Videos?

Sony Alpha A6600 1

The Sony Alpha A6600 is Sony’s newest high-end crop censor mirrorless camera. Released in 2019, it’s five years newer than the aforementioned A6000, and this digital camera for video has received some major upgrades for those looking to take the next step as a filmmaker!

The first noteworthy change is that the a6600 can capture video in 4K HDR. Additionally, there are no time restrictions on how long you can record in 4K, and issues involving overheating while recording for extended periods of time have mostly been dealt with. 

 Sony Alpha A6600 2

As long as you have this bad boy plugged in, you can now record as long as you want! This makes it the go-to digital camera for video for many vloggers and YouTubers today. 

Furthermore, the camera body itself has some significant upgrades as well. The A6600 has a weather-sealed magnesium alloy body, 5-axis in-body image stabilization, mic/headphone jacks, 425 phase detection points in autofocus, and uses a longer lasting battery.

 Sony Alpha A6600 3

Take a look at the full camera specs for this intermediate digital camera for video here:

  • Sensor: 24.2MP APS-C CMOS
  • Image processor: BIONZ X
  • AF points: 425 phase/contrast-detection
  • ISO range: ISO 100-32,000 (51,000)
  • Max image size: 6000x4000 pixels
  • Metering modes: Multi-segment, Center-weighted, Spot (standard/large), Average, Highlight
  • Video: 4K 30/25/24p, 1080 120/60/30/25/24p
  • Viewfinder: EVF, 2,359k dots, 0.39 type
  • Memory card: 1x Memory Stick/SD/SDHC/SDXC (UHS-I)
  • LCD: 3.0-inch, 922k dots, tilting touchscreen
  • Max burst: 11fps, 46 raw, 116 JPEG
  • Connectivity: Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC
  • Size: 120.0 x 66.9 x 69.3mm
  • Weight: 503g

Learn More:

Best Camera for Video

Sony Alpha 1

What is at the top of the list of the best digital cameras for video out there today? If price isn’t an issue the answer is simple, it’s the Sony Alpha 1. Just released earlier this year, this mind-blowing digital camera for video seems to have come out of a fantasy land!

It’s without a doubt tops among digital cameras for video Sony has ever released and here is exactly why: It has an out-of-this-world 50-megapixel sensor, dual memory card slots, 15 stops of dynamic range, 759 phase detection points in autofocus, and can shoot video in a staggering 8K! 

Sony Alpha 1 2

In addition to recording 8K at 30FPS, it can also capture 4K at up to 120FPS. When filming in 8K, Sony claims the Alpha 1 can run continuously for up to 30 minutes thanks to an all-new passive heat dissipation system. 

With a hefty price tag, this digital camera for video is certainly not for everyone. However, if you work professionally with video or are a professional filmmaker, you may see significant improvements in the quality of your work if you decide to switch over to the modern technological marvel that is the Sony Alpha 1!

Sony Alpha 1 3

See below the entire list of specifications for this illustrious digital camera for video:

  • Sensor: 50.1MP full-frame EXMOR RS CMOS
  • Image processor: BIONZ XR
  • AF points: 759 phase detect, 425 contrast detect
  • ISO range: 100-32,000 (expandable to 50-102,400)
  • Stabilization: 5-axis, up to 5.5 stops
  • Max image size: 8640 x 5760px (199MP with multi-shot mode)
  • Video: 8K 30p (XAVC HS 8K), 4K (XAVC HS 4K or XAVC S 4K) up to 120p, 10-bit 4:2:0 internal, 16-bit raw via HDMI
  • Viewfinder: 9.44m dots, 100% coverage, 0.9x magnification, 240fps refresh rate
  • Memory card: 2x CFexpress Type A/UHS-II SD/SDHC/SDXC
  • LCD: 3-in tilting touchscreen, 1.44m dots
  • Max burst: 10fps mechanical shutter, 30fps electronic shutter
  • Connectivity: Wi-Fi 5Ghz and 2.4GHz, Bluetooth
  • Size: 128.9 x 96.9 x 80.8mm
  • Weight: 737g body only, including battery and memory card

Final Thoughts on Digital Cameras for Video

what are the best video cameras for making youtube videos

 photo bymixetto via iStock

No matter which of these digital cameras for video you decide to buy, it’s up to you to put in the time and hard work it takes to create amazing videos - the camera you buy isn’t going to make you a video star!

Always remember, it’s the person behind the camera that makes the camera great, not the other way around.

Learn More:



We Recommend


3 GoPro Video Accessories You Need in Your Bag

3 GoPro Video Accessories You Need in Your Bag

photo byDmitrii Guldin via iStock

GoPro and GoPro style action cameras are fantastic tools for videographers. Being rugged and water resistant make them the perfect video gear for many situations in which it may not be advantageous for us to use our DSLR or mirrorless digital cameras.

GoPro action cameras are pretty small so matching them up with some GoPro video accessories such as a GoPro mount to hold the camera or other GoPro accessories such as mics or lights works out well.

To find GoPro video accessories and other general and specialized video gear, I like to use Ikan Corp. They make and sell all sorts of video gear for advanced videography. Here are three GoPro accessories you need in your bag.

GoPro Shoulder Rig

gopro video accessories 1

GoPro and other action cameras are quite small compared to most DSLRs and mirrorless cameras, which means we can mount them virtually anywhere. Holding them steady for videography with only our hands can be somewhat difficult, though, due to that small size.

A shoulder rig mount like the GoPro Handheld Shoulder Rig model ELE-GOFLY will allow for steady shooting on the fly and is configured to be able to hold two GoPro cameras at once for stereoscopic 3D applications. The extra mounting points can also be used for mounting lights or microphones.

The shoulder pad part of the mount can be moved from one side to the other or removed completely and the rest of the mount used as an action mount.

GoPro Grip Handle

gopro accessories 2

Perhaps you want a more simplified method of holding your GoPro video gear, if so a handle might fit your needs. The GoPro Grip Handle ELE-GPH lets you hold the action camera comfortably and even has a flat foot on the bottom side so you can use it as a stand on a table or brick wall or something similar. It is an item that many action cam videographers consider to be in their must have GoPro video accessories bag.

This GoPro mount grip allows for 90 degrees of tilt and has strap slots which you could use to secure it to a surface, an object, or around your wrist. For on the move filming, which is what most action cam footage is, attaching your camera to this video gear grip is a very good idea as it gives you more security and stability than trying to hold the camera on its own. 

Learn More:

Dual-Head Lavalier Mic

video gear 3

One of the most important GoPro video accessories used to turn your action cam into a regular use video camera are auxiliary microphones. In order to record the spoken word, such as in a voiceover or an interview, lavalier mics are used by many videographers.

There are multiple options for lavalier mics including whether to use wired or wireless mics, but the least expensive and easiest to use are wired. Ikan’s Dual-Head Lavalier Mic, the Comica CVM-D02, is an excellent choice for GoPro video accessories.

It has two microphone heads, an 8 foot cord, wind socks, and two different types of connectors. The microphone has very low distortion and a wide dynamic range for natural sounding audio recording in our GoPro video recordings.

What Other GoPro Video Accessories Are Useful?

GoPro Video Accessories You Need in Your Bag

photo byYURII HAVRYKOV via iStock

The GoPro cameras and other action cameras are great for photographers and videographers, allowing shooting and recording in situations otherwise inaccessible to regular cameras. Other accessories that we can use include housings, cases, lights, and a huge array of different mounts. 

Whatever your GoPro kit includes, you have the ability to capture truly breathtaking images and videos, particularly if you have a newer GoPro, like the Hero 9 Black. Good luck shooting!

Learn More:



We Recommend


3 Must-Have Video Accessories for the Sony a6500

3 Must Have Video Accessories for the Sony a6500

Photo by Aman Upadhyay on Unsplash

 Your Sony a6500 camera is a great tool for both still photography and video. There are some must-have video accessories for Sony a6500 that can assist you to get the most out of its video capabilities.

 Accessories for video fall into several categories, camera handling, lighting, and audio. It’s important to keep in mind that video accessories won’t automatically improve your video, that’s still the work of gaining experience and skill. 

 What these Sony a6500 video accessories can do for you is make certain jobs either easier to do well or add capability that you can exploit. So we came up with a very short list of 3 must-have video accessories that can benefit your video efforts, specifically tailored to your Sony a6500 mirrorless camera.

Camera Cage

sony a6500

What is a camera cage? It’s a housing, bracket, or grip for your camera that protects it and adds mounting points for all the various accessories for video that we add to our cameras to increase their capabilities and improve handling. 

Some of those other must-have video accessories that would overwhelm this small camera without a camera cage are external mics, external monitors, follow focus systems, teleprompters, wireless transmitting gear, follow focus system, and matte boxes.  

Attaching one external microphone to your Sony a6500 via the hot shoe pretty much takes up all the room available on the camera itself. A camera cage offers multiple mounting points, none of them attaching directly to the camera.

sony a6500 2

That’s an important thing to consider, because if we attempt to add more and heavier items to our camera hot shoe, we put extra strain on the camera’s top plate. Any drop or even a slight bump to a show mounted bracket with multiple items on it could damage the camera.

Looking at an example of a cage designed for this camera, such as the TILTA ES-T27 from Ikan, we see all of these considerations factored into its design. Since the Sony a6500 is the same basic body as the other Sony a6xxx series of cameras, it will also fit them.

Machined from a single piece of aluminum for the cradle art of the cage, it provides excellent damage protection for the camera. 

Some other features are the multiple very secure mounting points for added gear, an integrated 15mm rail system for lens accessories, quick release for the entire rig, and full access to all buttons, doors, switches, and slots. It even has a cooling system to combat the problem of hot operation during long shoots.

Portable LED Light

sony a6500 video accessories

Now we move on to the lighting category of our must-have video accessories for Sony a6500. Compared to photographic lighting, cinematography lighting can seem confusing at the start. But it isn’t difficult to figure out.

Many of the same lighting configurations we use for portraits and product photography can be adapted directly to video. The biggest change that we need to adapt to ourselves is movement. Videos move, with camera movement and subject movement, sometimes both at once. Even if we’re simply panning across the scene with a fluid head, that’s still movement.

sony a6500 video accessories 2

Which is why having a light mounted to the camera cage is often a good practice. We can use the camera mounted light as a catch light or as the primary light source. Since we want it on camera, battery powered LED lights are a great fit.

The iLED144 Bi-Color Flood Light from Ikan is a good example of the type of portable light that can be used this way. Not only is it small and lightweight, it also has adjustments for color temperature and power level so we can seamlessly blend it in with the ambient light or the rest of our lighting rig.

LED lights are good for both video and for still photography. Continuous light is provided, the LED bulbs are cool and very efficient, and the quality of the light is very high. 

Learn More:

Shotgun Microphone

video accessories for sony a650

Filling the audio portion of our must-have video accessories for Sony a6500 is a shotgun mic. There are other types of microphones such as wireless lavaliers and boom mics we can use for improving the audio portion of our videos, but a high quality shotgun mic mounted to the camera is a very versatile tool for many styles of videography.

One model that will work very well with your Sony a6500 camera is the Comica CVM-CP2 super cardioid condenser shotgun mic. It also comes from Ikan, designer, maker, and retailer of high end accessories for video. Ikan designers are videographers themselves, so the gear is well thought out. Being their own manufacturer, they can offer their high end gear for lower prices than many other brands.

video accessories for sony a650 2 

What makes the Comica shotgun mic so useful is that it can be powered by its own battery or by phantom power, has built-in low noise circuitry, and has a frequency range of 20Hz to 20KHz and a signal-to-noise ratio of greater than 65dB. It can mount to most cameras and fits on any camera cage. It can even be used as a boom mic with an extension pole.

Helpful Hints and Instruction

Another category of must-have video accessories is quality instruction. The new cameras are incredibly capable which means we really should try to get the best out of them. 

Keep coming back to PhotographyTalk.com for helpful hints, equipment reviews, and in-depth instruction for various techniques for all skill levels from beginner to advanced. 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


3 Simple Tips for Shooting Video on Your iPhone

tips for shooting video on iphonePhoto by John Mark Arnold on Unsplash

For most of us, the need to shoot video is in recording day-to-day activities with our family and friends.

That being the case, there really isn't a need for most people to invest in high-end cameras, lenses, and lighting gear.

Instead, if you have an iPhone, you can take some pretty good video footage. You can even edit your videos and create something quite beautiful right on your phone!

Here's a few of my favorite tips for shooting video on your iPhone.

iPhone Video Tip: Never, Ever Use Your Phone's Digital Zoom

iphone video tipPhoto by Hermes Rivera on Unsplash

This is a great tip for shooting video and still photos as well.

Though the digital zoom on the iPhone is handy (and much better than it used to be), it still produces very poor quality images and videos.

Instead of a clean, noise-free picture, you one that's totally pixelated and looks just plain bad.

The reason for this is because when you zoom in on your iPhone, it's just enlarging the picture, not actually zooming in optically.

iPhone models since the release of the 7-Plus have dual lenses that mitigate this issue somewhat, but even so, as a rule of thumb, it's better to physically move closer to the subject than use the digital zoom.

Learn More:

A Good Video Needs Good Audio

good video needs good audioPhoto by Kai Pilger on Unsplash 

Just like the iPhone's digital zoom has limitations, so too does its tiny microphone.

While it works great for picking up your voice when you're talking on the phone, it's not so great for picking up the voice of a subject that's a few feet away.

But when shooting video with your iPhone, it's not like you can hold the phone up to the subject's mouth to get the clearest audio. What to do instead?

Perhaps the easiest trick is to use another phone as a microphone.

Simply position the second phone near the subject - ensuring that it's out of the frame of the video - that way you can shoot video on your phone while also getting clearer audio from the second phone.

iphone microphone

Another option is to add an aftermarket microphone to your iPhone.

The options are virtually endless here, with more expensive models that plug into the Lightning port on your phone and provide directional audio recording to less expensive options that look like a shotgun mic you would use with a traditional video camera.

Regardless of which of these methods you choose to record video, each is a much better option for getting clear, sharp audio than simply relying on your phone mic to pick up sound as you record.

Learn More:

Use a Video Editor to Give Your Video a Professional Look

iphone video tips 

As I noted in the introduction, you can edit your videos right on your phone. What's easier than that?!

If you use the right tools, you can create something that's beautiful and professional-looking too.

I came across a video editor a few months back called Kizoa, and it certainly fits the bill for helping you create videos on your phone that truly impress.

Not only does Kizoa have an ultra-powerful online video editing platform where you can edit video, store your video and photo files, and easily share your creations, but it also has a free iOS app for creating incredible videos on-the-go.

kizoa ios app

In fact, with just a few taps in the Kizoa App, you can generate amazing videos in just a few minutes.

You can add as many photos or videos as you want, and Kizoa will detect faces automatically, that way your video will be framed beautifully with optimized effects.

The app allows you to create videos in portrait, landscape, or square formats, and Kizoa's innovative technology gives you the option to apply multiple 3D effects, slides, fades, sound effects, text effects, different fonts, and more.

In other words, you have all the tools you need right at your fingertips to create and share incredible videos!

video editor iphone 

What sets Kizoa apart from other video editors is that it's so incredibly easy to use whether you're on your iPhone or on your laptop.

They provide you with tons of beautiful pre-made templates that allow you to create your videos in short order.

Not only that, but Kizoa also enables you to add texts, transitions, music, and other features to your videos that give them a completely polished look.

Pricing

Perhaps best of all, Kizoa is affordable - get a lifetime premium membership for under $30.00. There's no recurring fees. No cost to upgrade from your plan. Just a one-time fee and you've got access for life!

In that regard, Kizoa is head and shoulders above its competitors. It's easy to use, has powerful video tools, and inexpensive. I wouldn't use anything else to create videos on my iPhone.

Learn More:



We Recommend


3 Tablet Teleprompters for Any Budget

3 Tablet Teleprompters for Any Budget

Do you want to improve the quality and viewability of your vlogs, podcasts, and YouTube videos? Using a teleprompter will provide you with videography gear and techniques that can help you out. We found 3 of the best teleprompters for any budget.

Whenever I am looking for new, upgraded, or needed videography gear, such as teleprompters for YouTube videos, I pull up Ikan Corp first or at least early in my search. 

Ikan products are made, designed, or procured by people who are videographers themselves, so the items are always useful and high quality. Since they design and make much of the videography gear themselves, we can find high quality equipment at much lower prices than similar items from other brands.

Budget Option

teleprompters for any budget

The Ikan PT-TAB Above-the-Lens Universal Tablet Teleprompter is an ideal beginner’s choice of teleprompters for any budget since it costs about the same as a high capacity memory card for your camera or a similar flash drive. 

It holds a tablet or large smartphone, being adjustable from 5x7.5 inches to 9X13 inches, so most Android or Fire tablets and most iPads will fit just fine. The specs say it’ll hold 7 inch to 12 inch tablets, but it goes both a little bit smaller and larger than that.

The PT-TAB mounts onto the 15mm rods that either come with or fit into a camera cage or other videography gear such as specialty dove-tail mounts. If you aren’t already using a camera cage yet, take a look at the advantages of having a camera cage for your DSLR or mirrorless camera.

There are apps available for tablets that enable you to easily scroll through the script or outline you’re using for your vlogging presentations. Some let you scroll manually, others use an automatic crawl with you setting the speed ahead of time.

Mid-range Option

best teleprompters

An all around top buy and a great mid-ranged price option is the Ikan PT-Elite-LS Universal Tablet & iPad Teleprompter for Light Stands that requires no camera cage since it mounts on a light stand. 

For some users who don’t already have or aren’t planning on getting a camera cage, this actually becomes a better choice for them as a budget option. It’s priced at about the same or a little lower than the budget model PT-TAB plus a camera cage or around the same price as a 32GB Apple iPad 8 which can still be found brand new online.

Being able to fit it onto a light stand is a nice option for many vloggers setting up in their home studio or on location with the DSLR or mirrorless camera they regularly use for both still photography and video. 

The construction of glass, aluminum, and vinyl allows for easy reading and great viewability in a wide variety of ambient lighting conditions. Compatible with tablets from 6x9 inches to 9x13 inches.

Learn More:

Professional Option

teleprompters for youtube videos 1

A professional solution for larger cameras is the Ikan PT-Elite-Pro2 TK Teleprompter Travel Kit with Rolling Hard Case which costs about double the mid-priced option above or around the same price range as an Apple iPhone X.

It’s superbly designed, completely adjustable, and will accommodate cameras from lightweight mirrorless crop format cameras to Full Frame DSLRs and even larger camcorders. Made from aircraft aluminum, this mounts directly to a video tripod head and includes a rolling hard shell case for easy transportation. 

The PT-Elite-Pro2 will work with tablets as large as an iPad Pro but is still light enough to be used on a smaller video tripod or any other of tripod you might be using.

Why Use a Teleprompter?

videography gear

Our main reason for recommending teleprompters for YouTube videos and other vlogs or podcasts is to provide your viewers with eye contact which tends to make people very comfortable when viewing your videos.

The number one method for maintaining eye contact with a remote audience is to create a script or a script outline and read it through a teleprompter so that it appears that you are looking straight into the lens. This is how newscasters seem to be talking directly to you without ever looking down at notes.

Since there are teleprompters for any budget, your videos can also benefit from the advantages of using a teleprompter.

Learn More:



We Recommend


3 Things to Look for in a Field Monitor

 3 Things to Look for in a Field Monitor

 photo by monkeybusinessimages via iStock

Working professionally in video requires you to be on top of all the technical aspects of the project, a field monitor for videography provides many benefits for pro or other advanced videographers in monitoring the video as you’re filming.

There are good reasons for using an external field monitor for video productions. A few of them are:

  • Larger viewing area for better monitoring of focus and composition
  • Brighter view for working under very bright light such as outdoors in full sunlight
  • Allows other crew to see what is on camera
  • Added features give more feedback and control to the filmmaker
  • Can be set up for wireless monitoring

With those thoughts in mind, here are 3 things I usually look at when considering an external field monitor for photography and videography:

  • Size
  • Brightness
  • Battery Life

Larger Screen

field monitor for videography 1

The demands for professional video, including wedding videography, are higher than for casual video making. The view screen on our DSLRs, mirrorless cameras, or dedicated video cameras and camcorders are much bigger than what we had just a few years ago, but even the smallest external field monitor provides a lot more image area to look at.

Why is this important? It’s important because there are sometimes small little errors we make during filming that we might have avoided if we had a bigger view of what we’re recording. Focus is one procedure that is easier to take care of with a bigger view.

A step up from the built in view screen is the 5 inch screen of the Delta DH5e-V2 LCD field monitor from Ikan. The large screen size and a feature called false color assist you in making sure that the focus is spot on.  

Learn More:

Bright View

field monitor for videography 2

Filming outside in sunlight or indoors under certain types of ultra bright artificial lights such as in a sports stadium can cause issues with viewability. Bright sunlight will wash out the view screen built into our camera, but an external field monitor combats this issue in several ways. 

First, the larger screen of an external field monitor is brighter overall simply because of its size. Second, the field monitors come with sunscreens that help manage excess glare. Third, you can readjust the position of the field monitors so that the bright  light isn’t directly on the screen. 

Being able to see clearly will help you with good composition and also avoiding any crew members or other unwanted elements being in the recording. 

These reasons make it beneficial to use a field monitor for still photography too, since we may be shooting still images in similar conditions from time to time.

The 9 inch Ikan VX9w-S is a field monitor that is an excellent choice for working under extremely bright lighting conditions like what you might find in bright sunlight or certain indoor venues. An added feature of some field monitors like this one is the ability to convert signals for HDMI to SDI or the other way around, SDI to HDMI.

Long Battery Life

field monitor for videography 3

A field monitor is only useful for professional videography for as long as it has power. Sometimes we have the option of plugging in our equipment to a wall socket, such as if we’re filming an interview for our YouTube channel. But most of the time, we will rely on battery power. 

An external field monitor such as the Ikan VXF7-V2 7 inch monitor is powered by Sony L style camcorder batteries. These batteries are common power sources for field monitors since they are inexpensive and can be charged quickly. Since they are relatively cheap, we can keep several charged up for longer videography projects.

Other Features and Benefits

field monitor for photography 4

 photo by magical_light via iStock

The ability to monitor wirelessly, see waveforms and histograms, and convert from one signal to another are other great reasons to use external field monitors for videography. If you film professionally or need professional quality video for your personal productions, a field monitor is a valuable asset.

Not only do you gain valuable functions, but you also ease your workflow and enable yourself to capture better video since you have a bigger, brighter, clearer view of what’s being filmed.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


3 Tips on How to Use a Teleprompter

3 tips on how to use a teleprompter

There are many things that factor into creating a high-quality video.

Are you shooting in 720p or 4K?

Do you have a good external mic to record audio or are you relying on the built-in mic in your camera?

These are just two examples of how gear can influence the quality of your videos.

But there’s another piece of gear - a teleprompter - that can also have a significant impact on how your videos turn out. 

Let’s explore a few tips for how to use a teleprompter.

Editor’s Tip: I use the mPrompter teleprompter to record YouTube videos, and it has proven to be an effective addition to my video-production kit. It’s extremely portable, has a durable stainless steel body and frame, and it has a black coating that minimizes reflections and glare. Get more details on this affordable little teleprompter! 

You Need to Practice

how to use a teleprompter 1

 photo by adamkaz via iStock 

Some people seem to think that if you have a teleprompter that you can just load the script and read it off the fly and be okay. 

And maybe that strategy works for some folks, but I’m not one of them. 

I practice reading the script off the teleprompter as much, if not more, than I did back in the day when I just used cue cards.

Practice isn’t just important to get the pacing down so it sounds like you’re having a natural conversation, but it’s also important for your comfort level with how your studio or on-location setup is arranged. The more comfortable you are with everything, the better the video will turn out.

teleprompter tips 2

 photo by LordHenriVoton via iStock 

Part of practicing with a teleprompter should be breaking the script into smaller chunks.

Just because you have it all on the teleprompter doesn’t mean you have to record the entire script in one take.

Breaking it into three or four sections and recording each section individually will likely get you better results.

Learn More:

Create a Good Sight Line 

teleprompter mistakes 3

 photo by mixetto via iStock 

This might seem like a “duh” tip, but you’d be surprised how many video creators start out with the teleprompter in a place that doesn’t afford them a very good view. 

You should take the time to get everything in place - the teleprompter, camera, microphones, lights, and so forth - that way when it’s time to roll the video, you don’t have to waste time making last-minute adjustments to the placement of your gear.

Your preparations with your teleprompter should involve adjusting its height such that it is on the exact same plane as your eyes. Doing so enables you to look directly into the camera.

Editor’s Tip: Not all teleprompters are made alike, and some are easier to read than others. My mPrompter teleprompter has a 3mm glass mirror that’s equipped with a 70/30 reflective coating. Combined with the black coating that minimizes reflections and glare, it’s a great option for outdoor shoots. It also sets up in about one minute, so it’s perfect for run-and-gun videos.

Work on Eye Movement

I saved the most difficult tip for last… 

One of the most common teleprompter problems people encounter is that their eyes are visibly moving as they read. There’s really not much point of using a teleprompter if it’s obvious you’re using one!

To combat this issue, try to read an entire line all at once, as opposed to reading the text word-by-word. This will help reduce eye movements and also help you sound more natural.

Combined with lots of practice, having appropriate sightlines, and investing in a good teleprompter, you’ll be on your way to creating better video content.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


3 Types of Lights for Video Production

3 Types of Lights for Video Production

photo byAzmanL via iStock

What types of lights for video production are best for the type of videography gear that we have? Some often chosen types of lights for video are LED panel lights, ring lights, fresnel lights, soft boxes, and HMIs. 

What are the best lights for shooting video? We like softboxes a lot for still photography but a higher intensity light is often desired for good video. HMI lights are very intense, but also very expensive and quite hot, a little overkill for most video productions unless you’re filming for theatrical release or broadcast TV.  

So let’s look at some examples of the other 3 types of lights, LED panel lights, fresnels, and ring lights. Ikan Video Production Equipment & Accessories is a fantastic source for your high quality videography gear such as DMX, lighting, tripods, cages, and mics. They make or design what they sell on their website so their prices can stay reasonable while delivering superb quality.

LED Panel Lights

best lights for shooting video 1

One of the most versatile of all the lights for video production is the panel light design. Modern LED bulbs have made these compact, lightweight, and cool operating while providing very true color in adjustable color temps and intensity. 

Ikan’s Lyra Bi-Color LB5 LED Panel Light is a good fit for many videographers for several reasons. Like any panel light, it emits a broad swatch of light, 110 degrees for this light. Just one or two panel lights can be configured to light up many of the situations in which a videographer might be filming.

Bright enough for most needs, panel lights are also relatively soft (compared to a flood). Not as diffused as a softbox, but really easy to work with. The Lyra LED panel light is switchable between 3200K and 5600K, has adjustable power settings, and includes the barn doors for precise shadow control. It can be powered by AC power or batteries.

Learn More:

Fresnel Lights

lights for video production 2

Fresnel lenses let you shape the light cone to your exact needs, form a tight spot to a broad flood. It is focused like a lens might be by moving the fresnel or the bulb in order to change the light shape. The bulb may be tungsten, CFL, incandescent, or LED, with LEDs being the easiest to use and coolest to operate.

White Star 4” LED Fresnel Light from Ikan is a professional light with a lot of power and very useful features. It is 100 watt and can focus into a very bright and tight spot or widened out to a full flood. In addition to the fresnel adjustment, the 5600K light produced can also be modified by the included barn doors or by the dimming control.

It’s extremely well made and robust and also has 512K DMX for precise control in a total lighting system. It can be used on its own or as part of a lighting studio ensemble. 

Ring Lights

types of lights for video 3

Ring lights are well suited for product photography or macrophotography but they are also invaluable for certain types of videography. A ring light is one of the best lights for shooting video of people, especially YouTube or other vlogging of a single person such as an interview or an instructional video.

A ring light, used coles to the subject, provides a virtually shadowless light on the subject. You’re shooting through a ring of light surrounding the camera, so there is no directionality at all to the lights, meaning no shadows. Another way to use ring lights for video is to add it into an already existing lighting configuration to add a catchlight for the subject’s eyes.

The Oryon RLB40-M Ring Light is a 14 inch circle of light that can be switched between 3200K and 5600K color temperature, has mounts for smartphones or cameras, and a remote control

Which One For You?

lights for video 4

photo bykovaciclea via iStock

So, then, which light is the best one for your video productions? Hopefully, the descriptions and uses listed above will help narrow it down for you. You can also take a look at some of our more detailed tutorials on video lighting. 

Actually, if you’re like most videographers, you’ll find that a nice kit of lights for video will probably include one than one type of video light. In fact, I’m envisioning a particular lighting configuration for all three lights we just discussed. Should be fun! 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


4 More Ways to Improve your DSLR Videos

iStock 25148411 MEDIUM

We don't have to tell you that video recording with a DSLR is easier than ever, or that the quality you can expect is incredible. Cinema-standard recording is a reality with modern digital cameras. The fact still remains that DSLR frames aren't really built with movies in mind. Focusing while panning isn't very easy and the sound quality you can expect from the built-in microphone may leave a lot to be desired. Not only that, but camera bodies are designed to let you hold them as steady as possible while not moving. Fortunately, there are a number of great products out there to help you utilize your DSLR's video capabilities to their fullest. Let's take a look at a few.

Canon EOS 80D DSLR Video Creator Kit with 18-135mm Lens

canon kit

Here's one for anyone considering a new DSLR with both photography and videography in mind. It includes a camera with all the right features for both, a great zoom lens for photos and cinema, a power zoom adapter and a powerful video microphone, with all the peripherals and more. With Wi-Fi and NFC capabilites, you can even share your videos and photos right away.

There's simply too much in this kit to begin to describe here. What's more, the kit is priced so low you can't afford not to start with it! Get all the details and grab yours here.

Benro MOVEOVER8 23.6" Dual Carbon Rail Video Slider (600mm)

benro slider

Smooth motion is a critical part of professional-quality recording. Sliders are one of the staples of the industry because they provide a sure and stable means to get that smooth motion. This beautiful, portable deal-rail slider is lightweight, strong and quiet, thanks to the carbon fiber construction and 4-bearing carriage. It supports up to 17.6 pounds and allows a full 23.6” of travel.

The slider can be center mounted or supported with its built-in adjustable feet. It comes with a sturdy, wheeled carrying case, too. Find out more here.

Benro A04J18 MoveUp4 Travel Jib with Soft Case

travel arm

When simple side-to-side movement won't get the job done, a travel jib is the answer. The arm provides silky-smooth movement through almost any angle. It supports up to 8.8 pounds and has a vertical reach of just over 6 feet. You can attach a monitor to one of several threaded mounting points, so you can see what your DSLR sees with no guesswork.

In between shoots, it folds into a small package that's a perfect companion for your compact tripod. Get the details here.

Atomos Ninja Flame 7" 4K HDMI Recording Monitor

ninjaflame

All this motion means your camera's LCD screen isn't going to be big enough for you to see all the action. What's more, it doesn't have the dynamic range you need to rally judge how your movie will look over HDMI. Here's the solution and it monitors your audio, too! If you're serious about cinema quality, you really want to take a look at this.

We'll keep bringing you the latest and greatest gadgets and gear for photography and video production, so check back often. Meanwhile, when you need equipment, check with our friends at Hunt's Photo and Video for outstanding customer service and great prices on the best gear around.

Hunts WebBanner728x90 1114



We Recommend


4 Must-Have Accessories for Shooting Video

4 Must Have Accessories for Shooting Video

Photo by Chris Murray on Unsplash

I’ve been building my camera equipment stockpile for well over a decade now, and I never feel like I have enough equipment for videography. 

Not only is there constantly something new and interesting I want to buy, but I always have new clients that want really specific, niche videos.  

But over the years, I’ve perfected my basic videography equipment set. Here are the things I think a videographer can’t live without. 

Table of Contents:

A Solid, Yet Portable Video Tripod

accessories for shooting video 1

Photo by Wendy Wei from Pexels

Tripods are incredibly important to a film shoot. They lend stability to your shots, allow you to pan and tilt your camera with ease, and prevent you from getting so wrapped up in your camera that you can’t direct the shoot. 

But, as we all know, all tripods are not alike.

I prefer my tripods to be on the lighter end of things, which allows me to save weight for more important equipment like my lenses. 

accessories for shooting video 2

You’ll also want to look out for a tripod with a fluid head that connects to a bowl (as shown above), which allows for your tripod to bear more weight while keeping your shot level on uneven ground. 

Rubber feet are the most typical feet you’ll see on a tripod, since they allow for a good grip on a variety of surfaces, but if you’re constantly shooting out of doors you may want to purchase spiked feet to keep in your bag too. 

accessories for shooting video 3

Ikan’s EK630 Tripod comes with all these features and more for just $170. It’s adjustable from 29” to 65”, comes with a carrying bag, and can support up to 8.8 pounds of equipment. 

It’s the perfect addition to my camera bag, along with my Canon EOS R and my growing collection of RF lenses.

With a small mirrorless system, I don’t need a big, bulky, heavy tripod to support my gear. Instead, the lightweight design with a mid-level spreader to add stability is just what the doctor ordered!

 

Recommended Videography Reading:

 

A Quality Variable ND Filter to Control Exposure 

videography tips 4

When it’s a bright, sunny day outside and you need to get some footage, you usually have to close the aperture way down to control the exposure of your video.

There’s a problem with this strategy, though - the smaller the aperture, the larger the depth of field.

This isn’t a huge crisis, but depending on the type of video you’re shooting, you might want a nice, blurry background that helps separate the subject in the footage.

To keep the aperture nice and wide, and thereby minimize depth of field, you need a variable ND filter.

videography tips 5

The Kenko PL-Fader is an excellent option because it’s inexpensive, yet durably built to last you for years and years of shooting video.

It has two high-transparency polarizing film layers that give you control over how much light passes through the filter and into the lens.

videography tips 6

This is advantageous for controlling aperture, as mentioned above, but it’s also helpful for controlling the shutter speed. Specifically, if you want to slow down the shutter speed, the PL-Fader will help you do that. 

The easy adjustment knob makes changes to the filter’s light-stopping power a breeze, too, so you can concentrate on capturing the best-quality footage and not worry about complicated changes to your filter!

 

Editor's Tip: Get Kenko’s latest updates and access to promos for discounted gear. Click here to sign up.

 

A Durable, Bright Light

videography gear 11 2

 photo by goir via iStock 

I have this way of ending up in situations either without my lighting, or with a dead light. So, when you’re shopping for your lighting, make sure to choose one that has a long battery life.

You’ll also want to choose a light that you can throw around a bit. I’ve never dropped a camera, but pretty much everything else in my bag I’m really clumsy with. The problem is that most portable lighting feels really cheap. They’re made out of plastic and they break easily.

videography gear 7

To combat this, use a light from an established company, like Litra. They’re a go to for many videographers for a reason.

When you’re shopping around for your lighting, some other helpful features are waterproofing, different types of camera mounts, and warranties. 

I use the Litra Torch LitraPro, which I purchased off of Adorama for $220.

videography gear 8

I use this light, and specifically this company, for its 1-year warranty. Plus, the light is waterproof at up to 90 feet, it creates bright light across an entire room, and it lasts for up to 10 hours on one charge. 

Add to that full spectrum bi-color, Bluetooth compatibility, adjustable color temperature, and the ability to fully dim, and you have the makings of a top-quality light for video work!  

Learn More:

A Cinema Backpack to Carry It All

videography gear 9

There’s no reason for you to buy all of this gear if you don’t have a way to carry it around. I’ve extensively covered different videography bags over the years on PhotographyTalk, and found that, for the price, the Hex Glacier Cinema Backpack is my absolute favorite.  

Importantly, it’s large enough to fit all of my equipment, which is an asset I’ve struggled to find in the past.

videography gear 10

And no matter how much equipment I’m carrying, the backpack is comfortable because of its thick, padded straps that refuse to dig into my shoulders. 

It’s water resistant, has an abundance of pockets and other organization methods, and is completely customizable to your body type, too.

videography gear 11

This bag is beautifully built, impeccably designed, and offers easy access to all your gear for quick lens changes, swapping out batteries, and so forth.

I can tell that this backpack was created by a fellow videographer, and for $240 I wouldn’t recommend anything else.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


5 Essential Tools for Content Creators

5 essential tools for content creators

photo by golubovy via iStock

With video creation more popular than ever, it's essential that you have the best production value possible. If you don't, people will pass your video without a thought. If you do, you'll have content that grabs the viewer's attention and keeps it!

The question is, how do you create top-quality content? More to the point, what tools are needed for doing so?

In this quick gear review for videographers, you'll learn about five essential tools you need to create high-quality videos.

While this is not a comprehensive list of every single thing you might need, what is listed below are some of the most critical tools.

Let's get started!

Tools for Content Creators: A Solid Computer

tools for content creators computer

photo by DGLimages via iStock

Clearly, one of the first things you need to produce high-quality videos is a good computer.

Now, this doesn't mean you need to go out and buy Apple's new Mac Pro and drop more than $50,000 for a fully-featured model.

But, it also likely means that you should upgrade from your six-year-old old laptop you've had since college.

Having the computing power to process your videos is a must - otherwise you'll spend more time waiting for your computer to do its thing than you will actually editing your videos.

Whether you're a Mac person or a PC person doesn't matter - both iterations offer excellent options at virtually every price point imaginable. So, set a budget, do your research, and get a computer that can handle video editing without constant "spinning wheels of death."

Learn More:

Tools for Content Creators: Editing Software

tools for content creators video editor

photo by Artal85 via iStock

Another critical component of being able to produce top-quality video content is having a good video editor that allows you to make a seamless video.

But, just like with the computer you use, you don't need to spend top dollar to get a video editor that works well for your purposes.

In some cases, free software that comes with computers (i.e., iMovie on Macs) will suit you just fine.

In other cases, more capable software might be desired, like Adobe's Premiere Pro.

There are many more options than these, which we outlined in our list of the top free or inexpensive video editors.

Feel free to check out that list for more details on some of the best video editors on the market today.

Quick Tip: Your video editing needs might be different from the next guy or gal, so be sure you do your research before investing in a video editor. Your specific workflow might necessitate a different approach than someone else, so having as much knowledge about possible editors before you buy will help you get the best option for your needs. 

Tools for Content Creators: A Teleprompter

When I started making videos, I often did so off the cuff.

I mean, I might've had a few notes here and there, but by and large, my videos were me having a discussion with the camera.

As I got more and more involved in videography and producing different types of videos, I realized very quickly that to get content that actually engaged the viewer, I needed to have a script and I needed a telprompter to read the script.

As weird as it might sound, having the script in front of you where you can easily read it actually makes you look and sound more natural than if you simply try to talk to the camera on the fly. At least that's been my experience!

There are TONS of teleprompters out there at all sorts of price ranges. I've tested many different models and found that just like any other videography gear, some teleprompters are so-so, some are pretty terrible, and some are truly awesome.

I recently got my hands on a pre-production mPrompter teleprompter and have been testing it out for a couple of months. To say that I'm impressed is an understatement...

What I like most about this teleprompter is that it's highly portable. Portability (for me, anyway) is a huge concern because I shoot so many videos on location. Even if you don't do many videos away from your studio, considering the portability of the teleprompter you buy is of the utmost importance.

mprompter 2

I also like how durable this thing is. It's in my studio, in my car, being transported from Point A to Point B, and it has stood up to the test beautifully. That's due in large part to the fact that it has a stainless steel body and frame that can take a few bumps and bruises. Again, this is a feature you need to look for as you shop for a teleprompter.

mPrompter thought purposefully about the design of this teleprompter, too. There's a black coating that minimizes reflections and glare (which is a must-have for outdoor shoots), and the 3mm glass mirror has a 70/30 reflective coating as well.

Speaking of the mirror, it's permanently attached and free floated in a protective stainless steel bezel.

Add in the fact that it can be used with virtually any camera, it's easy to set up (less than one minute, in fact), and it's affordable, and you have the makings of a great teleprompter for your needs.

Learn More:

Tools for Content Creators: A Camera With a Front-Facing Screen

One of the things I realized very quickly when I started creating more video content is that I really needed a camera with a front-facing screen.

Having a front-facing screen helps you frame your sequences when you're filming yourself, which is important because how your video is framed makes a significant impression on viewers.

I love my Nikon Z7, but without a front-facing screen, it's not ideal for my video workflow. So, I opted to invest in a Canon EOS R, and it has made all the difference in the world.

There are plenty of other features that I like about the EOS R as a video camera, too...

It's small and lightweight, which is great for on-the-go shooting with a gimbal for vlog-style shooting.

It's weather-sealed, too, so if I'm doing a tutorial video and weather turns south, I don't have to worry too much.

The EOS R also has some absolutely killer glass available, and with more and more RF lenses coming out, the selection is only getting better.

The color profiles of the EOS R are off the charts as well.

In many cases, I don't have to do any color grading because I like the Canon color profile so much. That's a huge benefit!

Now, I know a lot of people will say that the EOS R's huge crop factor for video (1.8x) is a problem, but for my purposes, it's really not a big deal.

The point here is that it has many other features that make it a great option for me. Again, you'll need to do some research on the best video cameras for your purposes, but I think the EOS R should be on your list for sure, particularly because you can get your hands on a good used EOS R and save some green stuff!

mpb

 

Tools for Content Creators: A Great Microphone

rode videomic 1

For me, it just doesn't get any better than the RODE VideoMic NTG.

I just got this thing last week, and it's already impressed me enough to say that it is far and away one of the best mics I've ever used.

I've been a RODE fan for a long time, but they've definitely outdone themselves here...

When looking for a great mic for video work, you want something that performs well, is easily portable, and highly functional, and the VideoMic NTG definitely ticks all those boxes.

rode videomic 2

For starters, it has a battery that can last over 30 hours. That's a huge bonus because you can attend to actually shooting the video rather than worrying if your mic is going to die soon.

The audio quality of this thing is simply spectacular too. It captures beautifully natural sound without any interference from background noise. It has a switch to control everything from the safety channel to the high-frequency boost to the high-pass filter, so it's easy to access these often-used tools.

There's even a peak decibel warning light on this mic, that way you can capture distortion-free sound.

rode videomic 3

I also really appreciate the fact that RODE incorporated a sliding rail on this mic.

This is a big feature because it allows you to slide the mic forward and back as needed. So, rather than the mic ramming you in the face when you're holding the camera in your hand, you can slide it back on the rail. It's just an ingenious feature that makes this mic so much fun to use.

It's small, portable, packed with features, and produces excellent sound. I think that's exactly what you should look for in a high-quality mic for your videos!

Again, these are just the tools that have impressed me the most, so don't just pick them up because I recommended them. Do your research, so how these tools stack up against the competition, and I think you'll find these video accessories come out on top.

 



We Recommend


5 Tips for More Professional-Looking Videos

5 Tips for More Professional Looking Videos

 photo byTzido via iStock

Creating professional-looking videos is available to anyone who wants to learn how to make professional videos at home by using simple video techniques and basic video lighting and equipment. 

With that in mind, we came up with some simple to implement video tips to give you the ability to create professional-looking videos with just a little bit of extra effort.  

What’s cool about these video tips is that you really don’t have to spend any extra money to take advantage of these video techniques if you already have a videography kit. We’ll also give you some recommendations for gear if you don’t have a full kit yet. 

Stabilize Your Filming

how to make professional videos at home 1

 photo bymeatbull via iStock

A lot of videographers like me have started out as photographers and we tend to carry over certain techniques and mindsets from still photography to our new efforts in videography. In many types of photography, we rely on our well trained hand holding technique and camera features such as image stabilization for combating camera motion for capturing sharp images. 

When engaging in videography, we should support our cameras almost all the time instead of relying on hand holding techniques and tech features. Shaky camera footage is one of the most common and obvious differences between good professional-looking video and video that doesn’t look professional.

how to make professional videos at home 2

The solution is to put our camera on a good video tripod. In addition to keeping the camera steady, video tripods have fluid heads which smooth out any panning and tilting motion that you may have to make while filming. 

If you are shopping for an excellent video tripod with a fluid head for helping you make professional-looking videos is the Aluminum Tripod Kit with GH08 fluid head with counterbalancing and twin tube legs, shown above.

Light It Up

video lighting 3

 photo bylapandr via iStock

When looking at professional videos or motion picture scenes, our brains go into the mode that we are seeing realism, regardless of how realistic it is, because of the live action nature of motion pictures makes us feel like real life viewing.

Since our brains compensate rapidly and automatically for variations in lighting, when filming a scene for video, we need to consider that our audience is expecting, consciously or not, to see most of the objects in the scene.

video lighting 4

This subliminal expectation of realism requires our video lighting to be excellent to qualify as professional-looking video. Once you have the right lights or some kind of light modifiers, the setup becomes rather straightforward for most scenes, unless you’re trying for some sort of artsy look which is also professional-looking.

A good assist is to have the right type of video lighting. If you haven't settled on a video lighting kit yet, take a good look at the  Ikan Mylo Mini B-Color 2-Point LED Light Kit with stands and barn doors. It is very clean video lighting with a CRI of 95 for professional video results. 

Learn More:

Use Natural Composition

professional looking videos 5

 photo bymixetto via iStock

Professional-looking video tends to follow the same rules of composition as still imaging. The main one we all learned even before picking up our first camera is the Rule of Thirds

Other rules will work too, but most professional video leans heavily on the Rule of Thirds composition technique easily obtained natural feeling harmony and balance. Partly because it keeps us from looking to the edges of the frame, instead, keeping our attention fairly centered but with a realistic appearance.

While those other rules will also provide interesting video, sticking with the Rule of Thirds for most of the scenes keeps the feel very natural and balanced which results in professional-looking video footage.

Edit for Short Scene Length

professional looking videos 6

 photo byEvgeniyShkolenko via iStock

Average scene length and average shot length are interesting concepts to learn about. You can really spend a lot of time editing for professional-;looking videos, but the results are worth it. Be careful with the cuts and dissolves, though. The idea is to hold the viewer’s attention without drawing attention to the method used. 

Average scene and shot length are important concepts for professional-looking videos, but simply adding in B-Roll footage can be a good start for creative editing that holds the attention of your audience. Be careful not to over edit or make very obvious edits.

Edit Sound, Too

professional videos 7

 photo bybrightstars via iStock

One of the top things that separates amateur video from professional video is the quality of the audio track. Using an off camera microphone of some sort is part of the cure for poor or average audio recording. 

While editing audio is vitally important, you need to have good audio recorded in the first place so you have something worth working with. A shotgun mic, cardioid mic, or wireless lavalier mics will record much better than our camera’s built-in microphone.

professional videos 8

If you are still searching for your off camera microphone, consider wireless lavalier mics like the Comica Wireless Dual Mic System with two transmitters and one receiver. 

Let’s See Those Eyes

video techniques 9

 photo byfizkes via iStock

When interviewing someone for your vlog or YouTube channel, or when filming some sort of creative scene, be careful of your subject’s eyes. A common trick for naturalness and professional-looking video is to be sure we can see both eyes of the subject.

It’s another one of those odd video tips that seems trivial and ntpicky at first, but if you compare footage of a scene with the subject showing only one eye to the camera with footage of both of their eyes being visible, the more professional-looking video will have both eyes showing, which makes the viewer feel more comfortable when watching. Try it out for yourself.

You can, and should, still vary the placement of the subject and their position and where their gaze is directed, simply try to show both eyes (or at least part of the second eye) when arranging your scene composition and subject position and posing.

Other Video Tips

video tips 10

 photo bybrightstars via iStock

Other tips for how to make professional videos at home can be found in other articles on our website. Some of the subjects are capturing B-Roll solo, using different lenses, and creative editing techniques.

Some of the techniques will include buying guides of suggested equipment, but almost all of them can probably be accomplished with the equipment you already own. Your own projects can be professional-looking videos with just a few minor adjustments to your video techniques.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


50mm or 85mm: Which is Best for B-Roll?

what lens is best for b roll

Photo by Dave Craige on Unsplash

A great way to enhance your finished videos is to add in B-roll footage while editing. A-roll is footage that can tell the story on its own without anything added as explanation. B-roll is extra footage that doesn’t tell the story, but supports the A-roll in fleshing out the story.

How to actually get good B-roll video and edit it into your finished video requires some good choices. One choice is what lenses for shooting video to use. Other choices are where to add it and how much of it to use. 

The Best Lens for B-Roll

lens for b roll 1

Photo by Kyle Loftus from Pexels 

As far as useful video tips, the best one I ever got was to listen to everyone and everything, but then choose what actually fits me. As a new photographer, and even as an established pro, I received suggestions and tips about lenses all the time.  

Certain lenses are better suited for some applications than others. The trick is to determine which lens best fits the applications you want to use that lens to accomplish. Two lens focal lengths that have both general and specific jobs they are well suited for are the 50mm normal lens and the 85mm short telephoto. 

Learn More:

Crop Factor Confusion

lens for b roll 2

photo by WangMing'Photo via Pexels

You may have noticed that I’m using descriptive labels for these lenses that correspond to full-frame 35mm format. If you are using one of the cropped formats like APS-C or MFT, then the crop factors of 1.5X and 2.0X applies to what focal lengths are equivalent.  

To get close to the same field of view, lenses of 35mm and  57mm for APS-C are similar, for MFT it would be 25mm and 42.5mm. A quick search of actual lenses close to these numbers reveal several 25mm and 40mm lenses for MFT and 35mm and 60mm lenses for various APS-C cameras.

b roll tips 3

Image by Benjamin Balazs from Pixabay

Of course, you could also use the 50mm and 85mm lenses on the crop cameras, but crop factor will make them act like other focal lengths. MFT gives you 100mm and 170mm, APS-C gives you 75mm and 127.5mm.  

It can get a little confusing to think back and forth about crop factors and focal lengths, so we will concentrate our discussion on full-frame format. Crop factor could fill up a whole article on its own. So, let’s examine our choices of 50mm and 85mm lenses.

Recommended Videography Books:

 

The Nifty Fifty 

b roll tips 4

Photo by Vojtech Okenka from Pexels 

One of the most versatile lenses for photography and videography is the 50mm normal lens. Using a 50mm lens for B-roll is one of the more beneficial video tips. It’s a good lens for general use and for A-roll, too. 

The Nifty Fifty gives what is considered a normal perspective and field of view (FOV) in photos and video. They can be very budget friendly and are generally compact in size and have a wide maximum aperture. These lenses also tend to be close focusing and have pleasant bokeh when shot at wide apertures.

b roll tips 5

One of the better choices for many videographers could be the Nikon 50mm f/1.8 lens. Granted, this lens is in the Nikon F mount, so it is primarily meant to be used on Nikon DSLR cameras. With an f-stop of f/1.8, you can capture good images in low light or employ selective focus techniques. 

This is also one of the most affordable lenses in 35mm digital photography. It actually costs less than several of the speedlights for Nikon cameras. All of these reasons make the Nikon AF-S Nikkor 50mm f/1.8G lens one of the best lenses for shooting video and a great lens for B-roll.

Here is an interesting video covering the use of a 50mm lens for B-roll from Jeven Dovey, an experienced videographer and vlogger: 

With all of these pros, it sounds like a no brainer as the perfect lens. However, as one of the most important video tips ever, I must sadly inform everyone that there is no perfect lens. So sorry!

Among the cons for this fine lens is the normal focal length itself. Even though you can focus very close with most 50mm lenses, if you focus close on a person, the apparent perspective will not be flattering. 

While not as extreme as with wide angle lenses, the perspective exaggeration of a person’s face with a 50mm is enough to be noticable. So if you want to crop in closer on a person, either a headshot or head and shoulders, a short telephoto might be a better lens for B-roll. 

Learn More:

Short Telephoto Lens - 85mm

video tips 5

Photo by Luis Quintero from Pexels 

Long a favorite of portrait photographers, short telephotos in the approximately 80mm to 100mm range make excellent lenses for shooting video. What makes an 85mm lens a good lens for B-roll footage?

One of the finer examples of short telephoto lenses I’ve had the opportunity to use is the Canon EF 85mm f/1.4L IS USM lens. If you are a Canon shooter, this lens is well worth the money. It’s expensive, as all of the L-Series lenses from Canon are, but the quality is outstanding.

video tips 6

One of the reasons for using an 85mm lens for B-roll is to avoid the the facial elongation seen in wide to normal lenses when shooting people close up. A fast 85mm also gives you great bokeh and separation of subject to background when shot at wide apertures. For an 85mm lens, f/1.4 is pretty fast.

Watch this video from Peter McKinnon that explains some of the advantages of using 85mm lenses for shooting video B-roll:

The cons of using a fast 85mm lens include the aforementioned high price, large size, increased weight, and generally larger filter diameter. For what you can get from a high quality short telephoto, those cons can be viewed as being just part of the deal for using it as a B-roll lens.

Quality B-Roll Equals Great Video

lenses for shooting video 7

Photo by Kyle Loftus from Pexels 

Since you are going to all the trouble to shoot and edit it B-roll, you want to get the best out of your efforts. Both the 50mm and 85mm lenses are good choices as lenses for shooting video B-roll and primary footage.

Besides lens choice, other techniques, tricks, and tips for video B-roll can be found on our site. Browse around for ideas for videographers from beginner to advanced users. Whatever lens choice you make, shooting B-roll will enhance your videos. A 50mm and an 85mm lens are fantastic options, you really couldn’t go wrong with either one. Or both!

 



We Recommend


6 Tips for Recording Good Audio for YouTube Videos

6 Tips for Recording Good Audio for YouTube Videos

 photo by Pedro Talens Masip via iStock

YouTube is a great method for promoting yourself, a cause, a product or a service, as well as just good old fashioned fun. Good audio for YouTube is essential for viewer enjoyment, even more so than good looking video.  

You really want both clear video and good audio for YouTube, but if a viewer has a choice between forgiving less than perfect audio or video, they’ll turn off bad sound in an instant, so recording good audio should be a priority for YouTubers.

Since YouTube video audio quality is so important to viewer enjoyment, we decided to give you some audio tips for YouTube videos that are within reach of almost any budget YouTuber. 

Here are 6 easy and very budget friendly tips and techniques for recording good audio for YouTube: 

  • Get the Mic Closer
  • Eliminate Ambient Noise
  • Choose a Good Mic
  • Outline a Script
  • Record Highest Quality Available
  • Edit with Headphones

Get the Mic Closer

Good Audio for YouTube Videos

One of the easiest ways to capture good audio for YouTube is to simply place the microphone closer to the subject being recorded, whether that is you or another person. What mic to choose is one of the other audio tips for YouTube videos that we’ll cover in a bit.

There are several methods you can use to get the mic closer, put it on a person, point it at a person, or put it next to a person. The first two are determined by the mic choice, the last one can be done with virtually any cardioid mic and a versatile gadget called the OctoPad.

OctoPad is a weighted camera and accessory non-slip mount that can hold 2 or 3 pounds of equipment on almost any surface, even if the surface is slanted up to 45 degrees, allowing you to position an inexpensive mic out of sight but right next to the subject being recorded.

Eliminate Ambient Noise

audio tips for youtube videos 1

 photo byloops7 via iStock

Just like a mirror reflects light, hard surfaces such as walls and floors reflect sound. Recording on a tile floor with bare walls behind the subject will reflect all the extra noise around them. You can either soften the surfaces or cut down the surrounding noise.

The easier and cheaper method is to reduce the extra noise around you. If you are interviewing someone in a crowded room, it could be hard to focus on the subject’s audio. If you can wait until the room is less crowded, you will have less noise to deal with.

Outdoors, you might encounter traffic noise, industrial noise, or wind noise. If you have the opportunity to choose another time when the noise level is lower, you will be able to capture better YouTube video audio quality.

Lens focus motor noise can be a major source of distraction. Either prefocus and turn off autofocus or choose lenses with quieter focusing. Built-in hyper sonic or ultrasonic focus motors that are in many newer versions of lenses can virtually eliminate this problem.

Learn More:

Choose a Good Mic

recording good audio 2

 photo bymixetto via iStock

Regardless of the ad copy you read about how amazing the built-in microphone is on that new camera, you can improve your YouTube video audio quality dramatically by the simple addition of an external microphone. 

For voice recording, lavalier mics, either wired or wireless, are pretty much an industry standard. Other mics for recording good audio for YouTube are cardioid mics on a mount like the OctoPad or an on camera shotgun mic.

Lavalier mics are preferred by many YouTubers for voice recording. They fit right on a person and you can either opt for inexpensive wired versions or spend more for the wireless mics. If you use wireless mics, you will need to watch out for radio interference that can negatively impact your good audio for YouTube.

Outline a Script

outube video audio quality 3

 photo bydamircudic via iStock

While you really don’t need to type out everything being said word for word for a YouTube video, having a basic outline is a good idea for recording good audio for YouTube. The reason is pretty simple, you or your subject will feel more confident in what’s being said and thus will have stronger vocals. 

When the average person is fishing for words, their voice tends to lower, so does their head, making the audio suffer. An outline will keep a person on track while still allowing for spontaneity.

Record Highest Quality Available

good audio for youtube 4

 photo byKenstocker via iStock

Whatever the highest quality audio recording mode is on your camera, that’s what should be used for recording good audio for YouTube. This will eat up more memory card space, but it’s better to start with high quality and then edit it down to a format and file size that can be uploaded to YouTube.

Similar reasoning to why we record in the highest resolution visually, it’s better to edit down the quality than to wish you had used better quality audio or video. 

Edit with Headphones

get good audio for YouTube videos 5

 photo byfizkes via iStock

In order to have good audio for YouTube videos, in fact, in order to have good video, you will be using some sort of editing program. Eliminating ambient noise in your editing studio is as important for editing as recording good audio for YouTube in the first place.

A good pair of headphones will cancel out extraneous noise and will also allow you to hear subtle nuances in the raw audio recording or your edited and enhanced files.

It Won’t Happen Accidentally

Recording Good Audio for YouTube Videos 6

 photo byshapecharge via iStock

In order to record good audio for YouTube, you will have to expend some extra effort. It’s worth it, though, to present to your YouTube viewers the best possible audio and visual experience, which should bring them back over and over again to your channel.

Learn More:



We Recommend


6 Video Lighting Techniques (That are Useful for Photography, Too)

6 Video Lighting Techniques That are Useful for Photography Too

When creating high-quality video and photo content, lighting is crucial. Whether you are a vlogger filming videos for YouTube, an influencer creating digital content for social media, or a director making documentaries or short films, lighting can make or break your projects.  

In this lighting guide, we share six cinematic lighting techniques that will dramatically improve the quality of your videos and that you can also use when taking photos. From natural lighting to soft/hard lighting to practical lighting, you will learn what they are, how to create them, when to apply them, and more. 

Additionally, we recommend a one-of-a-kind piece of videography gear you can use when practicing all the lighting techniques covered in this article - StandDaddy. As you can see above, StandDaddy allows you to quickly and easily stabilize your tripod without bulky, messy sandbags in the way. More on that later, though…

Now, without further ado, it’s time to dive in and discover six game-changing video lighting techniques guaranteed to help take your video and photo skills to the next level!

Table of Contents

Video Lighting Techniques: Natural Lighting

Check out the video above by Aidin Robbins to learn how to shoot great video footage in natural light. 

If you are lucky enough to be filming outside or in a place with good natural lighting, take advantage of it! Nature light is free, doesn’t require heavy/expensive equipment, and perfectly mimics real life. Moreover, it’s extremely flattering on skin tones and faces, making it ideal for filming people.

The problem with natural light is that it’s unpredictable and not always available. To combat this, you can prepare for your shoots by location scouting in advance and looking at the sun/weather forecast. Moreover, bounce boards, diffusion screens, and flags are fantastic ways to manipulate natural light in your favor. 

Video Lighting Techniques: Hard Lighting

Check out the video above by Brady Bessette to find out how to make hard light look beautiful when filming video.

The signature features of hard lighting are its harsh shadows and heavy contrast. Although you will typically want to avoid these two things when shooting video and taking pictures, hard lighting looks gorgeous in a handful of situations. Examples include creating dramatic silhouettes/highlights and guiding attention to a particular area or subject. 

The best way to create hard lighting is to use an artificial light source and point it directly at your scene or subject. To ensure your light doesn’t change when recording, we recommend stabilizing your lighting stand using StandDaddy’s innovative stabilizer system.

It’s a one-of-a-kind stabilization system that is practical, easy to set up, and affordable - just place a barbell weight over the tripod leg, add StandDaddy below it, and you’re all set! 

On top of that, you can use StandDaddy with lighting stands, boom stands, and more. The StandDaddy is more effective and cheaper than traditional sandbag weights, with an 8-pack costing $96.95 and a 4-pack costing only $57.95. 

Video Lighting Techniques: Soft Lighting

Check out the video above by FXhome to learn the difference between soft and hard lighting.  

In contrast, soft lighting eliminates shadows, replicates natural lighting, and creates tender and emotional moods. It is flattering on the skin, gives people a youthful appearance, and frequently reduces or hides wrinkles and other unwanted blemishes.

Technically speaking, soft lighting doesn’t refer to any specific light source. When creating soft light, you want to use large light sources, avoid spotlighting, and diffuse the light as much as possible.

Video Lighting Techniques: Key Lighting

Check out the video above by Digital Camera World to watch an introduction to key and fill lighting. 

Key lighting is the most commonly used video lighting technique and is also called the “main film light.”. It is the brightest light in any scene and is typically used on the main character, subject, area, etc., where you are trying to draw attention.  

To use this technique, you use a standard three-point lighting setup consisting of a key light, backlight, and fill light. The one main thing you must avoid when key lighting is placing the light source too near the camera. If the light is too close, your frame will look flat and unrealistic. You can also use high key lighting and low key lighting video lighting techniques. 

Video Lighting Techniques: Backlighting

Check out the video above by DSLR Video Shooter to find out how to create dramatic backlighting. 

To make your videos look more professional and three-dimensional, you should incorporate backlighting. It helps separate subjects, such as people and objects, from the background and gives your footage a more realistic and natural feel.

As its name would suggest, backlighting is done by placing your light source (natural or artificial) behind your subject. You will almost always want to place the light above your subject and diffuse the light. You can also use backlighting to create more pronounced silhouettes and halo effects. 

Video Lighting Techniques: Practical Lighting

Check out the video above by Sjoerd Wess to discover how to work with practical lighting when making movies. 

Last but not least, practical lighting is one of our absolute favorite video lighting techniques. It’s a fun and artistic way to add regular day-to-day light sources to your videos. Professional cinematographers love adding practical light to their sets, especially when shooting nighttime scenes. Examples include televisions, candles, streetlights, flashlights, lamps, etc. 

Another clever way to play around with practical lighting sources is by using different temperatures and colored bulbs. Doing this lets you set a mood and play with the audience's emotions. 

Final Thoughts on Lighting Techniques for Video

tripod stabilizer system by StandDaddy

Incorporating the six video lighting techniques discussed in this article into your shoots is an excellent way to enhance the quality of your photo and video content. While they are all relatively easy to use, it may take a bit of patience to get your desired look. With that in mind, we are confident you will shoot like a pro after a little practice!

And remember, if you are looking for videography gear to help with your video lighting techniques, one of our favorite items currently on the market is the unique tripod stabilizer system by StandDaddy!

Learn More: 

 



We Recommend


Add a Soft Panel LED Light for Your Studio and On-Location Work

Add a Soft Panel LED Light for Your Studio and On Location Work

I love soft panel LED lights, they’re some of the most versatile studio lights for photography and videography. 

As photography lights, it’s hard to beat a good LED panel light. Not only are they dual duty since they can be used as studio lights for photography and for a video production, but the best soft panel LED lights are also adjustable, oftentimes continuously variable, with regards to both power levels and color temps.

Benefits of LED Lights for Photography

flat panel led light

Besides those benefits of LED lights for photography already mentioned above, some other features that make them so wonderful are that they are generally smaller and lighter than other lighting  counterparts and they run so much cooler. 

If you’ve ever tried using continuous light quartz lamps or incandescent photo floods, you know how quickly these lamps can heat up. And wow are they hot! Hot enough to make human subjects uncomfortable and virtually unusable for pets or newborn photography. 

LED lamps are so much cooler in operation, plus they are also more efficient. Being efficient means that many of them can even run off of batteries, making them a great choice for in the field lighting. Usually these will make use of Sony camcorder style lithium-ion batteries, offering usage times varying from 30 to 90 minutes.

Ikan Corp Video Accessories

studio lights for photography

When shopping for or recommending professional or other serious use video accessories, I like to look at Ikan Corp first for a couple of reasons.

The company is run and staffed by professional photographers and videographers, so all of the items they sell have already been vetted by serious users. In fact, many of the items were either designed or made by Ikan themselves or found from other makers for very specific uses and needs.

Another benefit of this business model is that we, the consumer, will be able to find extremely high quality accessories at very reasonable prices. In fact, many items may be up to about half the price of comparable items from other brands.

Learn More:

Lyra LCX21 Soft Panel LED Light with DMX

lights for photography

An excellent example of all that is the soft panel LED light from Lyra, the LCX21. It’s a soft panel light with a beam angle of 110 degrees and is variable in both power and color temperature. Plus it’s able to be used within a DMX studio system.

DMX is a useful way to control lighting and lighting effects with everything balanced and controlled from a central control panel or program. 

The Lyra LCX21 has a CRI of 97, meaning that the color and quality of light is extremely high. This also helps in repeatability from session to session, since a higher CRI tends to stay consistent during the lifetime of the lighting fixture.

Color temperature variation is from an extremely warm 2800K all the way up to a very cool 10,000K. So you can blend this light into any ambient light situation or use this variability to create a specific look or feel for your still images or video productions.

Being a professional use model, the Lyra LCX21 is larger, heavier, and more expensive than lights designed for casual use. But being an LED panel from Ikan, the size, weight, and price is still very reasonable considering how powerful and rugged this lamp is.

You are sure to find many uses for this soft panel LED light in your studio for either still photography or videography and it will also liven up any in the field on location photo or video shoots of yours. 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Audio Recording Tips for Videographers

Audio Recording Tips for Videographers

Photo by Keegan Checks from Pexels

Do you want some useful audio recording tips for video cameras? Fully half of an A/V project is sound. Audio/Visual. They even put it first! Maybe it’s just an alphabetical order thing.

Current digital cameras are capable of recording amazing-looking video footage. They are also capable of recording audio. But what keeps many videographers from actually having great sound on their recording is relying on the built-in mics of DSLRs and mirrorless cameras.

Seriously, the camera sensors are phenomenal and the lenses are extremely sharp. The mics are generally pretty good for their size, but we can do better. The best types of microphones for video are off-camera mics.

Simple To Use

audio recording tips 1

Photo by Daria Shevtsova from Pexels

When searching for audio recording tips that relate to their own videos, some videographers might be led to believe that achieving high-quality audio recordings could turn into a difficult chore. It doesn’t have to. Superb sound can be realized by simply plugging in an external mic to your camera.

What are the best types of microphones for video shot with our favorite digital camera? Three common choices are lavalier, shotgun, and handheld. Each of these microphones has a specific characteristic or two that will blend in with your personal style of videography.

Some microphones can be plugged directly into your camera. Some are best used plugged into a mixing board and recorded on another digital recording tool. Many mics have wireless options as well. We’ll show you three different mics but you can use the information to shop for other audio recording gear too.

 

Recommended Videography Books:

 

Lavalier Mic 

audio recording tips 2

Photo by Rodrigo Souza from Pexels 

Lavalier mics are small microphones placed near the mouth of the subject speaking. The name refers to a style of jewelry worn around the neck. Early lavalier mics were large, strapped to the chest, pointing directly toward the mouth. Think of telephone operators from the early 20th Century.

Modern lavalier mics are small enough to be clipped to the lapel, tie, or breast pocket of the subject's clothes. One of the more interesting audio recording tips I learned from recording live stage performances is that you can also put a lavalier mic in a performer’s hair to give the illusion of a mic-less performance. Works best with longer hair, of course.

lavalier

One of the better examples of a lavalier mic can be found at Samy’s Camera, the Tascam DR-10L Digital Audio Recorder with Lavalier Mic. What sets this apart from other lavalier mics is that it’s a recording device, too. 

It can record in BWF to make editing easier. Sync up the recorded audio with the in-camera footage with an editing program to  bump up the quality of the audio in your videos.

Shotgun Mics

types of microphones for video 3

 photo by filadendron via iStock 

A shotgun is one of the easiest types of microphones for video that a videographer can use. It can mount directly to the camera to enhance the built-in audio recording capability of your DSLR or mirrorless camera. 

shotgun

Shotgun mics like the Rode Microphones VideoMic GO On-Camera Shotgun Microphone are lightweight, too. If using a shotgun mic outdoors, a good audio recording tip is to make sure you put a wind sock on it. You are using an off camera microphone to improve the audio portion of your A/V production, so don’t degrade the quality of the sound by allowing wind noise to be recorded.

Plugged into a wireless transmitter or a compact recorder, you could also place a small shotgun mic anywhere you want to put it with a low profile mount such as the OctoPad. Check out the review below for more details on that device.

Learn More:

Handheld Mics

types of microphones for video 4

Photo by Caleb Oquendo from Pexels 

A handheld microphone is a great way to add high-quality voice audio to instructional vlogs, presentations, or musical performances. If you plan on plugging directly into your camera, you will need to ensure you have the proper type of cord attached. Adapters exist for some of the most common configurations. 

An important audio recording tip is that a handheld microphone with an XLR connector can provide very clean audio when plugged into a mixing board or an auxiliary audio recorder. Be careful not to fiddle around too much with the mic in your hand to avoid extraneous noise.

handheld

A high-quality example of a handheld mic can be seen in the Sennheiser E835 Cardioid Handheld Dynamic Microphone. Another good pro audio recording tip is to employ a microphone stand for handsfree use of a handheld mic. 

Extra Pro Audio Tips for Video Recording

audio tips for video 5

Whichever type of microphone for video you end up using, a couple of other methods can be employed to increase the quality and performance of your sound recording.

If you have the budget and the space for them, a mixing board and a digital audio recorder can increase the quality of the sound recorded. There are versions of these devices that are battery powered for use in the field, others are more comfortably used in a home or office studio.

Audio files aren’t just for vocal or music recording. A Foley artist can use these same tools to manufacture additional noises in order to enhance your video productions. 

Check out this informative YouTube video about Foley from Academy Originals

As one more of my audio recording tips, try out some of the simple audio-only editing programs to make files you can then insert by means of your regular video editing equipment and programs. 

audio tips for video 6

 photo by EvgeniyShkolenko via iStock 

Any way you look at it, having great audio to add to your excellent video footage will enhance your finished A/V projects! 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Basic Composition Tips for Beginner Videographers

basic composition tips for beginner videographersImage Credit: jacoblund via iStock 

Some photographers think that since they know how to compose a still image that it can't be all that hard to compose frames for a video.

I'm here to tell you that while there are certainly commonalities between the two pursuits, composing for video is a little more complex than composing for still photos.

I found that out firsthand, and thought that I'd share what I learned in this short list of videography rules for beginners.

Basic Videography Tips: The Rule of Thirds Still Applies

rule of thirdsImage Credit: Lee J Rouse via iStock 

It's the most basic of photography rules, yet one of the most powerful for composing a great photo.

The rule of thirds isn't just applicable to still photography, though...

Using the rule of thirds for videography will help you create scenes that result in a balanced composition that's as pleasing to the eye as it is when used in still photography.

The key to using the rule of thirds when creating videos is to use Live View and move the camera around to position the subject at one of the four intersection points of the grid.

Try placing the subject at each of the four intersection points to see which positioning looks best for this particular scene. 

Bear in mind that the subject doesn't have to be precisely at the intersection point - just close to it - as shown above.

Learn More:

Videography Composition for Beginners: Vary the Type of Shots

videography composition for beginnersImage Credit: oneinchpunch via iStock 

When you create a video, you want to offer the viewer multiple perspectives of the subject.

That is, to create a more dynamic and interesting video, you should have three different kinds of shots - establishing shots, medium shots, and close-up shots.

Establishing shots give viewers a wide view. Typically the first shot of a scene, an establishing shot allows the viewer to see the entirety of the scene to get an idea of the "lay of the land," as shown above.

skateboarder picture id895603382Image Credit: oneinchpunch via iStock

Medium shots, by contrast, are usually full length or half length shots of the subject, or they can also be a tighter shot of the larger scene.

As the name indicates, these shots are a middle-ground between establishing shots and close-ups that offer a more restricted view to give the viewer a better idea of the details of the scene.

videography rules for beginnersImage Credit: matt_scherf via iStock

Lastly, close-up shots zero in on the fine details present in the scene.

A close-up could be of an actor's face - or even just part of their face.

A close-up can also feature an object or prop, or even a specific action that's important to the storyline.

For example, if you're shooting video of skateboarders doing tricks, a close-up shot might include a tight frame on the skateboard as the rider does a kickflip.

Composition Tips for Beginner Videographers: Watch the Headroom

portrait of an attractive bearded man picture id1024764082Image Credit: RobertBreitpaul via iStock 

Headroom refers to how much space there is above a person's head in a video frame.

Like in photography, you don't want this space to be too small, otherwise you might cut off the person's head, as shown above.

videography tipsImage Credit: yacobchuk via iStock

Conversely, you don't want the headroom to be too large, either, because it can make the shot feel a little empty and leave viewers feeling disjointed from the subject.

Instead, strive to strike a balance between having too little and too much headroom, that way you capture good detail of the subject without cutting off the top of their head, as demonstrated in the photo above.

Learn More:

Videography Tip: Process Your Videos

post production man doing photo and video editing on computer picture id913283380Image Credit: ronstik via iStock

Just like you should process the still images that you take to make the most impactful photographs, you should also take time to edit your videos and put them together in a professional format.

If you're a beginner videographer, this can be a bit of an overwhelming process because many movie-making programs (like Final Cut Pro, for example) are incredibly complex and not all that easy to learn.

But creating beautiful videos doesn't have to be difficult.

I started using Kizoa recently, and it's been a breath of fresh air for creating professional-looking videos.

Here's how it works...

Kizoa is an online movie maker (there's a free iOS app too) where you can upload your videos and quickly add things like transitions, music, text, and special effects.

The platform is incredibly easy to use, with minimal time needed to learn how to use all its features and functions.

Instead, you use the intuitive interface to add the effects you want, move video clips around, and create videos that look awesome. There are pre-made templates to streamline the process as well.

Kizoa even makes sharing your videos a breeze. You can burn your videos to a DVD, email them to family and friends, or post them on social media, all with just a few clicks.

Beyond that, Kizoa offers editing tools for 4K videos so you can create ultra-high definition videos at 2160p.

In fact, there is no conversion or compression of the image quality, so the videos you upload remain just as they are for pristine video quality.

On top of that, Kizoa offers cloud-based storage, so you have a secure place to keep your video files, image files, and RAW files, too.

The best part, though, is that Kizoa is budget-friendly with a price of $30 for the premium video plan. That gets you access to Kizoa's suite of tools for life!

In other words, it's not enough to learn how to compose great video scenes. Instead, you need to have the necessary tools to create professional videos as well. Kizoa is just the platform to help you do that!



We Recommend


Basic Slider Techniques

Basic Slider Techniques

Digital photographers have many amazing options opened up to them by advancing camera technology. One of the greatest things I love about this new age of digital cameras is the fantastic videography capabilities of our new cameras.

Now, some of you are already videography experts, so you may not need to learn all about sliders and basic slider techniques. But if you were like me and an expert in still photography who jumped into doing simple video shots somewhat recently, read on.

What Is a Slider?

basic slider techniques 1

photo byselimaksan via iStock

A slider is a device that allows your camera to move while you are recording. The motion is different from the panning or tilting motion, it is movement across a path. That path can be from side to side, front to back, or diagonally. 

Essentially, a camera slider is a small scale dolly with its own built in track for movement along a short path. Camera dollies are used in major motion picture or television productions that use large crews. A slider can be used by a one man operation.

basic slider techniques 2

photo bygdagys via iStock

Cinema camera sliders can cost from thousands of dollars to multiple tens of thousands of dollars and require an extra person, sometimes two or three, to operate them. Now, here is an example of a single person operation camera slider:

basic slider techniques 3 

Camera sliders like the Ikan ES70 27” carbon fiber slider are light enough to be easily transported and set up all by ourselves, can be operated with easy to implement camera slider techniques, and cost about the same as a decent simple prime lens or a high quality video light.

Why Use a Slider?

basic slider techniques 4

In one word: motion. Videography is a modern evolution of motion picture photography or cinematography. It is movie making. Back in the mid to late 1800s when this art and science first started, it was a big deal. Motion pictures present on screen a realistic representation of the world that even the best still image can never do.

With much of my still photography, I am striving to keep my camera still. For motion filming, videography, I am presenting movement to my audience and smooth camera movement can add to the art of the motion picture.

Why not simply lock the video camera down like I do with still photography? That would ensure a steady view. But, unlike a still image, a video recording interacts differently with the viewer’s brain.

basic slider techniques 5

As we watch the world in action around, we are constantly moving ourselves, even if in very small ways. For instance, you may be sitting in a chair but your head is moving, your eyes are moving, you probably adjust yourself from time to time in the chair. 

When viewing a video that is a static view, we tend to get bored pretty quickly. No matter how exciting or interesting the dialog is, the visual element also needs to adequately engage the viewer. Panning, tilts, zoom, and physically repositioning the camera can accomplish this task for us. (Shooting B-Roll and good editing also helps.) 

Learn More:

Scene Length / Shot Length

basic slider techniques 6

photo bylisegagne via iStock

Most of our simple video shots won’t need to adhere to the finely tuned crafting of scene and shot lengths like we see on TV or in the theater, but we can still incorporate some ideas from these disciplines. 

Despite what our preconceived notions may tell us, scene length and shot length in cinema and TV are very short. A scene is a part of a story or or production that is somewhat like a subheading in an article or outline. A shot is a piece of the action filmed without a cut.

The average scene length in the last 40 years of movies varies from 1 to 20 minutes but evens out at about 3 minutes. The average shot length within the scene is much shorter, 2 to 12 seconds. That’s right! Less than 12 seconds.

basic slider techniques 7

Now, for my own video productions, I’m not going to edit that heavily. It would take me weeks to create a 5 minute instructional video all by myself if I tried. That’s where a camera slider like the Ikan ES70 comes in. 

By adding dollying slider motion to my shots, I can get away with much longer shot lengths for my type of video productions. Camera slider footage allows me to edit less and yet still have good viewer engagement.

How to Use a Slider

basic slider techniques 8

Now that we studied the films of Martin Scorsese, Bong Joon-ho, and Greta Gerwig for shot and scene length, let’s look at camera operation and basic slider techniques. 

The Ikan ES70 slider can be mounted on a tripod, a table, or the ground. We attach our camera to it with a geared or fluid video head and then we’re ready to shoot. There are three main types of slider or dolly shots we can readily incorporate into our videography workflow.

Side to Side

basic slider techniques 9

photo bymixetto via iStock

Perhaps the most simple of basic slider techniques,  moving the camera from one side of the slider to the other accomplishes a lot of viewer engaging motion with little effort and fuss for us. 

In an instructional video, we could slide over to the next subject or the next part of an item we're teaching. Having a longer slider like the 27” of the ES70 is very beneficial as the longer slide appears more natural.

Front to Back

basic slider techniques 10

photo by dpmike via iStock

Or vice versa, this movement can replace or enhance zooming in or out. It’s really useful for transitioning from an opening or establishing shot to the actual action of the scene.

Diagonal

basic slider techniques 11

photo byAnton Minin via iStock

Adding an interesting twist is diagonal movement, either deep or shallow angles in addition to the 45 degrees that readily comes to mind.

Up and Down

basic slider techniques 12

photo byisil terzioglu via iStock

Just like the side to side motion but in a vertical plane instead of a horizontal one. You will probably need to attach the slider to a tripod or camera stand for this camera slider technique.

Combining Motions

camera slider footage 13

photo bywelcomia via iStock

Going beyond basic slider techniques, you can combine follow focus, zooming, panning, and slider technique for camera slider footage that will blow you away with how well it engages the end viewer compared to merely putting the camera on top of a tripod.

camera slider footage 14

photo byOmadbek Nabiev via iStock

Current DSLRs and mirrorless digital cameras have outstanding quality and features which you can use to create fantastic video.  

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Beginner Tips for Awesome Christmas Morning Videos

christmas video tipsImage Credit: ArtMarie via iStock 

Christmas morning is nearly here, and that means that you have precious little time to get your videography game on.

But creating beautiful videos of your loved ones opening gifts and enjoying the holiday needn't be overly difficult.

In fact, you can make incredible Christmas videos with nothing more than your smartphone!

Here's a few tips that will help you learn how to create Christmas videos that you can cherish for a lifetime.

Christmas Video Tips: Make the Process of Editing Your Videos Easier

edit christmas videosImage Credit: GrapeImages via iStock

For years, I used iMovie to create short videos of the milestones in my son's life.

The problem with that is twofold: first, iMovie isn't all that powerful of an editor, and second, it's hard to use.

Not only did I find iMovie to be completely not user-friendly, but I found it annoying that I had to download my videos and photos to my Mac so I could use iMovie in the first place.

A few months ago, I came across a new kind of editor that alleviates the issues I had with iMovie. That editor is Kizoa.

Xmas 6 1

When you use Kizoa, the first thing that strikes you is how easy it is to use.

Even if you have zero video editing experience, you can easily find your way around Kizoa's well-designed interface.

Xmas 7

The tools and controls available to you are intuitively arranged, so it's easy to find what you need to make your edits. That's saying something too because Kizoa is absolutely jam-packed with editing tools.

You can add music, crop images, insert transitions, overlay texts, and even make use of pre-made templates to really get the ball rolling.

Xmas 8

Aiding in that ease of use is Kizoa's handy iOS app.

Since many of us record videos with our phones in the first place, having a powerful video editing app on our phones makes creating awesome videos that much easier. Better still, the app is free!

Speaking of pricing, that's yet another strong suit of Kizoa.

Pricing

Their premium plans start at $29.99, which is a one-time fee - no recurring monthly charges to worry about!

Instead, you get access to a top-notch video editor for the rest of your life for just a few bucks.

If that's not a great way to get your Christmas video-making going, I don't know what is!

Learn More:

Vary the Footage You Shoot

beginner video tips for christmasImage Credit: Rawpixel via iStock 

When thinking about the composition of your Christmas morning videos, you want to try to vary the footage you shoot as much as possible.

That is, don't just sit in the same spot and record your kids opening their gifts from the same perspective all morning.

Instead, get up, move around, shoot footage from ground-level, from above, and even from behind your loved ones as they spend time together Christmas morning.

At the same time, you don't need to record every single moment of every single gift being opened. Stretch your recording out over the entire morning so that you have footage from the first moments the kids wake up until everyone is stuffed after Christmas Day supper.

Get an Early Start

iStock 880449800Image Credit: Eugene_EM via iStock

One of the elements that makes professional videos feel so robust is what's called B-roll.

B-roll is "filler" footage that adds breadth and depth to the video. For Christmas videos, this might include footage of the Christmas tree and the gifts underneath it and footage of the Christmas supper laid out beautifully on the table.

By having this kind of footage, you can intertwine it with the primary footage you shoot, which not only adds to the visual appeal of the video (it helps you achieve the goal of varying your footage, as discussed above), but it also helps you create a much stronger story in the video.

iStock 853077934Image Credit: ulkas via iStock

That is, rather than having a 20-minute video of kids opening gifts, you can have a video that includes footage of the unopened gifts under the tree, footage of the kids waking up and running to see what Santa left them, footage of your family opening gifts, hugs, laughs, and so on and so forth.

By getting an early start and filming B-roll ahead of time, you'll have all the "filler" you need to create wonderful Christmas videos.

Learn More:

Resist the Urge to Narrate

iStock 1044339116Image Credit: yulkapopkova via iStock 

One of the biggest mistakes that people make when filming Christmas Day festivities is narrating every single thing that happens.

The people that you're going to share your video with likely already know who's there and what they're doing, so you don't need to tell them that Grandpa Joe is opening his gift - they can see that in the video!

Instead of giving a play-by-play, strive to ask people questions as you film them.

For example, asking your kid, "What do you think this gift is?" will elicit a much better response than simply saying, "Billy is opening this gift from dad."

The whole point here is to make a video the captures the essence of the holiday - the love, the cheer, and so on - and by resisting the urge to narrate, you'll be more likely to do just that.



We Recommend


Beginner Videography Terms You Need to Know

beginner videography terms you need to knowPhoto by EvgeniyShkolenko via iStock

While making videos is certainly a creative process like photography, it also has a very technical side (just like photography!).

That means that when you're just starting out and exploring the possibilities of video, there are some essential videography terms with which you'll need to be familiar.

Below, I've outlined some of the most basic videography terms that you'll encounter as you explore filmmaking.

Aspect Ratio

Aspect ratio refers to the relationship between the width and height of a video, and is expressed in a ratio.

Common aspect ratios for shooting videos with a DSLR or mirrorless camera include 4:3 and 16:9. Common aspect ratios for feature films include 1.85:1 and 2.39:1.

In these ratios, the first number refers to the width and the second number refers to the height.

See the difference between these and other aspect ratios in the video above by Camber Motion.

common videography terms

When shooting video, having a monitor that conforms to the selected aspect ratio can help you ensure that the footage is framed in the safe zone - or the area within which action and titles need to be contained for viewing on a screen.

Models like the Ikan Delta D7C shown above have this and many other features that are helpful for video production.

For example, you can toggle between mono colors (gray, red, green, and blue) and use color peaking for adjusting focus.

Additionally, frame markers allow you to superimpose a center crosshair as well as different frame lines over the image so you can perfect the composition of the shot.

B-Roll

B-Roll is supplemental footage you shoot that adds more details to the story. B-Roll also helps transition from one scene to the next such that it makes visual sense.

For example, if you're shooting an interview, and the interviewee is talking about a record-breaking fish they recently caught, B-Roll might include sequences of that person fishing that display while the voiceover of the interview is played.

BitRate

Bitrate refers to the amount of data that is used per second in the video. Bitrates are measured in megabits per second (mbps). The higher the bitrate, the better the quality of video.

Kellen Reck explains more about bitrates in the video above.

Close-Up

basic videography termsPhoto by mokuden-photos via iStock

Close-ups refer to footage that is shot with very tight framing of the subject.

These types of shots are used to provide richer detail to the video and bring a greater level of intimacy with the subject than medium and wide-angle sequences.

Color Temperature

Color temperature refers to the tones of the color of the visible light in video footage.

Color temperature is measured in Kelvin, where a lower value indicates warmer tones - oranges and yellows - while a higher value indicates cooler tones - blues and purples.

Crop Factor

Crop factor refers to the ratio of a camera's sensor size to a 35mm sensor.

Since 35mm sensors are full frame, they have a crop factor of 1:1. But many cameras have a crop sensor that might have a crop factor of anywhere from 1.3x to 2x.

For example, Nikon cameras that have a crop sensor have a crop factor of 1.5.

It's important to know the crop factor of your camera because it influences the effective focal length of the lenses you use.

So, if you have a 35mm lens, but you shoot with a camera with a 1.5x crop factor, that 35mm lens will have an effective focal length of around 53mm.

In the images above, you can see the view a 35mm lens might offer on a full frame camera (top) and what it might look like on a crop sensor camera (bottom).

Depth of Field

video termsPhoto by borchee via iStock

The depth of field refers to how much of the frame is in focus.

If you want the viewer to see everything in the shot in sharp focus, you need a large depth of field, as shown above.

depth of fieldPhoto by fotostorm via iStock

On the other hand, if you want to bring attention to a specific element in the shot, minimizing the depth of field to maintain focus on the subject while throwing the rest of the shot out of focus is the way to go.

Manipulating the aperture of the lens is one factor that influences depth of field - the larger the aperture opening, the shallower the depth of field will be.

Exposure

exposurePhoto by gradyreese via iStock

Exposure refers to the amount of time that the camera's sensor is exposed to light. The longer the exposure time, the more light that hits the sensor and the brighter the footage will be.

The exposure settings for video are the same as for photography - aperture, shutter speed, and ISO, which form the exposure triangle.

Checking the exposure on your camera's LCD can be tricky because they are both small and inaccurate in terms of displaying the exposure levels.

ikan delta kit

Instead, using an external monitor kit like the Ikan Delta D7C-DK gives you the ability to examine the exposure levels on a large, clear, and bright screen.

What's more, external monitors like this have false color and zebra bars for easy exposure reference as well as a histogram for making precise evaluations of the exposure.

For example, the histogram is a graphical display that shows you the number of pixels that are shadows, midtones, and highlights. If the graph is skewed to the left, there are many dark pixels, indicating that the footage is underexposed. If the graph is skewed to the right, there are many bright pixels and the footage is overexposed.

Get more details on how to use a histogram.

False Color

False color is a setting on video monitors that displays luminance values as different colors.

This tool is handy for seeing the exposure levels of each part of the image, say, to determine if any clipping (i.e., blown-out highlights) is occurring.

Learn more about false color and the benefits of using it in the video above by Ikan International.

Frame Rate

Frame rate refers to the speed with which the shutter opens and closes in a one-second period.

Common frame rates include 24, 25, 30, 50, 60, and 120. These frame rates are denoted in frames per second (fps).

The higher the frame rate, the smoother the footage will be. So, a frame rate of 16fps will look choppy, but 30fps will appear very smooth. At 120fps, footage has a slow-motion look to it.

Medium Shot

common video termsPhoto by zmanL via iStock

A medium shot, also known as a waist shot, frames the subject's upper body.

This type of shot is intended to direct the viewers toward the subject or subjects while still showing some of the environment around them.

Pan

Panning refers to the act of moving the camera from left to right (or right to left) from a fixed position.

Think of panning like turning your head from one side to the other while keeping your body fixed in position.

Picture Profiles

Picture profiles offer different parameters that change a video's characteristics, such as the color, saturation, contrast, sharpness, and gradation (or how bright or dark the video appears to be).

These picture profiles are selected from a menu on the camera and allow you to customize the look and feel of the footage that's recorded.

For example, if you're filming a horror scene, you might manipulate the gradation to make the footage very dark and creepy.

Video profiles vary from one camera manufacturer to the next. Sony, for example, offers an S-Log profile while Canon offers a C-Log profile.

Many videographers use Look Up Tables, or LUTs, in conjunction with picture profiles to create specific looks.

LUTs are applied in post-processing and are a quick way to customize how the video footage appears.

Check out the video above by Peter McKinnon for more details about picture profiles.

Resolution

One of the most basic videography terms you need to know is resolution.

Resolution refers to the number of pixels contained in a video. This number refers to horizontal and vertical pixels, such as 640x480 (standard definition) or 1920x1080 (high definition).

In some situations, resolution is expressed as a single number, or the number of vertical pixels. In that case, the resolution would be expressed as 480p or 1080p.

Kingston Technology offers a quick and easy-to-understand tutorial on modern video resolutions in the video above.

Shot List

A shot list is simply a list of the types of shots you want to include in your video. By making a list of the desired footage and sequences, you ensure that you get everything you need before wrapping up shooting.

Storyboard

video editing termsPhoto by smolaw11 via iStock

Storyboarding involves mapping out the specific scenes in the video.

In other words, many filmmakers will draw out the scenes and organize them in sequence, that way they can see how the film will unfold before a single frame of video is shot.

Making shot lists and storyboards helps define the direction of the video and will help you create a cohesive production.

Tilt

Tilts involve moving the camera up and down from a fixed position. Think of a tilt as moving your head up and down without changing the positioning of your neck or the rest of your body.

Wide Shot

video production termsPhoto by stockstudioX via iStock

Also known as full shots or long shots, these types of sequences show the subject in its entirety as well as its surroundings.

These types of shots are meant to introduce the audience to a subject by showing how it relates to the environment, people, and actions going on around it.

Typically, videos have a mixture of wide shots, medium shots, and close-up shots to enhance the visual interest of the video.

 



We Recommend


Beginner’s Advice for Using a Gimbal

Beginners Advice for Using a Gimbal

 photo bykrblokhin via iStock

What is a Gimbal?

If you’re inspired by your favorite YouTubers to produce better video content of your own, one of the best investments you can make is a gimbal. 

Gimbals can assist you in getting beautifully smooth, cinematic footage, but they aren’t foolproof. They have their limitations, and as with everything, they require a good deal of practice before you start to reap the benefits of using one. 

In this beginner’s guide for using a gimbal, you’ll learn a few quick tidbits for getting the most out of your gimbal. 

You Don’t Need a Gimbal for EVERY Shot

how to use a gimbal 1

 photo bykrblokhin via iStock

One of the most basic pieces of advice for filmmakers is to avoid panning and zooming too much.

The same can be said for using a gimbal…

Just because you have a gimbal doesn’t mean you need to use it for filming every single sequence. Sometimes, a still shot from a tripod is exactly what you need!

For example, if you’re interviewing someone for a film, don’t do it while you hold a gimbal in your hand. An interview doesn’t need smooth footage of you circling around the interviewee - that’s just distracting. 

So, one of your first tasks as a gimbal user is to understand when and when not to use it.

Learn More:

Make Sure Using the Gimbal Adds to the Story

how to use a gimbal 2

 photo byVershinin via iStock

Adding on to the previous point, not only do you need to be aware of when and when not to use a gimbal, but you also need to be aware when using one does and does not add to the story. 

If, for example, you need to shoot a point of view sequence that gives the audience a view of what a dog might see as it runs through a park, a gimbal might be a great choice.

You can invert the gimbal, get it at a dog’s height, and get smooth footage as you run with the camera. Doing so will help the audience to put themselves in the perspective of the dog, which obviously adds to the depth of the story.

But, if you’re doing an instructional video on how to build a table, it might be distracting (to you and the audience) to circle around the carpenter as they work at their woodworking table. 

Much like the interview example above, sometimes the footage you need calls for a simple fixed camera setup on a tripod. In this case, keeping the video sequence simple allows the story of how to build to table take center stage.

Invest in a Quality Gimbal

advice for using a gimbal 1

photo bymolchanovdmitry via iStock

You often hear photographers talk about how you should prioritize your budget for lenses rather than a camera body. 

In videography, the same principle applies - some accessories are simply more important than others.

I’m not saying that a gimbal is the most important videography accessory for every shooter, but for me, having a quality gimbal has made all the difference in the world.

how to use a gimbal 3

 photo by ozgurdonmaz via iStock

There are some accessories you can skimp on and get away with it. But if you’re going to go all-in on using a gimbal, why not get one that has the features to help you get the shots you need while giving you long-lasting and durable performance in the long-term?

For my money, it doesn’t get much better than the E-Image Horizon One Gimbal.

horizon one 1

This three-axis gimbal can handle up to eight pounds of gear, so even if you use a full frame DSLR with a light, a mic, and other accessories, this gimbal can take the load.

It has brushless motors to give you precise stabilization while the five built-in operational modes give you quick access to creative video sequences like 360-degree spin on the roll axis for a dream-like shot.

horizon one 2 

It has a 12-hour runtime, too, so you can shoot for hours on end without worry that the gimbal is going to run out of juice.

This thing is just a well-built, functional, and versatile gimbal that will help you get the job done!

Learn More:

Plan Your Shots in Advance 

beginners guide for using a gimbal

photo byVicheslav via iStock

When you see footage that’s filmed while using a gimbal, it looks so seamless and effortless. But that doesn’t mean that it’s effortless to use a gimbal. 

By the time you add your camera, a lens, a microphone, lights, and other accessories, you’ll have several pounds of gear on the gimbal. And that might not sound like much, but after hours of shooting, it can start to feel like a lot!

That’s why it’s so important to plan your shots in advance. Doing so allows you to prioritize getting the sequences you need with the gimbal first, and then you can shoot other sequences later on.

By saving your energy for the gimbal shots, you’ll keep fatigue at bay and be able to maximize the gimbal’s positive effects on your video. 

Planning never hurt anyone when taking photos or making videos, anyway! 

Get a few more tips for using a gimbal in the video above by Ikan International.

 



We Recommend


Benefits of Using a Gimbal

Benefits of Using a Gimbal

Have you ever wanted to take your video camera off of the tripod for certain footage but were disappointed by the unsteady results?

If this style of videography is something you like to do, you would enjoy the benefits of using a gimbal as your camera support. A handheld gimbal opens you up to smooth and steady video footage when filming off of your tripod.

What Is a Gimbal?

how to use a gimbal 1

The simplest description of a gimbal is a pivoted support that allows movement of an object about an axis. Photographically, a gimbal mount puts the axis at the nodal point of the lens. 

How does a gimbal work for stabilization? What makes a gimbal work for stabilizing are motors. A gyroscope or a computerized version of one controls the motors which apply force internally in one direction or the other to counteract the movement applied externally. 

With the camera and lens mounted properly, these motorized corrections dampen most motion. So the end result is that the object suspended in the gimbal mount resists motion. This smooths out the handheld jerkiness we are all prone to.

Why Use a Gimbal?

why use a gimbal 2

The number one reason for a videographer using a gimbal is to allow smooth, jerkiness-free handheld video. Our video tripods and sliders are fantastic tools, we should use them as often as we can for superior video.  

But when we want to take our camera and follow action, we either will use a dolly or a stabilizing gimbal if we want smooth video. Since a dolly is limited to ether having a smooth surface to roll on or a track, a gimbal becomes a great option for putting our camera in motion. 

A smooth recording from a gimbal is much more viewable than when we hold the camera in our hands without any stabilization. That’s one of the biggest advantages of a gimbal in our videography, making it smooth.

Learn More:

How to Use a Gimbal

how to use a gimbal 3

Instructions are pretty basic so we’ll also include some gimbal tips and tricks. To get the best benefits of using a gimbal, you’ll need to be careful to mount the camera and lens properly. 

An important tip is to be sure to have the axis of the gimbal be matched to the nodal point of the lens. That way, the motion cancelation is centered on the optical center of the lens. Another tip is that, even though the motion is being dampened, you still want to use personal steadying techniques to minimize what excess motion the gimbal needs to stabilize.

Depending on the style of the gimbal, you may also want to limit how much weight you mount to it. Some optional accessories to consider if available are shoulder mounts and hand grips for two hands. A follow focus system is another great add on for your stabilizing gimbal mount.

Affordable Gimbals for Videography

advantages of a gimbal 4

Perhaps you’ve seen professional Steadicam operators at sports events or working with major picture studios and thought how cool it would be to have one for your own videography. 

Well, Steadicam is actually the brand name of a sophisticated piece of equipment that takes some specific skills to operate correctly. Just like Xerox, Kleenex, Coke, or Kodak, the brand name has pretty much become a catch-all descriptor for all similar products, but it is important to note the distinction. 

A Steadicam can cost upwards of $50,000 or you could hire a Steadicam operator out of your video budget, but few of us have that type of budget to work with. Thankfully, there are excellent gimbals that we can afford and learn to use within their limitations to gain the benefits of using a gimbal for our own work. Some of them are really very good and highly capable videography accessories.

E-Image Horizon Pro by Ikan

gimbal tips and tricks 5

One of my favorite sources for high quality video accessories is Ikan. They design and make their own equipment so you can get extremely high quality videography accessories for very low prices compared to other brands. Ikan makes a handheld gimbal that provides all the benefits of using a gimbal at a very reasonable price, the E-Image Horizon Pro.

It is about 3.5 pounds of aircraft-quality aluminum and is rated as capable of holding 7 pounds of camera and lens, so it is lightweight enough to be comfortably held and can handle your mirrorless or DSLR camera and lens. It uses rechargeable lithium ion batteries which are capable of holding a charge for up to 16 hours of operation.

The mounting arms are angled so that you have an unobstructed view of the camera viewscreen while you’re recording video. It uses a quick release mounting system, has options for extra handles, rotates through a full 360 degrees, and has an option for a follow focus control.

The price is very budget friendly, around the same as a very good video light or a moderate aperture prime lens. Which is par for the course when dealing with video accessories from Ikan.

Benefits of Using a Gimbal

how does a gimbal work 6

The benefits of using a gimbal are that your video productions will be more watchable and look more professional. Handheld video without the jerkiness and shakiness we’re prone to when shooting off of our tripod or other mount. 

This smoothness will translate into viewers being more comfortable when watching our videos, more likely to subscribe to or stay on our YouTube channel, and will please our paying clients resulting in referrals and repeat business. So, as you can see, there are some great benefits of using a gimbal for our video productions. 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Best Lenses for Content Creators

Best Lenses for Content Creators

Photo by Anna Auza on Unsplash

Guess what content creators are great at? Selling stuff. Selling a way of life, a creative vision, a story...you name it. 

Part of being able to sell that vision means having the right gear, and no gear is more important than the lenses used to create videos.

The focal length of the lens can have a tremendous impact on the way the video sequences you shoot are framed, and framing is one of the most important aspects of composition and telling a visual story.

There are so many lenses for content creation available in 2020. How do you figure out which ones are the best lenses for video?  

Well, you break them down into more manageable categories, which is exactly what we have done below! 

Wide-Angle

wide angle

This 24mm T/1.5 Cine Lens for Canon is the perfect wide-angle lens for content creators. At $500 at Samy's Camera, it provides content creators with the capability to capture all of the action during a wide-angle scene while looking dramatic, but it also allows you to shoot tight shots when you get in close to the subject.  

Wide-angle lenses are one of the best lenses for video because they can be used singularly if you don’t have any other types of lenses on hand. That makes this an ideal option for the budget-conscious content creator. 

The only downside to shooting all of your video with a wide-angle is that your tight shots will be a little bit distorted.  

In the video above, Think Media outlines exactly why a wide-angle lens can be the best lens for you. 

Learn More: 

Standard 

standard

Sony’s FE 50mm f/1.8 is a great example of one of the best lenses for video: the standard lens.

For those concerned about the best focal length for video, a 50mm lens will provide you with the depth you need while maintaining focus on what’s important.  

Additionally, basic standard lenses are typically a lot cheaper than say a telephoto lens, which means standard lenses area  great choice for shooting video when you’re on a budget. 

I really respect Samantha Ebreo’s videography YouTube because she essentially shows you her journey as a videographer. 

In the video above, she explains why 50mm lenses are the best lenses for video and she also explains how to use them effectively.  

Portrait

portrait

Nikon’s AF-S NIKKOR 85mm f/1.4G serves as the picture perfect portrait lens. It’s also a great video lens...

Portrait lenses usually have a focal length somewhere between 70mm and 135mm, they should be able to perform in low-light circumstances, and they should have a shallow depth of field (after all, you should be the focus as a content creator). 

These features make these lenses a top choice for getting moody, creative video sequences in low light and in which the subject is nicely separated from the background.

One of my favorite portrait lenses for content creators is Canon’s 85mm 1.4L, which is featured above and is also sold on Samy's Camera.  

Of course, this lens is not for a content creator that is just starting out because of its nearly $1.5K price tag, but the video test above still gives you a pretty good idea of what an 85mm can do. 

Learn More:

You Need High-Quality Lighting, Too

Just like with still photography, you need to invest in a good light for video production.

But you don't want to lug around something big, heavy, and bulky, nor do you want to spend a ton of money, either.

That's where the Litra Torch LitraPro comes in...

I reviewed this awesome little light a while back, and as you can read here, I was totally impressed with it at the time. I'm still totally impressed!

Despite being just 2.75 x 2 x 1.2 inches in size and weighing a scant 6 ounces, this light puts out 1200 lumens of light.

All that clean, beautiful light is thanks to 60 LEDs that Litra has crammed into this thing...

This light is also adjustable from 3000-6000K, so you can fine-tune the color temperature to meet your specific needs.

This bi-color light provides you with clean, crisp, flicker-free light and is waterproof, too. If you have any video shoots to do this winter, this light will go with you and give you durable performance each and every time!

 

 



We Recommend


Best On-Camera Video Lights

best on camera video lights

Photo by insung yoon on Unsplash

Advanced On-Camera Video Lights

I try my best to be a bargain shopper, but oftentimes my friends are shooting with extremely advanced on-camera lights that make me feel behind. 

I don't want to go broke over something as simple as on-camera video lights, but I also don't want to be shooting bad videos because I'm cheap.

I've looked long and hard for DSLR video lights that are both inexpensive and excellent at what they do. Here is my top 5 list of them. 

Table of Contents

Litra Torch LitraPro LED Video Lights

top on camera video lights

I covered the LitraPro more deeply in a review a few months back, but allow me to recap.

The LitraPro is mid-range in terms of price, ringing in at $220, but top-shelf in terms of its capabilities.

Litra Torch LitraPro Specs

Each LitraPro is comprised of 60 individual LED lights, which is pretty impressive considering the overall size of 2.75 x 2 x 1.2 inches. 

You can also adjust the color temperature between 3000K and 6000K. 

Altogether, the light has 1200 lumens of output.

One of my favorite qualities on the LitraPro is that it's waterproof up to 90 feet. It also has dual industry-standard 1/4 20 mounts.

If you run the LitraPro for an hour at max output, the battery will last you one hour. But, if you run it at min output, that extends to 10 hours.

Finally, the LitraPro comes with full dimming capabilities and Bluetooth connectivity. 

Litra Torch LitraPro Capabilities

Litra products are built like you're heading into a warzone, which I really appreciate. The LitraPro is no different. This on-camera video light has been MIL-SPEC 810 tested, and for those of you who don't know, this test is used by the U.S. military to determine whether a product is ready to be shocked, thrown, dropped and put into extreme temperatures.

The 1200 lumens on this light extend up to 9.5 feet. It also features a 70-degree beam angle, which means it provides flicker-free light at any angle. 

Learn More About Litra Torch LitraPro

Litra Torch 2.0 LED Video Lights

I'm on a Litra kick lately. I also recently reviewed the Litra Torch 2.0 a few weeks ago, which you can read in full here. 

The Litra Torch 2.0 is a good alternative to the LitraPro because of its $90 price tag.

Litra Torch 2.0 Specs

The 2.0 is tinier than the LitraPro, at just 1.5 x 1.5 x 1.65 inches. It uses 16 LEDs and offers three lumen settings at 800, 450 and 100.

It features a color temperature of 5700K with a CRI of 90+ and TLCI of 92. 

Litra Torch 2.0 Capabilities

The Litra Torch 2.0, like the LitraPro, offers a 70-degree beam angle. It's also waterproof, but to "only" until 60 feet. 

The best capability of the 2.0, in my opinion, is that it has a built-in magnet so you can stick it to any metal surface, which means no more messing around with implementing lights.

The 2.0 produces its max output for 35 minutes on one battery charge or up to 4 hours of min output. 

Learn More About Litra Torch 2.0

Yongnuo YN-14EX TTL Macro Ring Light

best led lights for video

You can't discuss the best on-camera video lights and not discuss Yongnuo. Yongnuo is known for building the cheapest professional quality video equipment, and the YN-14EX TTL Macro Ring Light is no different.

This macro ring light is currently on sale for $104 on Adorama. It, like the Litra Torch, features a color temperature of 5700K. 

Yongnuo YN-14EX TTL Macro Ring Light Specs

This macro ring is compatible with 52, 58, 67 and 72mm lenses. Each side of the macro ring can be independently adjusted, which could be helpful to create more depth, particularly in macro photography.

It's charge recycle time is also just 3 to 5 seconds. 

This macro ring light also talks to you, so you know exactly what your light readings are despite the fact that you're not looking at them at all. 

Finally, you just need AA batteries to power it!

Learn More About Yongnuo YN-14EX TTL Macro Ring Light

Viltrox L132T On-Camera Bi-Color LED Light

on camera video lights in 2019

Viltrox is a relatively new company in the top on-camera video lights field.

The company was founded in 2007 and primarily focuses on LED lights and HDMI equipment.

Viltrox L132T On-Camera Bi-Color LED Light Specs

The Viltrox on-camera bi-color LED light features LEDs with CE, EMC, FCC, and RoHS certifications. Rest assured, these LED lights are top of the line.

The LED also features a honeycomb design, which is popular amongst designers.

The light is amongst the biggest of the DSLR video lights I've highlighted here at 10 x 3.9 x 1.2 inches. 

viltrox 2

It features color temperatures ranging from 3300K to 5600K. The brightness is almost fully adjustable, ranging from 20%-100%.

Its LCD screen is easier to read than any of the other best LED lights for video featured here.

It has a 120-degree light angle, thanks in great part to its extra size and weight.

Finally, it also features 95+ RCI. 

Learn More About VILTViltrox L132T On-Camera Bi-Color LED Light

Aputure Amaran HR672W CRI95+ On-Camera Video LED Light

on camera video lights

The search for on-camera video lights in 2019 is especially stressful considering just how much you can spend on one.

I love Aputure because, while their products are considered an investment, they are still reasonable.

This on-camera video light is for sale for $278, but I guarantee you won't need to buy another DSLR video light for many years to come.

Aputure Amaran HR672W CRI95+ On-Camera Video Light Specs

aputure light 2

This light is about the size of an iPad, with a thickness of 32mm. It produces a natural light at a 5500K color temperature. 

Like the Viltrox, this video LED light features an RCI 95+. Like the Litra, it features a 75-degree light angle. 

The most fun quality about the Aputure Amaran is that you can remotely control it from up to 100 meters.

It can be used for 2 hours on max output, and the light actually charges the batteries when in use if you are using the power cord to charge the light, which can indefinitely extend your shooting time.

Finally, you can control 4 different groups of this light to create more depth in your shots. Not bad, right?

Learn More About Aputure Amaran HR672W CRI95+ Bi-Color LED Light



We Recommend


Best Teleprompters of 2019

Best Teleprompters of 2019

photo byLordHenriVoton via iStock

No matter how much of an expert you are on a topic, if you’re making a video, a teleprompter will help you deliver your message much more effectively.

Teleprompters put the word-for-word message you want to get out right in front of your eyes. It’s like hand-delivering a precisely worded letter to your audience. 

Is using a teleprompter a guarantee that you won’t mess up? No. But the likelihood of you delivering a well-worded and passionate message is greatly increased when using one. 

You don’t have to have a giant teleprompter like what’s used on the evening news, either. In fact, there are many small, portable, and affordable options for vloggers and videographers today.

Let’s take a look at some of the best teleprompters on the market.

Best Teleprompters of 2019: mPrompter

mprompter 1

Even though this teleprompter by mPrompter isn’t going to be available until early in 2020, it still makes this list of the best teleprompters of 2019. Why?

That’s easy…

I’ve had my hands on a prototype model the last couple of months and have found that it’s highly portable for shooting video on the go and it’s extremely durable, so it can stand up to use and abuse while on-location or in the studio.

mprompter 2 best teleprompters of 2019

This rig has a stainless steel body and frame with a textured black coating to minimize reflections and glare.

It has a 3mm glass mirror with a 70/30% reflective coating, and the mirror is permanently attached and free floated in a protective stainless steel bezel.

mPrompter is compact and ideally suited for use with a smartphone, but it is adjustable to any kind of camera, so you can use it with your small mirrorless camera or your big DSLR too.

mprompter 3

This teleprompter was developed with bloggers in mind: it’s small, easy to set up (it takes less than a minute!), and comes with aluminum adapter rings to ensure it’ll work with your existing smartphone or camera.

On top of all that, mPrompter is affordable! It really is the best of all worlds - portable, easy to set up, durable, and easy on your pocketbook!

Learn more about the mPrompter teleprompter

Best Teleprompters of 2019: iKan PT-Elite-Pro

ikan elite pt pro 1 

Ikan’s PT-Elite-Pro teleprompter is specifically designed for larger tablets like the Apple iPad Pro, Microsoft Surface, and Samsung Galaxy tablets as well as any tablet from 6 x 9 inches to 9 x 12.

But even though it’s designed for larger tablets, it’s still an easy and quick setup to save you time. 

It features an adjustable, foldable glass frame, a quick-release base plate, and a much lighter design that makes it more portable than its predecessors.

ikan elite pt pro 2

In fact, the solid CNC machined aluminum construction makes it super lightweight so you can take it from the studio to locations in the field with ease. The custom foam hard case for carrying the teleprompter enhances its portability.

This unit has a 15mm rod base for versatility and ease of use, and includes an elite remote as well. 

The scientific-grade 70/30 teleprompter glass ensures high clarity and sharpness for an easy reading experience while the adjustability to various types of camera sizes makes it an excellent option whether you shoot with a DSLR, a mirrorless camera, or a video camera.

Learn more about the Ikan PT-Elite-Pro teleprompter

Best Teleprompters of 2019: Little Prompter

Another one of our favorite teleprompters of 2019 is the Little Prompter. 

As its name indicates, it's a compact teleprompter that you can use to deliver polished talking points to the camera no matter where you’re recording.

It’s a versatile setup that’s also easy to use, so you can use it with a wide range of cameras without having a long setup time.

This unit can be used with your smartphone, and when paired with a teleprompter app, the Little Prompter can operate with your computer’s built-in camera and microphone.

Little prompter can also easily pair with a mirrorless camera or DSLR, a webcam, or even a handycam.

The lightweight body measures just 6 x 6 x 6 inches and is made of durable expanded PVC. It has an adjustable tripod attachment support bar, spacers, and screws to give you versatile setup options. All these components are manufactured using 6061 aluminum for durability.

The teleprompter glass is made of high-quality 70/30 BeamSplitter glass that gives you beautiful sharpness and excellent transparency as well. 

This is just a smartly designed and well-made teleprompter that might just be the ideal fit for your teleprompter needs. 

Learn more about the Little Prompter teleprompter

Best Teleprompters of 2019: Padcaster Parrot

padcaster parrot 1

Next on our list of the best teleprompters of 2019 is the Padcaster Parrot, another multi-functional, affordable teleprompter. 

This teleprompter fully sets up in just a few minutes’ time, which makes it a solid choice for videographers that need to run and gun.

Just attach any camera system to the unit, insert your phone, and read the text that shows on the teleprompter. The companion Parrot app makes it super easy to set up.

padcaster parrot 2

Like the other teleprompters on this list, the Parrot uses 70/30 BeamSplitter glass for the highest-quality view of your script.

This unit also comes with 13 mounting rings so you can easily attach it to almost any type of camera lens.

There is a Bluetooth remote to improve ease of use via the Parrot app and there's a glass cleaning kit included in the bundle as well.

Learn more about the Padcaster Parrot teleprompter

Best Teleprompters of 2019: Datavideo TP-300B

datavideo 1

Last but not least, the Datavideo TP-300B is a great teleprompter option for videographers that use an iPad or Android tablet for reading scripts.

The scripts or cue sheets that you create can be quickly and easily transferred into the DV prompter application software and scrolled at a set automatic rate. Additionally, it can be controlled via an optional remote if a set rate is not desired. 

The prompter software gives you plenty of options for customizing the text size, colors, and fonts so you can make the script as easily readable as possible from a variety of distances.

datavideo 2

The unit has a versatile mounting system that enables you quickly and easily mount many different-sized tablets to it.

The strong prompter frame affixes to any standard tripod and gives you the option of using it as a standalone, in front of the camera, or below the lens. Whatever the positioning, you’ll appreciate the 60/40 glass that allows you to see the script clearly. 

Learn more about the Datavideo TP-300B teleprompter

 



We Recommend


Common Videography Mistakes You Need to Avoid

Common Videography Mistakes You Need to Avoid

Photo by Jakob Owens on Unsplash

I have made my fair share of filmmaking mistakes, and I’m not going to pretend like I’ll never make any more video mistakes in the future.

Videography is a journey, and it’d be a pretty boring one if you didn’t need to learn anything the whole time.

But, a bunch of these are common videography mistakes that you don’t need to make because people already have and those people can save you. So, you can read this article like a personal journal of videography mistakes I’ve made so you don’t need to! 

Using Poor Sound Quality

common videography mistakes 1

Photo by Denisse Leon on Unsplash

Poor audio quality in videography is almost as bad as poor audio quality in podcasts. Of course, it’s something you’re willing to live with if your favorite podcaster gets way better audio quality and they don’t post enough episodes so you have to go back and start the podcast from the beginning.

But, poor audio quality turns off so many viewers (or listeners) and it’s totally preventable.

DSLRGuide gives a few easy-to-follow tips for fixing poor audio quality that you can try this week.  

Not Investing in High-Quality Lighting

ikan onyx 1

Lighting is essential for video as much as it is for still photography. If you want to create videos that have lasting, positive impact, invest in quality lighting gear! 

Using an on-camera light will do wonders for eliminating unwanted shadows and brightening up the scene. Lights like the Ikan Onyx shown above and below provide bi-color light that’s adjustable from 3200K to 5600K so you can customize the color temperature to your needs.

ikan onyx 3 light setup

What’s more, these lights have a CRI of 95 and TLCI of 96 in both Tungsten and Daylight, so you know the quality of the light is top-notch. 

Simple lighting setups with one light are available, but you can expand your lighting capabilities with a two-light setup or even a three-light setup if need be. 

Don’t let poorly lit scenes ruin your video production. Invest in good lighting, and you’ll be one step closer to realizing your creative vision!

Not Focusing on Your Shot Composition

common videography mistakes 2

Photo by Kane Reinholdtsen on Unsplash 

I don’t know why people get in the habit of only focusing on shot composition when they’re shooting pictures because shot composition is so important in video as well.

The use of dead space, or wasted space as you should start to think of it, is one of many common videography mistakes I see, which is so sad since you can fix this problem just by remembering your rule of thirds.

Another issue with videography shot composition is flat video. Stop filming yourself against walls and in corners. It makes your video look boring. Create depth in your videos by placing your subject in the context of a scene with interesting elements in the foreground, midground and background.

ikan saga 

Quick Tip: Compose better shot sequences with the aid of an on-camera monitor like the Ikan Saga shown above. This unit features tons of tools that help you capture better footage, including a histogram, false color, peaking, clip guides, audio meters, guides, crosshairs, and grids. The bright, detailed, seven-inch screen offers a much more robust view of the scene than your camera’s LCD as well!

Lingering

video mistakes 1

Photo by Paul Dufour on Unsplash 

I’m going to make an educated guess and say 90% of your shots that include people walking should have been edited out of your final project. 

Lingering, or improper editing, is when you are showing uninteresting shots. These shots could be shots where no action is taking place. These shots could also be shots that you think you need for spatial consistency, which is where the long shots of people walking around comes from.

Give your viewers some credit. If your script could plausibly lead the viewer to understand where you’re headed next, you probably don’t need shots of the actors walking to that place.

Learn More:

Bad Quality Scripts

video mistakes 2

Photo by Gianandrea Villa on Unsplash 

I understand the old saying, “it’s not what you say, it’s how you say it.” However, sometimes it really is what you say.

Have you ever opened up a YouTube video and the vlogger is either talking in the most disinterested monotonous voice, or is talking themselves in circles?

How long did you stay on that video? Statistics say that most viewers give a video 10 seconds to decide whether they want to continue watching that video.

Plus, this number is only getting shorter with younger generations who barely have the patience to wait out a 5 second ad before receiving their content. 

As such, make sure you spend as much time on your script as you do on your editing. Also, think about taking a college class on script writing if you’ve never worked in the writing medium before. The tools and skills you gain from a little bit of script-writing education can make all the difference in the quality of your final product.

Boring Music

filmmaking mistakes 1

 Photo by Alphacolor on Unsplash

In the same way as I won’t watch your video if the script sucks, I also won’t watch your video if you have awful fair use jazz music blaring. 

We are almost in 2020, which means we are entering an era where there is so much free music you can use on the web. You just need to know where to find it. 

Think Media gives three incredible resources for fun music in the video above. Save your viewers, and use music that doesn’t contradict the theme you are trying to convey in your video. 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Drone Videography Tips

Drone Videography Tips

photo byhelivideo via iStock

Are you the owner of a sparkly new drone? Congratulations, drones are a ridiculously fun and amazing tool for videographers that I guarantee will elevate your filmmaking to the next level! 

Using drones, you can now get a bird’s eye view and capture perspectives that you never imagined possible! Epic landscapes, spectacular tracking shots, and stunning selfies are merely a few of the scenes you will be able to capture with your drone.  

They don’t fly themselves though (at least not all the time!) and learning where, when, and how to properly fly your drone is super important if you wish to be the best pilot you can be.  

In this article you will first learn exactly what drone videography is, followed by four simple drone videography tips that will improve your flying immediately! 

What is Drone Videography?

drone videography

photo byEloi_Omella via iStock

Drone videography, or aerial filmmaking, is simply defined as the art of using a drone to record video.  

If you wanted to shoot aerial footage in the past, it had to be done using a helicopter. This is extremely expensive, and not a viable option for the average shooter. However, with the introduction of drones to the public in recent years, everyone now has easy access to drone videography.

Drone Videography Tip #1: Know The Rules and Regulations

what is drone videography

photo bymarekuliasz via iStock

If only it was as simple as buying a drone and flying it anywhere you liked. Unfortunately, that is not the case and there are laws that must be followed when using your drone. Here are the most crucial things to keep in mind.

How big is your drone? If it weighs more than 250g you will have to register for an FAA identification number, which costs $5. If it weighs less than that, no FAA identification number is required. 

Are you shooting drone videography for fun or do you plan to make money from your footage? If you are simply flying for fun, it’s free and easy to fly. You still have to do a basic registration process, but it takes less than an hour to complete. On the other hand, if you are going to be using your drone for professional videography you need to receive a separate certification. 

Where can you fly a drone? Here is a quick list of basic drone videography flying rules:

  • Fly below 400 feet
  • Don't fly in restricted airspace or near airports
  • Keep your drone within sight at all times
  • Don't fly over stadiums or sporting events
  • Flying in National Parks is prohibited
  • Don't fly close to emergency response efforts such as fires 

Failing to comply with these regulations can result in large fines and even the loss of your drone license. 

Learn More:

Drone Videography Tip #2: Learn These Simple Drone Shots

drone videography 2

photo bycicerocastro via iStock

There are seven simple and easy-to-learn drone videography techniques that every pilot should have in their arsenal and here they are!

  • Reveal shots
  • Tracking shots
  • Panning shots
  • Flying upward shots
  • Orbit shots
  • Overhead shots
  • Dolly zoom shots

Once you have learned these basic shots, you are now prepared for 99% of all drone videography situations. Now it’s up to you to PRACTICE, PRACTICE, PRACTICE in order to figure out which ones you like to use and master them! 

Drone Videography Tip #3: Always Be Prepared

drone for videography

photo bynullplus via iStock

As in anything else, planning is a critical step in drone videography. The first stage in planning is making sure you have all your drone settings set up how you want them. This includes image quality, frame rate, gimbal sensitivity, etc. Once you have these set initially, you should rarely if ever have to adjust them. 

Once that’s finished, you will want to make sure you have a clear idea of what exactly you are shooting. People, landscapes, events, etc. With this in mind you can make a decisive plan of what you want to accomplish during your shoot and what types of shots you will need to use.

After that, you should take into consideration the weather and lighting conditions. If it’s rainy or windy when you were planning on flying, see if a different time of day is better. If not, you may have to change your plans and try again another day. 

Lastly, prepare your equipment and double and triple check it. Is your drone in good condition? Is the drone software and application up to date? Are your batteries, remote, phone, tablet, and anything else you may need fully charged? Do you have ND filters, spare propellers, cleaning tools? Trust me, nothing is worse than being in a beautiful place ready to send up your drone only to realize you can’t for one reason or another! 

Drone Videography Tip #4: Have Lots of Spare Batteries

drone videography techniques

photo bymarekuliasz via iStock

As wonderful as a drone for videography is, one major issue that has not been resolved is poor battery life. The average battery for a mid-range drone will provide you with roughly 15-20 minutes of flight time. If you have a professional one you might be able to push that up to 30 minutes if you’re lucky. 

For the majority of us, one battery isn’t enough. And if I’m being completely honest, two batteries probably isn’t going to cut it either. I recommend having a minimum of three fully charged batteries with you whenever you head out, more if possible. 

I know the batteries are expensive, but I promise that you will regret running out of battery in a once in a lifetime location more than spending the extra cash. 

One additional tip in regards to batteries is to try and always carry an external power bank with you. It’s a great tool to have in your kit and a fantastic way to charge your batteries while out in the field. 

Final Words on Drone Videography 

Creating epic videos with a drone

photo byBestgreenscreen via iStock

Learning to pilot a drone well is no easy task, but if you follow the four drone videography tips I detailed above you will be on the right track! As a bonus to you for getting this far, here are a few more tips and tricks to improve your drone videography! 

  • Practice, practice, practice
  • Start recording before you think you need to, and stop afterwards
  • Use manual camera settings
  • Play around with ND Filters
  • Use intelligent flight modes
  • Relax and slow down 
  • Watch videos and learn as much as you can!  

Learn More:



We Recommend


Essential Camera Accessories for Vlogging

Essential Camera Accessories for Vlogging

Photo by CoWomen on Unsplash

When I first started foraying into vlogging, I was overwhelmed with the amount of camera accessories for vlogging there is on the market. 

How was I supposed to know which products worked and worked well on a budget? 

Thankfully, I had mentors in the industry to walk me through all of these vlogging accessories (and mentors willing to tell me when I was going overboard on a project). As it turned out, I was going way overboard. 

In an effort to prevent you from spending incredible amounts of money on vlogging accessories you really don’t need, I’m going to break down the bare minimum equipment you can get away with as a beginner vlogger. 

Lighting

camera accessories for vlogging

photo by AzmanL via iStock 

People ask me, “what do you need for vlogging,” all the time and my answer is the same across the board: lighting. If you aren’t worrying about your lighting, you’re probably doing it wrong. 

But, here’s the thing, you don’t need fancy lighting you just need good lighting that will properly frame you or your subject as the center of attention. I do not recommend relying on natural lighting for one reason: weather and humans are unpredictable. 

The chances that it’s going to be overcast when you need to shoot an episode are high, as are the chances that your schedule could get thrown off and you may need to shoot at night. 

So, one of the best accessories for vlogging are natural-looking light kits that are inexpensive.

lighting 2 

That’s where the Oryon 18” Bi-Color Ring Light shown above comes in…

This light offers the perfect amount of illumination for your vlog (and creates a beautiful catch light, too!).

It has a large opening in the middle to accommodate a range of camera sizes while the rear control knobs give you quick access to change the brightness and color of the light.

lighting 3

There are multiple mounts on the light for customized positioning, while the soft diffused LEDs emit bright, clean light that envelops you as you film.

And since this is a kit, it comes with multiple goodies, like a heavy-duty, yet compact light stand, two batteries, a dual battery charger, and a carrying case.

If you need fewer accessories, you can get a smaller kit with the light, a smartphone adapter, and a remote, and save a little money too!

Just like with photography, videography depends on good lighting. And when you’re vlogging, a ring light is a great option for getting that high-quality light you need.

Tripod

vlogging accessories

photo by RapidEye via iStock 

If you’ve ever piled your camera on top of a stack of books ever so precariously, then you’re suffering from needing to buy a tripod syndrome. 

I know. I’ve been there, but tripods allow you to fully express your creativity through your vlogging. They also keep your camera steady and out of the reach of any nuisances (like animals or kids). 

You’ll need to purchase different tripods depending upon what type of vlogging you’re planning on doing. For instance, if you’re a travel vlogger, you might want a tripod that folds up and is light, or if you’re only planning on vlogging out of your home or studio, you might want a mini-tripod that you can stick on your desk and forget about. 

Gimbal

best accessories for vlogging

photo by Mumemories via iStock 

Your vlogging accessories kit also isn’t complete without a gimbal. Gimbals allow you to rotate your camera on multiple axes. They basically allow you to get the same shot from 360 degrees and are used frequently in travel vlogging. 

While you don’t necessarily need an expensive gimbal if you’re just starting your vlogging journey, I purchased my favorite gimbal about a year into my vlogging journey and I’ll never go back. 

gimbal

The E-Image Horizon One gimbal is incredible because it features a universal quick release plate, it allows you to shoot full 360 degree shots on 3 different axes, and it carries up to 8 lbs (which is more than enough for almost any vlogger). 

In the video above by Ikan International, you can see how valuable a good, solid gimbal can be for vlogging and other videography pursuits.

You can purchase the E-Image Horizon on B&H for $400.

Learn More:

Camera Cage 

what do you need for vlogging

Photo by KAL VISUALS on Unsplash 

As you get more and more into vlogging and have more and more of the needed accessories for upping the production value of your videos, you’ll find that having a camera cage is a Godsend.

A camera cage is exactly what it sounds like - it’s a metal cage that surrounds the camera body and gives you multiple points of attachment for accessories like microphones, lights, monitors, and so forth.

camera cage 2

The Ikan Stratus Cage for the Sony a6500, 6400, a6300, and a6000 shown above also gives you a top handle, rods, a base frame, and a cable clamp to keep all the accessory cables out of your way.

Cages like this are form-fitted to your camera, so you have to be sure to select a cage that was designed for your specific camera body. With cutouts for the battery door and memory card slot, a perfect fit is a must! 

Once you have your camera mounted to the cage, you can go about adding the accessories you need to create vlogs with high production value. 

Cages aren’t necessarily cheap. However, they are definitely worth the investment because they expand the capabilities of video production so much.

Microphone

best accessories for vlogging 2

 photo by lapandr via iStock 

This is the section of vlogging accessories where I feel tons of people get ripped off because there are so many types of microphones, beginner vloggers think you need one of each.

I think there are four main types of microphones people should consider adding to their vlogging accessories kit: the lavalier microphone, the shotgun microphone, the USB microphone, and the portable audio recorder.

microphone 2

The lavalier microphone, also recognized as the broadcast journalism microphone, allows you to easily interview people without needing to take a ton of time to check your audio levels because the lavalier gets strapped directly on their chest.

If you’re going to be interviewing anyone in your vlogging journey, definitely invest in a lavalier microphone (especially since you can get the one pictured above on B&H for a whopping $15). 

vlogging accessories 2

 photo by undefined undefined via iStock 

The next type of microphone, the shotgun microphone, can either be placed a few feet above you or it can be placed directly on your camera. Shotgun microphones are great at only picking up audio from the area where they are pointed at. 

The third microphone type, the USB microphone, is perfect for voice-over work for transitions in your vlogs. Just sit one on your desk in your studio and get to work!

Finally, the portable audio recorder allows you to replace the audio from your camera. It does this by separately recording your audio. You can then sync this audio with your video with your editing software. The ability to record audio separately from your camera can come in handy in many situations, including when your camera is a good distance away from the subject.

Editing Software 

what do you need for vlogging 2

Photo by Wahid Khene on Unsplash 

You’re not going to get very far in your vlogging career if you don’t own editing software, but figuring out which editing software to purchase can be difficult.  

Adobe’s line-up of products is universally recognized as among the best editing software, so if you can afford to splurge on Adobe Premiere Pro, you should.

But, if you don’t want to spend money on a monthly subscription for any of Adobe’s lineup, there are still options for you. 

camera accessories for vlogging 2

Photo by Jakob Owens on Unsplash

Take a look at this article on the top 10 Adobe Premiere alternatives for ideas in case Adobe’s products aren’t in your price range. 

When it comes down to it, there are just a few must-haves for vlogging if you want to create the best content (and who doesn’t want to do that?!).

If you invest smartly in the accessories outlined here, you’ll have a great setup for producing engaging videos that look good, sound good, and engage viewers!

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Filmmaking Just Got Easier Thanks to Syrp’s New Set of Features

Filmmaking Just Got Easier Thanks to Syrps New Set of Features

Photo by v2osk on Unsplash

Like photography, videography requires a huge investment of time, patience, a good bit of money, and maybe a little bit of luck, too.

You need the right tools for the job as well.

A great film is never just about the gear you use, but it doesn’t hurt to have some high-powered tools to back you up, either.

Syrp understands this, and has built a reputation of creating some of the most innovative, easy-to-use filmmaking products in the industry. 

And they’ve done it again, only this time it isn’t the gear itself we need to discuss. Instead, it’s a bevy of new features that make filmmaking much easier. 

Follow Subjects With Ease With “Live Drive”

live drive 1

I have a Syrp Genie Mini II, and it’s one of the best motion control devices I’ve ever gotten my hands on.

Now, it’s even more capable because Syrp has unveiled Live Drive, a feature that allows you to control the device by using the joystick in the Genie II App.

live drive 2

Using Line Drive couldn’t be easier - just access the Live Drive feature in the app and use the on-screen joystick to control motion on up to three axes.

You get independent control over each axis as well, so you can turn them on and off as you see fit. There are also controls for the speed, smoothing, and direction. 

live drive 3

You can adjust the speed from 0-100 percent, the smoothing can be set at 0-10 to give you a fine level of control over easing into movement, and the directional controls can be adjusted to the circumstances, like inverting controls if the motion control unit is upside down. 

There are tons of different applications for Live Drive - virtually any situation in which you want to follow the subject by using these manual controls. 

Whether you’re filming a concert, creating a feature film, capturing footage of a sporting event, or something in between, Live Drive will help you capture unique and beautiful footage with much greater ease.

Learn More:

Create Stop Motion Videos in a Fraction of the Time

stop motion 1

Another interesting feature that Syrp recently unveiled is the Stop Motion capability in the Genie II app.

If you’re an animator, you understand the amount of time it takes to create stop motion videos. It is a laborious and detailed process in which you might work for hours and hours to create a few seconds of footage. 

But with Syrp’s new Stop Motion feature, you can create videos faster and more precisely. That’s due in large part to the ability to set up movement using the keyframe editor in the app. 

Furthermore, you can use the app to control the frame rate, move the camera, and fire the camera.

Better still, you can use the app to navigate to any keyframe in the sequence to re-shoot, if needed. This is done without having to start the entire sequence over again. Talk about a time-saver! 

You can see this incredible feature in action in the video at the beginning of this section. It truly is impressive how fast and accurate it makes creating stop motion videos!

Photographers Get a New Feature Too - Multi-Row Panoramas

syrp multi row panorama

Not wanting to leave us photographers out in the cold, Syrp has a new goodie for us too…

Their new multi-row panorama feature enables you to use the Genie II app with the Genie II Pan Tilt or the Genie Mini II (or both) to shoot up to five rows of images. These separate photos can then be turned into a high-resolution gigapixel image or up to a 360-degree panorama.

As you can see above, you can also create a more traditional single-row panorama.

Again, this feature is all about making complex tasks easier and less time-consuming.

In the video above, you can see how quickly you can configure the panorama. Likewise, configuring camera variables like its orientation, the focal length being used, the sensor size, and aspect ratio takes but a few moments. Get some insights on how to edit these beastly panoramas in the tutorial below:

With the intuitive design of the Genie Mini II interface and the ease of use of these new features, Syrp has made it possible to create gorgeous photos and videos in a fraction of the time and with far less stress, I might add. 

It’s tools like these that make all the difference in content creation these days. Give Syrp’s website a visit to learn more about how these and other features will enable you to fulfill your creative vision.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Filmmaking With the Nikon Z6 and Nikon Z7

filmmaking with the nikon z6 and z7Photo by Patrick Donnelly on Unsplash

It’s hard to believe that not all that long ago, digital cameras were just digital cameras with no video capabilities.

I remember being blown away when HD video was added to many DSLRs. And now, here we are discussing the 4K UHD video features of two very capable Nikon cameras. If you missed it, I have a complete Nikon Z7 review that dives deep into the features, performance, image quality, and other important factors of this camera. If you want a broader view of the Z7’s capabilities, have a look at that.

You can learn more about the Z6's other features in my Nikon Z6 review.

I’ve said it before, and I’ll say it again - videography is the new still photography. I’m not saying that video has usurped the importance of photography, but it is certainly a more important skill now than ever before, especially for professional photographers.

With that in mind, here’s a quick overview of filmmaking with the Nikon Z6 and Nikon Z7.

Nikon Z7 and Nikon Z6 Common Video Features

Nikon Z7

There are a few things these cameras share in common on the video front.

For starters, both the Z7 and Z6 have the exact same body and the exact same grip. From a handheld shooting point of view, they are evenly matched in terms of comfort and usability.

Nikon seems to have prioritized easy handheld recording given the button layout of both cameras.

More specifically, the video record button is placed at the top of the grip so you can easily start and stop recording with your pointer finger.

Nikon Z6

Another common trait of these cameras is the big, bright, 3.2-inch touchscreen LCD. With 2.1-million-dots of resolution, you don’t miss any details when you’re shooting. Its tilting action is nice for keeping an eye on low-angle and high-angle footage, though a fully articulating screen would have been nice.

The EVFs in these cameras are even better, if you ask me. Granted, I don’t shoot much video with my eye to the viewfinder, but the fact that the EVF doesn’t get soft when shooting video (an issue I’ve found in my Sony a6300) is definitely a bonus.

Nikon Z6

Of course, both the Z7 and the Z6 feature 5-axis in-body image stabilization, which is a Godsend when shooting handheld video.

This is especially true when you’re panning or tilting while handheld. The image stabilization helps you get buttery smooth motion, though it should be noted that it isn’t as effective when walking and shooting video at the same time.

Something else of note is that both of these cameras have good continuous autofocus performance when shooting video in good lighting. Even if the subject is moving quite fast toward the camera, the Z7 and Z6 do a good job of tracking the subject. In low-light, the autofocus obviously struggles, but that’s to be expected of any camera.

These cameras can shoot up to 30p in 4K, so there's no 60p option for slow-motion recording, though you can record in 1080 120p if slow-motion footage is needed.

One last note - neither camera has a good built-in audio pre-amp. For Nikon shooters, this is nothing new, so just be aware that if you use a mic that has poor output levels, the audio will be very noisy.

Nikon Z7 Video Capabilities

Let's focus on the Nikon Z7 video specs.

The primary thing you should know about filmmaking with the Nikon Z7 is that even though it offers 4K UHD video recording, it does not offer full sensor readout in full frame mode. For full sensor readout, you have to shoot with a 1.5x crop factor.

As a result, full frame video footage is quite soft compared to the Nikon Z6 and quite noisy as well. Banding and pixelation can also be an issue.

On the plus side, the camera has 10-bit N-log video via the HDMI output. This gives you improved dynamic range and much more color depth with which to work in post-processing. See the Z7 in action in the video below by AdoramaTV.

Make no mistake, the Z7 is a still camera with video capabilities. As noted in the previous section, it has a lot of features to help you capture excellent video. However, the Z7 is not intended to be a go-to camera for video footage. That distinction goes to the Z6.

Nikon Z6 Video Capabilities

Nikon definitely developed the Z6 to be the video king of its mirrorless lineup.

Not only does it offer super-sampled full frame recording and better shallow depth of field than the Z7, but it also performs beautifully in low-light situations.

That's advantageous for situations in which you don't have a ton of light (or don't want to lug around lighting).

Its pixel-to-pixel readout of the sensor means there's no pixel binning to get to full 4K video. As a result, video is clean, sharp, and detailed, and dynamic range is outstanding, particularly if you're recording externally. Read more about Nikon D750 camera on our website PhotographyTalk.com.

Speaking of external recording, the Z6 offers 10-bit N-log video output just like the Z7. The result of this is improved dynamic range, as noted above, as well as better colors, particularly if the video footage was shot in challenging lighting.

Something to be aware of is that the Z6 has a focus-by-wire system. This means that you can't set lens marks based on where your subject is located and pull focus to follow their movements.

The camera does have focus peaking when shooting in manual mode, so you can at least see what's sharp and what isn't.

For some reason, though, Nikon doesn't let you use focus peaking and highlight peaking at the same time.

Despite these minor issues, the Z6 is a very, very good camera for filmmaking - perhaps one of the best on the market right now. Get more details on this camera in the video above by AdoramaTV.

When comparing the Z6 to the Z7 for video purposes, the Z6 is a clear winner. If video is the most important factor when you buy a new camera, the Nikon Z6 video specs make it a prime choice.

And since the Z6 is $2,000.00 (body only), it's far cheaper than its big brother, which comes in at $3,400.00 for the body only.



We Recommend


Get the Most Out of Your Shotgun Mic With These Top Tips

Get the Most Out of Your Shotgun Mic With These Top Tips

 photo bydpmike via iStock

If you are among the many serious photographers who have decided to step into video with our fantastic new cameras and their awesome video capability, you have likely already learned how to use a shotgun mic. But perhaps you want to improve your knowledge of how to get good audio with a shotgun mic, really good audio.

For still photographers entering video, how to get good audio is an important skill to have. Our shotgun mic tutorial will give you some ideas and techniques for capturing high quality audio as you record video. Practicing these shotgun mic tips will improve your videos and make them more viewable.

The Shotgun Mic

shotgun mic tutorial 1

 photo bysturti via iStock

Think about your audio in the same way you already view capturing images. In order to get higher quality images, we use the highest quality lenses and techniques to maximize their potential.

The same thoughts apply to the audio audio component of your videos. Just as you don’t want to limit your fine lenses by using lower quality filters, or just like you have more to work with when using external flash or other lighting versus the camera built in flash, supplementing or replacing the built in mic of our cameras is a good idea for recording superior audio.

shotgun mic tutorial 2

The newest cameras do have very nice mics, but they are limited. A shotgun mic of very high quality such as the Comica CVM-VP2 shotgun mic from Ikan will provide extremely high quality audio. Ikan is a great source for high quality video accessories. Since they design and make the items they sell, you can find very high quality equipment for reasonable prices.

The advantages of using a high end shotgun mic like the Comica CVM-VP2 is that they have excellent signal-to-noise ratio, are electromagnetically shielded for minimizing interference, and have multiple power options, all of which result in superior sound compared to a built in microphone.

Adjust the Levels

how to use a shotgun mic 3

 photo bySouth_agency via iStock

Let’s again compare mics and good audio to the photographic terms and techniques we know so well. When adjusting exposure, we are careful about blocking up the shadows, blowing out the highlights, and the contrast.

Well, those same principles apply to recording audio. The shotgun mic will have a range of frequency that it will capture. Sounds below or above that range won’t sound quite right. Knowing our equipment’s specs will allow us to change audio recording levels and parameters that will work best for the situation. 

Many of the newest cameras have these controls in the menu functions accessed from the viewscreen. It’s important to be familiar with all of the settings before getting into the field since they are not as intuitive as photographic controls. Which segues into the next point.

Use Headphones

how to use a shotgun mic 4

 photo bylapandr via iStock

Think again of exposing an image photographically. You can see what the image looks like in preview and there is an option of viewing the histogram. Using headphones is much like that. Your camera may have a meter showing audio levels but there’s nothing like having instant feedback of hearing it for yourself. 

The camera or other recording device for audio should have a jack that produces the feed actually being recorded. This gives you the sound that is going to be on the file, that is adjusted, attenuated, and flavored by the camera’s audio processor.

If possible, use a style of headphones that covers the entire ear and blocks out most of the ambient noise around you so you can concentrate on the audio feed being recorded. When you use headphones and a shotgun mic, you can really tell how important it is to put the mic in the proper place.

Learn More:

Position Matters

how to get good audio with a shotgun mic 5

 photo bysturti via iStock

A shotgun mic has a narrow pattern compared to the built in mic of the camera. Compared to visual photography again, it’s like using a telephoto lens for your audio. You can narrow what is being “seen” by the shotgun mic. 

Sometimes this may mean that you should remove the shotgun mic from the camera or camera cage. A mic stand, a clamp, or a boom can accomplish that positioning for you. Which means also that the headphones from the above shotgun mic tips become vitally important. 

The closer the shotgun mic is to the subject being recorded, the better the audio will be most of the time. The sound is fuller and will have a wider tonal range than sound being picked from very far away, even if the focus of the shotgun mic is extremely narrow.

It’s Baffling

how to get good audio with a shotgun mic 6

 photo byfizkes via iStock

Reflected sound can cause audio degradation much like light reflections in an image can cause contrast issues. A shotgun mic automatically helps a lot with this by narrowing the area that is being recorded.

If you are making a fulltime studio area for video productions, investing in some baffling for the walls is a very helpful step. If unable to baffle walls, simply changing the furniture used as props can also make a difference. A big table reflects a lot of sound, a soft couch baffles. 

Using a photo backdrop on a flat wall will reduce audio reflections, too. Since you’re already using backgrounds for a lot of the videography and photography done in a studio, this is an added benefit to that. And if you’re on location and can hang background material on a large wall, even one not in the visual part of the recording, it’s good practice to do so when allowed.

Process for Sound

shotgun mic tips 7

 photo bygorodenkoff via iStock

Processing the audio file recorded in your video is every bit as important as editing for visual content. Many times, the same program can be used. This is another place to make use of those high quality headphones listed in the earlier shotgun mic tips. 

The shotgun mic has given you a file with great sound but it’s still similar to a RAW photo image file until it’s processed and edited. This step also gives you the option for adding or enhancing audio for the final video.

You’re In Control

shotgun mic 8

 photo bywelcomia via iStock

The reason we compared audio for video recording to familiar photographic processes we know like the back of our hand is to emphasize that the camera operator for audio/video recording can be completely in control. Try out the tips in this shotgun mic tutorial to enhance the audio in your final productions.

Learn More:



We Recommend


Getting Started in Vlogging - What You Need and Best Practices

Getting Started in Vlogging What You Need and Best Practices

photo byjacoblund via iStock

So, you’re thinking about vlogging and you’re wondering if you really need to spend hundreds and hundreds of dollars on your equipment.  

No. You don’t. You just need the basics. But, you’ll want to make sure your vlogging gear will still last you a long time. 

Here’s a list of everything a vlogger can’t live without. 

Camera: GoPro

getting started in vlogging 1

Photo by Arindam Raha from Pexels

You’re definitely not going to get very far as a vlogger without the most basic of vlogging gear: a good camera. 

I think the most important thing when purchasing a camera is to remember that it’s 2020 and most cameras are going to be more than enough for your new vlog. Don’t overspend here and not be able to purchase the other vlogging gear essentials.

getting started in vlogging 2

While you can use just about any DSLR or mirrorless camera out there, I’d recommend purchasing a GoPro because GoPros are definitely the easiest vlogging camera for traveling and shooting outside of a studio. 

They’re rugged, easily portable, and packed with features that make them a well-rounded camera. Besides, you can get a GoPro Hero 8 Black for $400, which is a great price for all the functionalities you get: 

  • 12MP sensor
  • 4K video at 60p or 1080p video at 240p
  • 8x Slo-Mo video
  • HyperSmooth 2.0
  • TimeWarp 2.0
  • Live Streaming
  • LiveBurst
  • SuperPhoto + HDR

You may not be planning to shoot anywhere other than your house, but if the need arises, you’ll have wished you went with a GoPro!

vlogging tips 3

Quick Tip: You’ll want to invest in a quality external microphone to go with your GoPro. I’ve used the RODE VideoMicro and loved its sound quality and compact size. It’s a perfect addition to a GoPro because it’s rugged and portable, just like the GoPro! And at just $59, it’s budget-friendly too!

 

Recommended Videography Books:

 

Light: LitraPro 

vlogging tips 4

You’ll want to use natural lighting for your vlog as often as possible, but sometimes it’s not. In these times, you’ll want a natural-looking light to ensure your face doesn’t have any awkward shadows. 

I use the LitraPro because it is 100% dimmable, has adjustable color temperature, can run for up to 10 hours on one charge and is waterproof up to 90 feet. 

You can use it in your studio, on that epic surfing trip you’ve been planning, or on your trip to Machu Picchu and points in between.

It’s hard to find a light that is this bright, this rugged, and this portable. You can purchase a Litra Torch LitraPro on Adorama for $220. 

Learn More:

Tripod: Octopad

vlogging tips 5 

People who write about vlogging best practices will always recommend getting a tripod, but I’ve found something just a little bit better. 

The Octopad does everything a tripod can’t through its patent-pending technology. It doesn’t slip or slide, it doesn’t cave under weight and it never loses suction - because it doesn’t use suction!

It’s weighted bottom keeps your GoPro, LitraPro, microphone, and other vlogging accessories perfectly stable, even on uneven surfaces. Heck, I often use my GoPro and Octopad as a dashcam setup - I set the Octopad on the dash, hit record on the GoPro, and we’re off.  

As soon as you buy this, you’ll have wished you had it in your camera bag over the years because it makes taking video and photos so much easier.  

The Octopad is available for only $27 on Adorama. 

Handheld Mount: HandlePod

how to start vlogging 6

Finally, before getting started in vlogging you’ll need a handheld mount. 

I chose the HandlePod because it works with GoPros, and you can use it in a variety of ways.

I typically use it as a handheld mount, but you can also use it as a tabletop mount or even mount it to a stable object, like a tree or a fencepost. 

Plus, it comes with a lifetime warranty and weighs just 4 oz so you can take it everywhere. 

This camera stabilizer is available for less than $30 on Adorama.  

Pro Vlogging Tips

vlogging best practices 7

photo by NoSystem images via iStock 

Now that you’ve got all the equipment you might need, you’ll need some information about getting started in vlogging. 

The first thing you’ll need to do is establish the “why” behind your vlog. Are you getting started in vlogging to educate your audience? Do you want to entertain them? Are you just looking to make some extra cash to take your family on vacation every year?

Once you have your “why,” other parts of your vlog will come more easily, like your story outlines, your purpose, and your filming dates. 

Next, you’ll need to get really good at editing, like Matti Haapoja.

Most people stop watching videos within the first two minutes, so you need to prove to your audience that your material is worth sticking around for. That means editing the crap out of your vlogs.  

Anything that isn’t 100% necessary to fulfill the purpose of the vlog needs to get cut. As a beginner vlogger, you should be aiming for videos that are no longer than 5 minutes. 

Finally, you should be doing a ton of market research. Watch other vlogs, both those who you consider your competitors and those who aren’t. Figure out what you love about watching vlogs and then try and emulate that. 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Getting the Most From Your 360-Degree Camera

Getting the Most From Your 360 Degree Camera

 photo byMorgan Somers via iStock

You’re the proud owner of a new GoPro MAX. Congratulations! The GoPro MAX is a fantastic action cam with 360-degree camera capability in video and still imaging modes. With all that this camera can do, you want to be sure that you know how to get the most out of it. 

We’ve put together some tips for GoPro MAX and some ideas of situations, techniques, and even some accessories that can assist you to do just that.

 Get Used to 360-Degree Shooting

gopro max 1

Photo by Don Stone on Unsplash

One of the hardest things for us to think about when we start using a 360-degree camera is just how much shows in the camera’s point of view (POV). You, your boat, your motorcycle, your trained monkey, your drone, whatever you have yo attached to will be in the action camera’s POV, showing up in the viewed video.

gopro max 2

Regular action cameras tend to have very wide angle lens options, but you can get behind even a 180-degree fish-eye lens. Not so with 360-degree cameras. You, or the item you mounted it on are going to be seen. So make sure to take that into account as you set up for filming.

Viewers of 360-degree camera video and still images are used to this already. It’s us photographers and videographers that need this advice. It’s not really a technique, more like a mindset. 

 

Recommended Videography Books:

 

Get a Good Handheld Mount 

gopro max 3

Photo by li xianan on Unsplash 

One way or the other, you will most likely be mounting your GoPro MAX to something. The two basic options are hands-free and handheld.

If you are going to try to hold the camera with your hands alone, you quickly find out that it’s not really a practical alternative for action cams or a 360-degree camera. The cameras are small and your hands will take up way too much of the view when in 360-degree camera mode.

360 degree camera 4

One of the better grips I’ve found for the GoPro MAX is the HandlePod 3-Axis Action Camera Mount from Adorama. It is a multi-use tool that can operate as a tabletop base, be lashed to a pole, post, or arm, or be gripped like a pistol grip.

It really comes in handy as a handheld grip for these small cameras. It’s lightweight but sturdy, and it is a comfortable way to hold the GoPro MAX plus an accessory or two like a light or a microphone.  

Learn More:

Hit the Action Hard With a Hands-Free Mount

360 degree camera 5

If you are really hitting the action hard, then holding the GoPro MAX in your hands, even with a great grip like the HandlePod, simply isn’t a desirable option. You will want to use a hands-free mount of some sort.

There are a lot of methods that can be employed for mounting. Suction cups are a valid method to attach to a windshield of a vehicle, strap mounts can allow you to put the camera on your head, arm, or leg for interesting views.

A traditional tripod can be used, but that is actually a bit of an overkill for most action cams. Another usable style of mount is a weighted stabilizer mount such as the OctoPod camera mount.

360 degree camera 6 

The OctoPod is a small camera mount that features a non-slip bottom coupled with a weighted, flexible pad that can stabilize on virtually any type of surface including angled surfaces up to 45 degrees.  It can hold your GoPro Max stable in all but the most extreme of uses.

tips for gopro max

Photo by Kamil Pietrzak on Unsplash 

Making use of a stabilizer mount such as the OctoPod really helps open up your shooting style for action, both in HERO mode and in 360-degree camera mode.

You’re still probably going to show up in the final image or video, but you won’t be as noticeable. Handheld and hands-free are both great for action cams.

Light It Up

gopro max tutorial 7 

One of the best tips for GoPro MAX users is not to neglect the HERO mode. HERO mode is a great way to get the most out of your GoPro MAX 360-degree camera. In HERO mode, adding a light source can sometimes turn a difficult exposure situation into an amazing video or photo shoot. 

Of course, with the compactness of action cams being one of their best features, any light you do add will need to be small as well. The Litra Torch 2.0 becomes an excellent choice for many GoPro MAX users.

A battery powered LED continuous light, the Litra Torch 2.0 matches well with the GoPro MAX. Small enough that you can add it to the HandlePod for a lightweight all in one videography rig, it adds very little weight to the package.

gopro max tutorial 8

A high CRI (color rendition index) means you will get natural looking colors of your subject and surroundings. Since the light is small, it can’t be too powerful, but you will be surprised at how bright it is.  

If you want to shoot with a light in 360-degree camera mode, you will either have to deal with only about half of your view being lit up, or use multiple lights. Since the Litra Torch 2.0 is very small and quite budget friendly, having two lights on at once becomes a viable alternative. Try it out for yourself.

Learn More:

Choose the Right Settings

tips for gopro max 9

Photo by Artem Beliaikin from Pexels 

Whenever you start using a new camera, a learning session before going out into the field is a good idea. There are some excellent videos on YouTube that can be used as a GoPro MAX tutorial.

Here is one short tutorial from The 360 Guy that you might find interesting:

Avoid shooting with the idea that you will “fix it in post.” I like to recommend avoiding that train of thought in general in all of my photography and videography.

Post processing and editing should be used to enhance footage and images, not save them. Unless that poor footage is all you have of a special event, only use your best raw footage for editing into a finished product.

The Rule Is: There are No Rules!

tips for gopro max 10

Photo by Brett Sayles from Pexels 

Break free from any thoughts or habits that hold back creativity. Action cameras such as the GoPro MAX with 360-degree camera capability are meant to push the limits.  

I’m sure you had some amazing things in mind when you first thought about getting an action cam. Now that you have yours, find a way to do those things! And share the results.

 



We Recommend


Gimbal Mistakes You Need to Stop Making

Gimbal Mistakes You Need to Stop Making

Learning how to use a gimbal can help us make better videos and is also useful for some still photography situations. We can avoid the more common gimbal mistakes by looking at gimbal techniques in general. By being more informed and well-practiced, improved techniques with gimbals will follow!

What is a Gimbal?

gimbal mistakes

What is a gimbal, and what is a gimbal used for?

As you look online at gimbals, you might be a little confused at what different manufacturers call a gimbal. Don’t worry, you’re not seeing things, there are two very distinctly different types of mounting accessories called gimbals.

One type of gimbal is a tripod head used by nature and sports photographers using large telephoto lenses to shoot moving subjects. It’s an interesting hinged mount that allows for camera and lens repositioning while still giving good support for these heavy lenses.

The other type of gimbal is what we’re discussing in these gimbal tips. It’s a stabilizing mount used for dampening excess movement and is most often employed for creating smoother videos. 

Some have a simple balanced dual or triple axis pivot that works passively, while others have active dampening, either by a gyroscope or computer-controlled electronic motors like the E-Image Horizon Pro from Ikan pictured above.

If you’ve ever seen the large Steadicam rigs used in TV and motion picture production, that’s what these types of gimbals are most like. Steadicam is a brand name from Tiffen, so the term gimbal is used for describing the mounts and their actions.

Can You Use a Gimbal for Still Photography?

how to use a gimbal

Since we usually see gimbals for videography, it’s natural to wonder, can you use a gimbal for still photography? 

Sure you can. The same reasons for wanting one in videography can apply to still photography. Any type of photography that requires to be mobile are good candidates for using a gimbal as we follow various types of action.

Some examples of these types of activities are wedding photography, street photography, sports events, concerts, or an active day out with our family or pets at a park.

Learn More:

Gimbal Mistakes to Avoid

gimbal techniques

 photo bySergei Chuyko via iStock

As good tips to use a gimbal, let’s look at a few common mistakes and how to avoid or correct them. 

Some of the mistakes we’ve seen or made ourselves include not balancing the gimbal, not readjusting when changing lenses, forgetting to charge the batteries for a powered gimbal, expecting too much from a gimbal, and being impatient.

Balance the Gimbal

gimbal tips

For the gimbal to operate properly, it must be set up properly. For some gimbals this will be done electronically, but for others it’s done by moving counterweights. The E-Image Horizon Pro can be set up by a very simple adjustment to center the rotational axis of the arms. You can see that in the picture just above.

Readjust With Different Lenses

what is a gimbal used for

 photo by66North via iStock

Since the weight and the Colorful Camera Lens Elements Photography Graphic Zoom Fixed Lenses Stock Photo - Download Image Nowcenter of gravity for a camera and lens rig depend on both the camera and the lens, anytime we change lenses we should rebalance the rig on the gimbal. 

A fast wide-angle zoom weighs significantly more than a standard kit lens or a normal lens, and a fast telephoto zoom might weigh even more. Plus, the center of gravity will likely change even if the lenses are near the same size and weight. So, don’t neglect this vital step.

Charge Your Batteries

tips to use a gimbal

One of the biggest gimbal mistakes we see over and over is neglecting to charge the batteries for a powered gimbal. Really, since almost everything we use for modern digital photography and videography uses some form of electrical power, recharging and checking battery levels should be a regular habit. Perhaps a checklist could help if anyone is prone to forgetfulness. 

Be Patient

can you use a gimbal for still photography

Sometimes when we get a new piece of equipment, we have unrealistic expectations of what it is actually able to do for us. A gimbal can really smooth out our movement when shooting videos and also helps for some still photography, but we should also practice being as smooth as we can ourselves.

Also, we can be patient by learning all of the features of our gimbal. The E-Image Horizon Pro has some interesting capabilities such as low angle shooting and also has optional extra handles which can increase our overall steadiness and provide more comfort when filming. 

Follow these gimbal tips and you’ll avoid most of the gimbal mistakes we tend towards, making for better, smoother movies and also for sharp still images in active situations.

Learn More:



We Recommend


Gimbals 101

Gimbals 101

Photo by Avel Chuklanov on Unsplash

If I’m being honest, gimbals were the last tools I learned how to use for my photography business, primarily because I put buying one off for so long since I didn’t think I needed one. 

But, once I bought one and learned how to use it, gimbals were my best friend. Now I use my gimbal on a daily basis.

In this Gimbals 101 article, I’m going to explain the science behind gimbals, how to use one properly, and give you some of my favorite gimbals for every budget. 

What is a Gimbal?

how to use a gimbal 1

Photo by Frank Zhang on Unsplash

A gimbal is a type of stabilizer. It pivots to allow you to rotate your camera and do so independently from you.

Gimbals are used to stabilize your camera when it moves left or right, up and down, or pretty much any other direction you can think of, which is why videographers love them. 

The traditional 3-axis gimbal, which is the type of gimbal I’m covering here, has the pitch axis (up and down movement), the yaw axis (left and right movement) and the roll axis (unleveled movements).

Techquickie explains all of the technology behind how a gimbal works in the video above.

Give it a watch, and you’ll come away with a much better understanding of the technology that makes gimbals so valuable.

 

Recommended Videography Books:

 

How to Use a Gimbal 

how to use a gimbal 2

photo by molchanovdmitry via iStock 

The first thing you need to do before trying out your gimbal for the first time is balance your gimbal.

First, you will attach your camera to your gimbal. Then allow your camera to fall as it will in the gimbal. Does it fall forward? Does it fall backward? 

Chances are it will fall forward because your lens is where most of your camera’s weight is. In order to adjust the tilt, move the tilt bracket up or down until your camera feels balanced.

Then, just to double check, point your camera straight up to see if it is truly balanced.

Learn More:

Tips for Shooting With a Gimbal

Aputure’s video on shooting with a gimbal is pretty awesome because they quickly cover every move you will need to know to get started.  

But, you’ll also need to keep traditional rules of photography in mind while playing around with your gimbal.

For instance, keep objects in the foreground of your shots. Doing so will allow you to put emphasis on the way the camera is moving. It makes the scene much more dynamic! 

Get Close to Your Subject

gimbals for video 3

 photo by Alessandro Biascioli via iStock 

When you’re closer to your subject it’s also easier for you to show off the way your camera moves.  

Plus, you can track subjects easier with this type of stabilization so you can follow a character from behind. 

Another way to both keep something in the foreground and get close to your subject is to get close to the ground and track the subject from behind. This low-angle tracking view can be extremely visually interesting. 

Plan Shots 

gimbals for video 4

Photo by Warren Berchie on Unsplash 

Planning your shots when using a gimbal is even more important than planning your shots with your typical equipment. 

One way to do so is to shoot all of your gimbal shots together so you don’t waste time balancing your gimbal more times than you need to. 

Plus, while you’re going through the process of planning your shots you can make sure that you’ve used the tips we’ve already mentioned like keeping objects in the foreground of your shots and getting close to your subjects. 

Best Gimbals for All Budgets

how to use a gimbal for video 5

 photo by Mumemories via iStock 

You can have all the gimbal tips in the world, but if you don’t own one then there’s not much you can do.  

Thankfully, like most camera technology, gimbals are being produced at cheaper and cheaper prices. So, I’ll start with the cheapest option and head on to the more expensive versions. 

Zhiyun-Tech Smooth-4 Smartphone Gimbal (Best Smartphone Gimbal)

best gimbal for smartphones

The Zhiyun-Tech Smooth-4 Smartphone Gimbal is just $100 and it works with every single smartphone.  

This gimbal has a battery life of 12 hours, and if your phone doesn’t quite have a battery life that long (I’m looking at you, Apple lovers), your gimbal can charge your phone directly during shooting, which is the most fun quality about this gimbal.

best gimbal for smartphones 2

This gimbal has a 300-degree pan angle, and a 240-degree tilt and roll angle, and weighs just over 1 lb at 19 oz.  

It can hold a phone up to 7.4 oz, and since most smartphones weigh under 5 oz. there’s an incredibly good chance it will work perfectly for you. 

Ikan MS-Pro Beholder (Best Mid-Range Gimbal)

best mid range gimbal

The Ikan MS-Pro Beholder is more expensive at $360, however for specs this great, the price is worth it. 

The Ikan MS-Pro Beholder has a load capacity of 1.98 lbs, so it will work best with light DSLRs or mirrorless set ups, as well as smartphones and GoPros. It features a 360 degree pan angle, and a 355 tilt and roll angle. 

The battery lasts anywhere from 8 to 10 hours of continuous shooting and it weighs just 2 lbs.

Think Media did a review of Ikan’s MS-Pro Beholder that shows you all of the features in action. 

DJI Ronin-S (Best Expensive Gimbal)

best expensive gimbal 

The DJI Ronin-S is not for the faint of heart given its price tag of $750, but if you need a gimbal that provides the most flexibility, this is it.

It features 360-degree pan, tilt and roll angles, can carry up to 8 pounds of equipment and lasts for 12 hours of continuous shooting. 

best expensive gimbal 2 

It weighs just over 4 lbs itself, and can act as a stabilized remote head when mounted to a jib. Plus, it can mount to an RC buggy to grab really low-angle shots.

So, no matter what your budget might be, there is a gimbal out there ready to help you get beautifully smooth video footage.

Check out the sample gimbals I’ve listed above, do some more research, and get the gimbal that best suits your needs.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Godox AD100 Pro First Impressions

Godox AD100 Pro First Impressions

Professional flash units are amazingly easy to use with the newest cameras. Strobes from the camera makers and other manufacturers sync seamlessly with camera automation, can be controlled wirelessly, and can be combined for multi-light configurations. The Godox AD100 Pro is a prime example of how fantastic current flash units can be.

Godox AD100 Pro Specs

Godox AD100 Pro is the newest small strobe from Godox in the AD line up, part of their Witstro Strobes collection of portable on or off camera flash units. The main claims to fame of this flash are its 100 W/S rating, TTL capability, and wireless control.

From the Godox website, here are the rest of its official specs:

godox ad100 pro specs

I like to look at the raw specs and turn them into features, what the Godox AD100 Pro specs mean for me.

Godox AD100 Pro Features

godox ad100 pro features 1

100 W/S power rating means it has enough power to be a single light for some uses but most photographers will probably mix it with another strobe or two for versatility in lighting configurations. 

Wireless TTL control is an amazing feature that many professional photographers rely on for accurate flash exposures even when using multiple lights in an advanced lighting configuration.  

Wireless control in general is a boon for using multiple strobes, the Godox AD 100 Pro being able to mix power ratios and TTL control from the camera itself means photographers can quickly adjust for different lighting without having to resort to a lot of complex computations or reviewing multiple test shots for correct exposure. 

The Godox AD100 Pro is compatible with the Godox X1, X2, and XPro wireless triggers which allows full integration with Nikon, Canon, Sony, Fujifilm, Olympus, and Pentax digital cameras, both mirrorless and DSLR.

It is quite small, too, about the size of a 12 oz beverage can (choose your favorite tasty beverage to picture here). The weight of the flash unit almost doubles when you add in the V1 style rechargeable lithium battery. This battery is good for about 360 full power flashes.

godox ad100 pro features 2

The Godox AD100 Pro has various light modifiers that can be attached, the magnetic AK-R1 accessories kit and the S2 bracket that allows use of Bowens mount modifiers such as a softbox, various umbrellas, snoots, grids, and barn doors. 

These accessories add size and weight but give a whole lot of versatility to this tiny strobe. The AD-E2 bracket lets you mount the Godox AD100 Pro to a light stand or another style bracket for all sorts of extra versatility.

Godox AD100 Pro Uses

godox ad100 pro uses 3

So, what can you use a small, wirelessly controlled, TTL capable, battery powered strobe to do anyways? The real question is what can’t it do?  

Well, while 100 W/S isn’t bad power output for such a small, lightweight strobe, it does limit using it as a single flash. Plus, it has no shoe mount for direct attachment to a camera, you need a cord, a wireless trigger, or a master strobe unit to control it.

Its best use is as a part of a multi-light configuration, but it should also be very usable as an off camera single flash unit for wedding photography, other events, or location portraiture such as an environmental portrait session. There are a variety of brackets it can be used with and it has dual mounting slots to adapt to your specific set up.

Pros and Cons

godox ad100 pro uses 4

The Godox AD100 Pro is an interesting new strobe, and it has a lot of possibilities open for photographers needing a small, TTL strobe.

Pros: 

  • Very compact, about the size of a 12 ounce soda can or a basic kit lens. With the battery it’s about the same weight as a soft drink can, too.
  • Wireless TTL control. It can’t be stressed enough how versatile this feature makes the AD100 Pro. It matches up with almost all the brands in popular use now and can be leveraged into other new brands.
  • 100 W/S is pretty impressive for such a small strobe. It fits in well with multi-light configurations and can be used as a single flash, too.
  • Long life rechargeable lithium battery powers up to 360 full discharges. The battery is quick and easy to change, so you can keep a couple on hand all charged up.
  • Attaches to magnetic Godox light modifiers or to Bowens mount accessories with an optional bracket. 
  • Godox AD100 Pro price is firmly in the Pro column since it is about the same price as a medium aperture auxiliary zoom lens or a fast prime lens like a Nifty Fifty. It is actually a little less than many of the camera manufacturer's pro style dedicated flash units.

Cons:

  • 100 W/S isn’t bad for a tiny flash but it does limit using the Godox AD100 Pro as a single strobe for situations needing a powerful strobe.
  • The strobe requires a trigger, cord, or a master strobe in order to be fully integrated into the camera’s TTL automation. 
  • Color balance is optimized for 5600K daylight but there is a bit of inconsistency from unit to unit, at least in early tests. Godox will most likely get that under better control but it isn’t very noticeable for many applications, though it may be evident in multi-light set ups. 
  • This tiny strobe can get a little hot very quickly when under heavy use but the built in cooling fan helps dissipate a lot of that heat. 
  • It’s modeling light is a welcome feature but it’s a little underpowered compared to competitor strobes modeling lights which allow for dual use as a video light.

Final Thoughts

godox ad100 pro price 5

Godox has a winner with this small and extremely versatile strobe. Its price is very budget friendly and the wide range of accessories opens up many possible uses in the field and in the studio. Wireless TTL control for multiple camera brands adds to the appeal of the Godox AD100 Pro for professional or other serious photographers.

As for me, I’ll use this handy little light as a spotlight in my home office positioned above my head for my YouTube videos. So far, it has performed like a champ in this application which only speaks to its versatility!



We Recommend


How to Create a Beautiful Travel Video

How to Create a Beautiful Travel Video

 photo bylisegagne via iStock

While you may not be doing a lot of traveling right now, I know I’m personally planning for all of the traveling I’m going to be doing as soon as it is safe to do so. 

This means that I’m also planning on doing a bunch of travel videos as soon as possible. In preparation, I’ve been looking up a ton of videography tips. Creating a travel video is an incredible experience for photographers who simply want to remember a phenomenal trip they took by themselves, but creating a travel video of your next trip can also lead to potential revenue in the future if you decide you want to pursue this route.

However, your travel video will only bring you clients if you create a truly beautiful one. 

So, this article will walk you through how to make a travel video, from start to finish, in the hopes that you can get inspired for your next trip. 

Get Inspired

videography tutorial 1

 photo bymartin-dm via iStock

Before I ever created my first travel video, I must have watched hundreds of travel videos of people that inspired me. I also watched travel video tips for some of my favorite videographers. 

Just like photography, getting started with videography is less about finding your own specific niche right away and more about finding other videographers who inspire you to develop your own style.

This is especially true the first time you try to make a travel video because most of them follow the same formatting, and you won’t be able to follow this formatting if you haven’t watched enough videos from others.

I personally love watching every travel video Touropia puts out so I’ve included one of them above for you to watch. 

Once you think you’ve found the type of style you want to emulate in your travel video, you can get into more specifics.

Develop a Story

videography tips 2

Photo by Jakob Owens on Unsplash

The first thing you need to do before even beginning filming for your travel video is to develop a story. What country are you going to be visiting? Why are you going there? What do you hope to do while you are there and who do you hope to meet?

While your storyline is obviously going to change a ton once you start shooting, developing a rough draft for your travel video at this early stage in planning allows you to better plan for your trip itself.

how to make a travel video 3

 photo byAlina Rosanova via iStock

Then, while you are traveling you can capture as many clips as possible, all the while keeping the main point of your travel video in mind. 

 But, the real development of your storyline comes once you get home from traveling and can lay out all of your clips in front of you. I typically develop my storyline around the main characters I want to be in my final travel video, because characters are usually much more interesting than inanimate objects like cities. 

Editor's Tip: Want an ideal travel camera? Consider the GoPro Hero 8 Black. This action camera can do it all when it comes to video, including shooting 4K at 60fps and 1080 at 240fps! Either way, with HyperSmooth 2.0 image stabilization, your videos will look beautifully smooth as though you were using a high-dollar gimbal. With features like digital lenses to vary the field of view, face detection, smile detection, and blink detection, and waterproofness up to 33 feet, this camera has everything you need to record epic videos of your travels. Learn more about the GoPro Hero 8 Black.

Get Your Camera Ready

travel video tips 4

Photo by Federico Bottos on Unsplash

If you’ve ever watched even a single videography tutorial, then you know how important consistency is. 

 In order to be more consistent with your shots, play around with the settings on your camera before you head to your destination so that you can figure out what settings you like the most, set them and then keep them there. 

This will prevent you from doing a ton of color-editing in post production.

But, you will also need to make sure that you have all of the proper camera travel gear before you take off because you want to ensure not only that your footage will be consistent, but that your camera is protected.

Hex Black Cinema Backpack 1

I use the Hex Black Cinema Backpackwhen I’m traveling because it helps me to keep my camera gear protected. For starters, it’s completely waterproof (even the zippers), which is something you don’t realize you need until it is way, way too late.

It’s also really large, which means you can fit your large laptop in it alongside all of your camera gear, which is helpful if you’re planning on doing editing while traveling.

Hex Black Cinema Backpack 2

It comes with tripod straps and a quick access pocket for all of your memory cards and batteries. It also lets you access your gear from the top and side of the backpack, which is helpful for regular luggage and absolutely necessary for your camera gear. 

You can pick up a Hex Black Cinema Backpack for $240. 

Learn More:

Get Lots of Different Shots

travel video 5

Photo by Tom Barrett on Unsplash

Since your storyline is simply not that strong with a travel video, you need to ensure that your audience remains invested in your video by including a ton of different shots.

This can mean that you are using new videography techniques, like pans and tilts, but it also can mean that you are diversifying your angles of your shots and are getting plenty of B-roll. 

Thankfully, a lot of tourist destinations are a dream for B-roll. If you’re visiting a market, make sure you’re getting video of people trying interesting foods or chefs making those foods. You want to include the hustle and bustle of a crowd into your shots so that there’s a lot for your viewers to be looking at. 

Create a Good Flow From Shot to Shot

Create a Beautiful Travel Video 6

 photo byMesquitaFMS via iStock

Some travel videos can be sort of jarring when a videographer doesn’t understand how to create a flow in their video. 

One of the easiest ways to create this flow is to simply get a lot of shots of motion wherever you are. While you can fake this motion by panning your camera, it’s definitely easier to include people, animals and things moving. Or, conversely, you can shoot some time-lapse videos for your travel video. 

Motion in your videos will allow you to also capture the excitement of the countries you are visiting. 

If you’re looking to get especially creative with your travel video, then you can try to learn how to do a hyperlapse, which is when you are moving your camera and moving through time at once. 

The video by Boone Loves Video above will walk you through how to create a hyperlapse. But remember, the best tip for creating a good flow from shot to shot is to use a good mixture of all of these tips. 

Learn More:



We Recommend


How to Create Professional-Looking Videos (Without Being a Pro)

how to create professional looking videosPhoto by Stephen Kennedy on Unsplash

Just like photography, videography takes time and practice to master.

But that doesn't mean that you have to struggle for years and years to get the process of creating stunning videos down pat.

In fact, with a few simple and quick tips, you can greatly improve the quality of your videos and start producing content that looks professional - all without being a pro.

Editor's Tip: Creating a professional-looking video isn't just about the footage you use, but about the audio you use as well. Sound effects and music add another layer of interest to your videos that can captivate your viewers and entice them to want to watch more. For the best selection of audio, head over to Epidemic Sound. We use Epidemic Sound to source much of the audio for our YouTube videos. With a great selection and affordable prices, they're the perfect partner for making pro-grade videos.

Take Time to Think Through Sequences

plan video sequencesPhoto by Jakob Owens on Unsplash 

Creating a meaningful, good-looking video requires much more than simply turning on your camera and shooting footage.

There needs to be a purpose behind each sequence that you shoot, which means you need to think about what that purpose is before you ever press the record button.

Is the footage you need intended to introduce the audience to someone or something? Are you seeking to convey a specific emotion or feeling? If so, what is it? Is your goal to give the story more depth or are you ready to wrap it up?

In this post, I discussed a few composition tips to be aware of, like using tried-and-true photography principles like the rule of thirds to enhance your videos. The way you compose shots and frame shots is just as important to consider as the footage in each sequence you shoot.

What's more, the angle from which you shoot - eye-level, down low, or up high, will influence how your sequences look and feel as well.

Bearing all of this in mind will help you create footage that grabs people's attention and keeps them engaged.

Learn More:

You Need B-Roll

why you need b rollPhoto by Beatriz Pérez Moya on Unsplash

When you watch professional videos, B-Roll is included to give a "behind-the-scenes" point of view that adds depth and breadth to the video.

For example, if you're creating a wedding video, including footage of the venue, the table settings at the reception, people walking into the church, sunlight filtering through the stained glass windows, and so forth, you're able to set the stage for telling a much more thorough and meaningful story.

B-Roll is added in throughout the video to complement the primary footage and to give it more body and meaning.

b roll 2Photo by Jeremy Wong Weddings on Unsplash

The nice thing about B-Roll is that it's pretty hard to mess it up. After all, it's mostly creative shots that you grab before or after the primary shooting, or during moments of downtime between important events.

Better still, when B-Roll is combined with smart composition techniques like those mentioned above, you get an even better result!

Bring It All Together With A Quality Video Editor

laura boccola 589142 unsplashPhoto by Laura Boccola on Unsplash

Of course, spending time planning your sequences and getting great B-Roll to add depth to your videos doesn't do you any good if you don't have the means to put it all together into a final product.

That means that to create professional-looking videos, you need a professional-grade video editor.

In the past, I've relied on iMovie to get the job done. And while it has some nice features, it's not exactly user-friendly, nor does it come loaded to bear with all the goodies you need to create the highest-quality content.

I considered going for one of the big boys, too - Final Cut Pro - but even though it's a legitimate professional video editor, it's incredibly difficult to master and it's not exactly cheap, either.

Xmas 9

Instead, I've been using Kizoa lately, and it's been the best of both worlds - it's capable and affordable.

For a one-time $30 fee, I'm a premium member with lifetime access to all of the awesome tools Kizoa has to help me create awesome videos.

In addition to the usual suspects like texts, transitions, and music, Kizoa allows me to edit on the go with a handy (and free!) iOS app.

What's more, Kizoa has built a library of pre-made templates that make creating professional-looking videos much easier. See what I mean in the video below:

And when all is said and done and the video is complete, I can easily share them as well.

Burn videos to a DVD, email them, save them in various formats - there are tons of options for making it easy to get your creations in front of an audience.

Kizoa has been at it for a decade too, so they've got the chops to back up their product and the experience that's needed to continue improving Kizoa to offer aspiring videographers even more functionalities.

Xmas 6

Sometimes, it's the simplest things that make the difference between having an awesome video and one that falls flat.

From planning and prep to having the right kind of footage to using the best tools, if you want to impress people with your video-creation skills, these tips will get you well on your way.

Learn More:



We Recommend


How to Edit Videos Like a Pro

How to Edit Videos Like a Pro

Photo by Jakob Owens on Unsplash

Your awesome new camera has an amazing video mode and you’ve been shooting footage for a while. But you want your finished video to look as good as your still photography does. You had to learn post-processing for still imaging, now you should take some time to learn how to edit videos. 

Just like we had to adjust our thinking when we started shooting video after mastering our still photography, a similar change in how we approach editing has to happen. These video editing tips will help you get started or will help you improve your video editing skills.

Start Out with Good Footage

how to edit videos 1

Photo by Skycraft Studios on Unsplash 

You know you can save a still image by heavy post-processing, but you can take a good RAW image and enhance it to perfection. Same thing with video. For professional results, start out with the best video files you can produce is one of the most important tips for editing videos. 

Besides your high quality cameras and lenses, there are some accessories regularly used by cinematographers and videographers that allow you to control your video production results while shooting.

Lighting is essential, so is using filters. In fact, many of the lighting, filter, and matte box techniques you already know were originally conceived by cinematographers. Interestingly, if you ever saw a feature film being made, the cinematographer was responsible for lighting effects and configuration. Someone else was employed as the camera operator.

We are usually handling all of our own production, lighting, camera operation, directing, and editing. 

Shake-free camera support is also vital. In addition to a high quality video tripod, a gimbal for stabilizing handheld footage goes a long way to making your editing easier. You don’t have to break the bank to have the right tools, either. Companies like Ikan have a huge array of equipment at various price points.

Learn More:

Use an Advanced Video Editing Program

how to edit videos 2

Photo by Matthew Kwong on Unsplash 

I’m not trying to take your money, I promise! But as an established photographer and videographer, you know that in order to accomplish certain things, you need the right stuff. Pro and prosumer-level gear and software may cost a little more than entry-level, but it’s worth the added expense. 

The basic video editing software that came with your camera is pretty good, but in order to get the most out of your high quality footage, a professional level program is required. On Adobe’s Creative Cloud platform, you can either purchase or subscribe to one of the ultimate editors for video, Adobe Premiere Pro

As an optional video editing tip, I’ve found that the prosumer level of video editors are fantastic programs and often all we may need for our own video projects. Adobe Premiere Elements, Apple Final Cut Pro, and Vegas have advanced features and controls for creating pro quality videos.

Sound Is an Essential Video Element

how to edit videos 3

Photo by Cristian Newman on Unsplash 

In addition to motion, audio is an essential element of videography. Our camera may have an okay built in mic, but a high-quality external microphone will let us take full advantage of our camera’s audio capabilities. 

When you start editing audio, you’ll be glad you chose a fully capable video editing program. An important tip for editing video along with audio is to use secondary audio. This could be either a second live feed during recording or adding audio files during the editing process.

Be careful about balancing sound. Background noise can add realism, but it can also be distracting. Using all the features of your A/V editor gives you complete control over sound.  

Audio editing is where you add in a musical score, too, if that’s part of your finished product goal. Many free sources of audio and music are available online, or you can purchase licensing permissions for specific needs. If you plan to put your finished video online, make sure you have properly licensed audio for anything that is not your own property.

Make Clean Transitions

tips for editing videos 4

 photo byokugawa via iStock

Nothing takes a viewer out of a video quicker than uncomfortable cuts or gimmicky editing. You want to have your own personal style, or brand, of videography. But some types of cuts or certain techniques can easily be overused.

This is true in the visual part of your video and in audio. Unless you’re trying to create a certain feel, smooth seems to work very well. 

There are a wide variety of editing techniques to use. Play around with them, get used to them.This where we drop this video editing tip: watch other people’s videos!

Search online, perhaps on YouTube, or take a favorite film of yours, and watch it with the mindset of trying to figure how they made the scene effective. Before long, you’ll be annoying your friends and significant others by doing this all the time! Seriously, though, it’s a great way to open up your own creativity.

Learn More:

Take a Course

tips for editing videos 5

  photo by pixelfit via iStock

In our online world, you can find out virtually anything with a focused search. Online video editing instruction can be found at low cost and even for free.

This is one of the best video editing tips I ever got. Try as we might, some things just elude our grasp without adequate assistance. Many introductory video classes are as short as 20 minutes, yet are packed full of helpful tips.

Longer courses on videography, lighting, editing, and storytelling are available from established professionals and from accredited universities. You could even get a degree in one or more aspects of filmmaking. How far you want to go is up to you.

Tell Your Story

video editing tips 6

 Photo by Chris Murray on Unsplash

Film your video footage, edit it, add sound, make it interesting. Just tell your story. Your story may be guided by what a client needs at that time or it may be a personal project. The main thing is, by developing good editing skills, you are in complete control.

 

 



We Recommend


How to Get Better Audio for Your Videos

How to Get Better Audio for Your Videos

photo bysturti via iStock

Today we’ll discuss some videography tips that will make it possible for you to capture better audio for your videos…

Our audio tips for videos involve some low-priced videography gear, some simple techniques, and a couple of free tips for videographers about situational awareness.

Use the Proper Mic

Better Audio for Your Videos 2

photo byDeagreez via iStock

First and foremost tip for capturing better audio for your videos is to choose the right microphone for the video. While the built-in mics on digital cameras have improved greatly, they still have limitations. 

Think of it in the same way we deal with the built-in flash. Good enough for some very simple uses, but an external unit adds more versatility and better quality. There are several different types of external mics that can be used to gather better audio for your videos.

A shotgun mic is what most starting to work in advanced videography will think of first, which is a good thing, since these will act in a way most similar to the built-in mics, mounting directly to the camera via the hot shoe. 

Off-Camera Mic Placement

better audio for your videos

photo bybjones27 via iStock

A shotgun mic can also be used off-camera by mounting it to an extension pole or by placing it  on a small tripod or tripod alternative like the OctoPad so you can put it closer to the subject. Videographers will often do this because it helps reduce background noise and eliminates camera noise such as focus motors and us jostling the camera. 

A handheld mic can be put in a bracket and placed near the subject, too. This option is a nice way to capture better audio for your videos while staying  under a limited videography gear budget.

Since we’re discussing videography gear for a variety of budgets, the mount used to place a mic closer to the subject can be very easy on the debit card. The OctoPad mentioned above is a fantastic low cost solution for placing mics near the subject regardless of the spot you're recording in.

better audio for your videos 2 

OctoPad is a semi rigid weighted disk with a non-slip pad on the bottom side and a ball head or an extension arm on top. It’s ¼-20 threaded so a lot of mic holding accessories will fit readily. The non-slip pad allows for placing the OctoPad on virtually any type of surface from a student desk, living room couch, motorcycle gas tank, or a tree stump. 

videography tips

photo byCreative Credit via iStock

Lavalier mics, wired or wireless, are small mics that attach to a person’s clothing or wearable accessories that keep the mics close to a person’s mouth. A full kit of wireless lavalier mics can be a little pricey, but wired versions are very budget friendly for high quality versions.

Learn More:

Free Audio Tips for Videos

audio tips for videos

photo byCREATISTA via iStock

Eliminate reflections! As a photographer or as a videographer placing lights, you already know that some surfaces are more reflective than others. It works the same way for sound.

A relatively empty room with large, blank walls will cause more sound reflection than a room filled with furniture, carpet, and stuff on the walls. Even the type of paint can make a difference, flat paint reflecting less than semi gloss, for instance. An office with suspended ceilings is better for audio than a low drywall ceiling.

videography gear

photo byxavierarnau via iStock

Outdoors, pay attention to ambient noise such as traffic, crowds, wind, or dogs and birds. A tree full of birds can overpower an outdoor interview, but trees and bushes in general are great for diminishing traffic noise. A grassy field or yard provides better audio than a parking lot or sidewalk.

Wind is often a huge factor for outdoor filming, so in addition to making sure hair and clothing stays put, using a windsock on our mics is a good idea. Even the tiny lavalier mics have windsocks or windscreens included. 

A person’s own breath can become a problem when mics are placed close to their mouths. Using the windsocks even when indoors helps control the pop of the letter P or the whistle of an SH sound. Professional vocal artists use a pop screen right in front of the mic for these reasons.

Better Audio is More Viewable

tips for videographers

photo byMorsa Images via iStock

A major reason for wanting to capture better audio for your videos is to make them more viewable. Few things take a person out of enjoying a video other than poor sound. People are much more forgiving of focus and exposure issues than sound problems. 

Using better mics, inexpensive accessories, and good mic placement will help you make videos that others enjoy watching. Good editing technique will also help you achieve this, which we’ve discussed in some of our other articles. Better audio for your videos is within your reach.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


How to Get Started in Videography

How to Get Started in Videography

photo bynemke via iStock

Whether your ultimate goal is to direct Hollywood blockbusters, create videos for YouTube, or document your next vacation, you’ve come to the right place! In this article I will share with you the five most important steps you need to take in order to start creating your very own videos.

You will learn what camera you need, what settings are critical to understand, what gear you need, and more. Keep reading to discover everything you need to know about exactly how to get started in videography in this “videography how to” tutorial!

Start with a DSLR or Mirrorless Camera for Videography

videography

photo bymixetto via iStock

It has never been easier to get your hands on a device that shoots video. In the past, you needed a specialized camera to record video, but lucky for us, that is no longer the case! Heck, today most smartphones produce amazing, high-quality content.  

I know it can be tempting to buy a fancy high-end camera for videography, but I always recommend starting on a DSLR or mirrorless camera as the best cameras for videography. They all shoot at least HD video, with many of them capable of capturing 4k footage. Additionally, they are small, easy to use, and wonderful to learn on! 

Sony, Canon, and Nikon are unquestionably the top brands to choose from. They can be bought new or used for very reasonable prices, and are without a doubt the perfect option for beginner videographers. 

Learn the Basics of Videography

best cameras for videography

photo byRichLegg via iStock

When getting started in videography, it is extremely important to understand a few basic concepts. If you are already familiar with photography you are in luck, some of the principal elements (shutter speed, aperture, and ISO), also apply to video. However, if you are a complete beginner with a camera, you will want to start by learning about those three key elements.

On the other hand, there are many fundamental elements that are unique when working with video. Frame rate (24fps, 30fps, and 60fps are the most common), different types of shots (close up, medium, and wide), how to shoot moving images, and audio, are all things you will want to familiarize yourself with.

Workshops and courses are great ways to learn the basics. I have participated in many throughout the years, and I have never regretted a single one. Alternatively, YouTube, books, magazines, and online forums are all fantastic learning tools! 

Learn More:

Invest in the Right Accessories

videography how to

photo byMarioGuti via iStock

Just like in photography, or anything else for that matter, having the right gear will make your life so much easier with videography. There are an infinite number of accessories out there, and I know it can be overwhelming and confusing to decide which ones you really need. Here is a quick list of the most essential items you will want to have with you at all times. 

  • An assortment of lenses with different focal lengths
  • A reliable tripod
  • An external microphone
  • A portable external monitor
  • Extra batteries and memory cards
  • A lighting kit

As your career in videography progresses, you will undoubtedly pick up more gear along the way. The six items above will always form the core of your kit though, and the sooner you invest in them, the faster your videography skills will improve!

Purchase a Good Video Editing Software

videography how to 2

photo bygorodenkoff via iStock

One of the most overlooked aspects of videography is the editing process. Many people think all you have to do to create an exceptional video is go out and shoot the footage, but that could not be farther from the truth.

Most filmmakers actually spend much more time in front of their computers, working inside their editing software, than they do behind the camera. That is why it is incredibly important to purchase a quality program that is up to date and easy to use from day one! 

You may be tempted to use a free service, but the features in these programs are very limited and you will quickly be forced to change. Why spend time learning how to use one software, only to have to learn a whole new one a few months later when you switch? 

Adobe Premiere and Final Cut Pro are the two most used programs by videographers today. Spend time doing a little research in order to decide which one is best for you. From personal experience, I can very highly recommend them both! For Adobe Premiere you pay a monthly subscription fee, whereas with Final Cut Pro you pay an upfront one-time fee.  

Practice, Practice, Practice for Videography

how to get into videography

photo byguruXOOX via iStock

This is probably the most important piece of advice of them all! The world of video, film, and television is an incredibly competitive space and if you do not put in the proper amount of time and effort, someone else will. 

Try to have your camera with you wherever you go, and try to have it in your hands as often as possible. You can watch as many videos or read as many books as you want, but the only way you will see real results is by getting behind the camera and pressing the record button.  

That is how you will discover what works and what doesn’t for videography, when to use a tripod or when to shoot handheld, how to properly light your subjects, and much much more! 

A Final Word of Advice

how to get into videography 2

photo byipopba via iStock

Now that you know how to get into videography, my final piece of advice is to have fun with it! Be creative, record different things, and mess around with the settings. Working with cameras and shooting video is ridiculously fun, and as long as you always have that mindset, you will go far as a videographer! 

Learn More:



We Recommend


How to Get Top-Quality Audio With a Shotgun Mic

How to Get Top Quality Audio With a Shotgun Mic

Photo by Roman Koval from Pexels

An on-camera shotgun mic is one of the best ways to supplement the tiny built-in microphone on your digital camera. Especially so if you are filming handheld video. Another method for how to use a shotgun mic is as a boom mic, either with a handheld pole or some other type of mount. 

The reason for using an external microphone in the first place is to be able to record better audio for your A/V projects. So some audio tips concerning external mics is a good subject to consider for beginners or more advanced videographers. 

Why You Should Use a Shotgun Mic

shotgun mic 1

Photo by Clam Lo from Pexels

External mics are an essential part of your DSLR or mirrorless camera gear if you want high-quality audio to go along with the superb video quality that your camera records. 

A built-in mic is prone to capturing camera noise such as focusing noise from the lens or just general handling of the camera. An external mic mounted on the camera or elsewhere will eliminate or at least reduce these problems.

Another reason for using a shotgun mic is that they have better specs than built-in mics. Three major areas where they are significantly better are frequency response, dynamic range, and signal-to-noise ratio. 

All of this means you capture better audio. As with the image quality of your files, if you capture better audio in the first place, you will be better able to edit and enhance it with your editing program.

 

Recommended Videography Reading:

 

Choose a High Quality Shotgun Mic 

how to use a shotgun mic 1

You are basically looking for an upgrade so it makes sense to get the best upgrade you can. Fortunately, that doesn’t mean breaking your budget. Very high-quality shotgun mics can be picked up for pricing similar to that of video lighting kits. In other words, more than a low-end Android smartphone but less than an iPhone. 

Our friends at Ikan have an excellent shotgun mic, the E-Image PM-527, that will do everything you were hoping for and probably more.

how to use a shotgun mic 2

It’s a longer mic than you may have seen when shopping budget mics. It comes with a windscreen and can be mounted on the camera, on a camera stabilizer grip, on a boom pole, or on a portable camera and accessory mount. 

The windscreen that comes with the shotgun mic is a vital accessory. Since we are using the mic for better audio, we don’t want wind noise to interfere. Wind noise can sound extremely loud in the audio recording, even if it's not much wind. 

Learn More: 

Watch Where You Point That Thing!

shotgun mic 2

Photo by Vanilla Bear Films on Unsplash 

Part of the characteristics common among shotgun mics is a narrow pickup pattern. This means you will be required to point the microphone carefully in order to have the sound source within the mic’s pickup pattern. 

Mounted on the camera or on a camera grip, your shotgun mic will be pointing directly at whatever you are filming. Using a boom pole or an accessory mount like the OctoPad, you should line up the mic to point at the source of audio. Which brings up the next of my amazing shotgun mic tips.

Monitor Your Audio

audio tips 3

photo by eclipse_images via iStock 

Mounted on-camera, you can be pretty sure that your shotgun mic is capturing the sound from the subject in view. When using the mic on a boom pole or a small mount, using headphones to monitor the audio as it comes in allows you to optimize mic placement.  

It’s a good idea to monitor your audio anyways. We get instant review of the visual aspect of our videos, so hearing the audio feed can enable us to maximize the use of our new shotgun mic. 

When using the shotgun mic off-camera, it’s good practice to get as close as possible to the subject with the mic. Of course, you don’t want it to show in your finished video, so watch out for those goofs! 

Take Control of Your Audio

shotgun mic tips 4

photo by Rakesh Gohil via Pexel

Our cameras can be set to adjust exposure, focus, and audio automatically, but taking control of these settings manually allows us to create the best finished video we can. High quality video will get us more views, more subscriptions to our YouTube channels, and more paying gigs if that’s our intent.

A decent shotgun mic and the knowledge of how to use it properly is one part of that situation that we can easily master. 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


How to Grow Your YouTube Channel in 2021

How to Grow Your YouTube Channel in 2021

Social media promotion is a great way to increase your business visibility, YouTube is one of the best social media sites for promoting photography businesses. Learn how to grow your YouTube channel with these simple YouTube tips for 2021.

Using a YouTube channel isn’t a one and done effort, you have to keep adding content to grow your YouTube channel by getting repeat viewers and new subscribers. Here are five methods how to get your youtube channel noticed and how to get more youtube subscribers:

  • Brand your channel
  • Add branded thumbnails
  • Call to action subscribe
  • Craft a great welcome trailer
  • Use a teleprompter

Brand Your Channel

grow your youtube channel 1

 photo bymartin-dm via iStock

What does it mean to brand your YouTube channel? The same thoughts for creating your business brand applies as tips for YouTubers. Your business already has a niche (or maybe two), and turning that niche into branding makes your business presence more memorable. Being more memorable leads to more business opportunities which leads to more business success. 

Carry that existing branding onto your YouTube channel by creating high-quality videos that highlight to your viewers what your business is all about and show a consistency of content. Most of the best methods to grow your YouTube channel will center around branding and quality content.

Add Branded Thumbnails

youtube tips 2

 photo byArtistGNDphotography via iStock

Adding branded thumbnails to your videos can cement your brand in the minds of viewers. Every time a video shows on your YouTube channel, if viewers see your brand as a thumbnail, it will stick in their mind and make them more likely to remember you.

In order to imbed thumbnails into your videos, you will need to have quality images that say something about your brand, niche, or business. Make them interesting, something that grabs a viewer’s attention.This is a fantastic way how to get your YouTube channel noticed.

Learn More:

Call to Action: Subscribe

tips for youtubers 3

 photo byfizkes via iStock

Now that you have your viewer’s attention with branding and thumbnails, give them something to do as a call to action. A call to action means you guide a potential client to doing something that benefits your business. 

On a business website, a call to action could be a click to buy or book a session. On your YouTube channel, a call to action that asks for a subscription is one of the best ways of how to get more YouTube subscribers. Having more subscribers means more people will see your videos and thus more likely to fulfill another call to action later.

To grow your YouTube channel, you want to hang on to those who are already seeing your videos, which is accomplished by having them complete a call to action of subscribing to your channel.

Create a Great Welcome Trailer

how to get more youtube subscribers 4

 photo byRgStudio via iStock

Before you can get people to subscribe to your YouTube channel, you must grab their attention through the search engine and by having a superb welcome trailer. The welcome trailer is that short introductory video that is the first thing many searchers will see about you or your business on YouTube. 

A welcome trailer should be very high quality, clearly state something about you and your brand, and it only needs to be about a minute long or even shorter. The main goal is to get them to see you and then stay and look at your other videos.

Use a Teleprompter

how to get your youtube channel noticed 5

One of the most effective techniques for making excellent YouTube videos is to increase the professionalism of your YouTube videos by maintaining eye contact with the viewer. Think about eye contact. If you were speaking to a client in person, you would naturally have eye contact. A teleprompter allows you to have eye contact on camera with viewers you can’t see, the end result being a very professional appearance.

Teleprompters have been used by newscasters, politicians, and actors for decades, and now there are cost effective teleprompters you can use with your existing vlogging equipment. Ikan’s HomeStream Smartphone Teleprompter HS-Prompter-RL is a fantastic addition to your vlogging rig.

youtube tips for 2021 6

It is only about the price of a good accessory lens and includes an 18-inch ring light which gives shadowless light for filming yourself talking to your audience. 

Any size camera from a smartphone to a medium-size DSLR fits in the bracket for filming and a smartphone or small tablet fits into the bottom part of the teleprompter. A beam splitter allows the camera to shoot through a screen onto which your script is displayed, letting you have perfect viewer eye contact while recording your YouTube video.

Social Media Marketing

simple YouTube tips

 photo bypixelfit via iStock

Social media marketing techniques such as the five YouTube tips presented here will help you grow your YouTube channel in 2021 and increase your business success. We have many other marketing and vlogging tips that could help you grow your business. Be sure to check out the articles in the Learn More sections for additional tips!

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


How to Make Better YouTube Videos

How to Make Better YouTube Videos

 photo byg-stockstudio via iStock

YouTube gives us the potential to reach a huge audience. There are over 1 billion followers on all of the YouTube channels combined. One Billion! So, we want to be on YouTube. 

With so many vloggers already vying for attention, we should also be concerned with how to make better YouTube videos so our brand stands out, gets followers, and gives us the results we desire. 

We’ll cover 5 beginner YouTube video tips plus some general YouTube tips and tricks to improve the quality of your YouTube videos.

Plan It Out

youtube tips for beginners

 photo byFangXiaNuo via iStock

One of the most important YouTube tips for beginners is that in order to make a good video for any purpose, we need a plan. While we may often be able to take a good photo on the spur of the moment and use our knowledge, technique, and equipment features to have it turn out pretty good, an enjoyable video rarely happens that way. 

Depending on what your style and intent for your YouTube channel or videos are going to be, two general tips for how to make YouTube videos that will engage the viewer and bring them back for more are storyboarding and writing a script.

A storyboard can be thought of as a comic book / graphic novel condensed form of your video. At its simplest, a dry erase whiteboard can be used to show a representation with simple graphics and brief comments which might include dialog. Additionally, there are many fine storyboard programs and apps to assist our efforts.

Some may be more comfortable writing out a script. A good script could be written out word for word or we could use an outline form. Both styles of scripts can also include helpful directorial comments such as subject or camera movements.

Gear for YouTube Videos

how to make youtube videos

 photo byfizkes via iStock

Another of the primary tips for how to make better YouTube videos concerns our choice of gear for YouTube videos. We have many good options available to us from the more advanced smartphones up to professional video cameras. 

Many excellent YouTubers use cameras in MFT, APS-C, and Full Frame formats that have video capabilities. Since many of us already have a camera like this, all it takes is switching it into video mode. 

Some of our other choices of gear for YouTube videos will likely include a good video tripod, LED lights, and a teleprompter. We’ll cover use of these items with our next three YouTube tips for beginners.  

For a lot of my video accessory needs, I usually turn to Ikan Corp first. They are avid videographers themselves who design and make their own equipment which means we get superb  quality gear for very reasonable prices. 

Learn More:

Smooth and Steady

gear for youtube videos

Motion pictures, such as our videos, are different from our still images in that motion pictures move. A static set up for shooting video might become boring for our viewers. However, too much or the wrong type of movement can detract from our videos.

A video tripod with a fluid head is the gear that will allow us to use video motion techniques to enhance interest while maintaining an easy viewing experience for those watching our videos. Here is an example from Ikan, the E-Image EK650 professional video tripod.

The idea is to add just enough smooth movement into our YouTube videos while keeping the camera steady. As we get more advanced, adding dollies, sliders, and a follow focus system gives us even more options.

Cinematography IS Lighting

beginner youtube video tips

On a movie, TV, or advertising set, the cinematographer is the artist in charge of lighting. The camera operator, sound engineer, and director are all separate jobs. In our beginner video productions, we’re likely going to be handling most of those jobs all on our own.

Learning good lighting techniques for video is similar to still photography, such as portraits or small product photography, but there are some differences to get used to. Having high quality, easy to set up and use lights is a great boon.

Portable, battery powered LED lights such as the Lyra LB5 flat panel LED lights make the lighting configurations simple to set up and these types of light give us smooth and even light with good color rendition and lots of creative control.

Eye Contact and Naturalness

improve the quality of your youtube videos

How does one maintain eye contact with an audience we never see? The eye contact in a YouTube video is actually camera lens contact. Looking directly into the camera lens will feel like eye contact to anyone watching the video.

A surefire method for having this type of eye contact when shooting yourself or someone else on video is to use a teleprompter. A teleprompter puts the script from Tip #1 in a position where you are reading it from lens position instead of cue cards off to the side or notes down on a desk or lectern.

One excellent style of teleprompter for modest budgets is the Elite PRO2 Tablet Teleprompter. It mounts to the camera and lens and lets us use a tablet or large smartphone to display our script. The PRO2 comes with an app for our Android or iOS device which allows manual control of the scrolling or an automatic scroll can be pre programmed at various speeds.

A teleprompter encourages better naturalness in our dialogue. Even if we’re reading a script we wrote word for word, the eye contact and self assurance makes it seem very natural which is quite advantageous for connecting to our viewers.

How To Start

tips for starting a youtube channel

 photo byAnchiy via iStock

One of the best things about YouTube is that the forum itself has tons of tips for starting a YouTube channel, how to make better YouTube videos, and many beginner YouTube tips on subjects such as lighting, storyboards, gear for YouTube videos, and so much more.

After all, there are billions of videos to watch on YouTube, making it a great source of instruction and entertainment.

Learn More:



We Recommend


How to Market Yourself as a Videographer

How to Market Yourself as a Videographer

photo bytuaindeed via iStock

Most of the better DSLR and mirrorless cameras on the market today are every bit as capable of making outstanding videos as they are creating superb still images. 

This opens up the possibility of marketing yourself as a videographer and a photographer. How would you go about doing this? What marketing tips for videographers are useful? 

Start With the Basics

marketing tips for videographers 1

Photo by Chris Murray on Unsplash

Starting with the basics in this instance includes making sure that you can actually produce high-quality videos with your equipment.

One aspect of this is evaluating your videography skills. Having awesome photography skills means you could probably make good video, but it’s not a guarantee.

Many of the principle skills and techniques crossover from still imaging to videography. Good lighting techniques in particular work well in both arts. 

Filmmakers studying cinematography concentrate more on lighting than on camera operation. And rightly so, since light is the essential element of imaging of any kind.

marketing tips for videographers 2

photo byEnes Evren via iStock

A second aspect is to know exactly what your equipment is capable of in regards to videography. Some cameras, even from the same brand, will have better video capability than others. If your current camera needs an upgrade, a full service camera store such as Samy’s is a good resource for you.

Well, that’s enough of the basics, let’s examine how to market yourself as a videographer.

Learn More:

Marketing Tips for Videographers

marketing tips for videographers 3

photo bySDI Productions via iStock

There are several types of videographers that need to market themselves.

Type 1 is an established professional photographer in any genre of still imaging but who wishes to expand into video.

If this is you, you are familiar with marketing techniques in general but will need to learn some new marketing strategies. Just like you had to learn new things to include videography as a skill set. 

Type 2 is a professional videographer who wants to expand their business in some way. If this is you, you either already have local clients or you have worked for someone else doing their videography.

marketing tips for videographers 4

photo byFilipovic018 via iStock

In order to expand, you need to know good marketing techniques in general and the special considerations of how to market yourself as a videographer

Type 3 is a skilled photographer/videographer that is very capable in either still or video or both but who has yet to market themselves.

If this is you, it’s likely you have done some for profit work, but just need some guidance and maybe a good push in order to go to the next level. 

Create a Stellar Demo Reel

how to advertise video services 1

Photo by Denise Jans on Unsplash

An essential step in learning how to advertise video services is having something to show potential clients. A demo reel to include on a website or to send to people is how you show that you are a videographer worthy of their consideration.

That term “Demo Reel” goes way back to the predigital world of music and film. An actual reel of tape or movie film was played for clients or sent to them by courier or mail. We still use the term even though we are now referring to digital files.

For you Type 1 and Type 3 videographers listed above, this is the same thing as maintaining a portfolio of still images.

Be a Social Media Star

how to advertise video services 2

photo byCASEZY via iStock

Sure, there are already lots of videos being shown all over social sites. In order to effectively market video services for yourself, join the crowd. You won’t ever be noticed if you’re not there.

Your demo reel will need to be eye-catching in order to stop the scrolling or swiping. This means you may also have to edit it down a bit to fit the upload parameters of the major social media sites.

Editing a shorter version is okay, you can always include a link to a webpage with your longer demo reel or multiple files or your work. Editing software and hardware from Samy’s can make that job easier for you.

Learn More:

Target Specific Markets

how to advertise video services 3

photo bystock_colors via iStock

Among all of the fine discussions concerning how to market video services, this simple concept sometimes gets overlooked.

If you want to sell ice-cold drinks to thirsty people, you go to where you know there will be thirsty people hanging out, right?

Same with your video marketing strategy. Perhaps you are currently concentrating on wedding videography. Joining message boards or other online communities for wedding planning is a good way to get in front of potential clients.

Be mindful of forum rules, though. Don’t be the annoying guy who gets banned for spamming!

how to advertise video services 4

photo byVolodymyr Shtun via iStock

Print magazines and newsletters still exist, too. Buy a small ad in a pet magazine to advertise the pet video services you’re already providing.

Maybe the music scene is what drives you. Go to local festivals, again being mindful of rules and regulations, and show your face to up and coming acts.

It couldn’t hurt to have with you a device with your demo reel loaded on to it so you can show others what you are capable of. Print business cards with your demo reel or portfolio link on it. 

That’s just three brief ideas of how to market yourself as a videographer. You can probably come up with several more simply by extrapolating from these.

Take the Leap

how to market video services

Photo by Prince Akachi on Unsplash

All of the best ideas and methods of how to market yourself as a videographer won’t even have a chance of working if you don’t try it out in the first place.

What’s holding you back? Is it worries about your equipment?  That’s one of the more simple things to fix. Examine your current equipment - cameras, lenses, lighting, editing software and hardware. If you want to upgrade, look at a top retailer like Samy’s to choose what works best for you.

Are you concerned that you’re not good enough yet? Two things I will say about that. You are probably already quite skilled in many aspects of videography. You can improve anything at any time by taking classes, online or in person.

Does marketing yourself as a professional videographer scare you? Understandable. But like a certain shoe manufacturer says, just do it.  

You have to start somewhere. Use these marketing tips for videographers to either get started or get better at marketing yourself as a professional videographer.

 



We Recommend


How to Master the Use of a Teleprompter

How to Master the Use of a Teleprompter

 photo byDavid-Prado via iStock

Whether you’re giving a big presentation at work or trying to shoot YouTube videos, a teleprompter can help you give your best performance but only if you know how to use one.

A teleprompter works by reflecting the words in a monitor to allow you to simultaneously read them while allowing a camera to film you through the screen.  

When used effectively, teleprompters allow you to remember long speeches, but there are some teleprompter tips you need to be aware of. 

Teleprompter Tips for Beginners

teleprompter tips 1

Photo by William Moreland on Unsplash

Write Everything Out

It’s pretty simple to begin relying so heavily on your teleprompter that you are focusing more on your delivery of the words than on the words themselves. 

This is great so long as you are a good copy editor. But, if for example, you use roman numerals or numbers in place of phrases, you can accidentally confuse your audience.  

You can also catch any potential errors with your teleprompter text by running through it once or twice (or more) before recording.

The old saying that “practice makes perfect” definitely applies here...the more you practice, the more natural you will sound.

Believe What You’re Saying

There’s no better way to immediately confuse your audience than by preaching something you don’t believe in. Teleprompters are already unnatural enough, so by only writing things you completely stand behind you can make your delivery more realistic. 

 

Recommended Videography Books:

 

Rehearse, Rehearse, Rehearse

It’s easy to think you’re going to look natural on screen, but there’s no way for you to become familiar with your text if you don’t practice beforehand. As I said before, practice makes perfect!

Focus on your Presentation

The words are not as important as your energy or your body language. Practice eye contact and natural hand movements. 

Also, practice including inflections and emphasis into your teleprompter text. For example, underline words you want to emphasize and include an ellipsis where you need to dramatically pause. 

Don’t Let Your Teleprompter Set Your Pace

A teleprompter operator’s job is to follow you. If you get into the habit of following your teleprompter, you’re going to be speaking unnaturally fast. 

If you’re nervous, you’ll probably already be speaking too quickly, so take a breath and remember that you’re in control.  

For some more helpful tips on teleprompter use, check out the video above by Justin Brown-Primal Video.

Things to Keep in Mind About Your Teleprompter Performance

how to use a teleprompter 3

 photo by RichLegg via iStock 

There are two things to keep in mind while using a teleprompter: your audience and the information you’re trying to convey. 

If you’re using a teleprompter for your vlog, are you sure your audience doesn’t want a more natural delivery? You could break your video down into a few segments and piece them all together if that’s the case.

If you’re using a teleprompter for a speech, make sure your audience is large enough and the space you’re in is spacious enough to make the use of a teleprompter more natural. 

Also, make sure to use a teleprompter during long speeches or videos, or speeches and videos that require the use of statistics.  

If the information you’re conveying is more formal, that’s an appropriate time for a teleprompter. It will help you deliver the information more accurately and you’ll be less prone to conflating numbers and data in your head.

Learn More:

What to Look for When Buying a Teleprompter

tips for better videos 4

The most important thing I look for when I’m purchasing a teleprompter is what devices the teleprompter is compatible with. 

In the case of my favorite teleprompter, Ikan’s PT Elite LS, it supports Apple, Android, and Windows tablets between 7.5 x 5 inches and 10.5 x 8 inches (which is essentially every tablet all three of these manufacturers have released in the past 5 years).

tips for better videos 5

You’ll also want to ensure that your teleprompter is light enough to travel with you. This particular model has a lightweight design so it won’t weigh you down when you hit the road. Other features include an adjustable glass frame and a quick-release base plate for fast setup and takedown. 

Another useful feature that the PT Elite LS has is it can be mounted on light stands, which is hugely convenient for those of you that already have light stands in your kit.

You can purchase Ikan’s PT Elite LS Teleprompter on their website for $430. 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


How to Outfit Your DSLR for Better Video Recording

iStock 33719552 MEDIUM

Most modern DSLR Cameras have outstanding video capabilities, but in terms of handling, they're still engineered for taking still photos. Stabilization can be much more challenging when you're recording motion and maintaining focus is more difficult, too. If you want to take full advantage of the cinema-quality features of your digital camera, adding a few accessories can help. You can simply make recording feel a bit more natural, or take it to a whole new level. Here are a few examples:

Cinevate Articulating Grip Gear Ring and Lever Kit

gripandlever

Here's a very basic kit that solves two of the most basic problems with with DSLR video recording: grip and focus pulling. The articulating handle mounts directly beneath the camera body, using the tripod socket. This provides a more balanced grip, and the vertical handle mounts on a ball swivel, allowing you complete freedom to select a position that's comfortable and stable.

The focusing gear mounts to almost any lens, thanks to three different lengths of mounting spokes (included). Although the gear facilitates coupling your rig to more sophisticated focus pulling systems, this kit includes a clever focusing lever that attaches easily to one of the spokes. The lever, too, can be articulated with a simple twist to lock and unlock it.

This simple, but versatile kit will get you shooting in no time at all, and it's compact and lightweight enough to keep in your camera back or pack. What's more, it's less than $200 from our favorite retailer! Get the details and get yours here.

Hunts WebBanner728x90 1114

Atomos Ninja Blade 5" HDMI On-Camera Monitor & Recorder

ATONINJABLADE

Your camera's LCD monitor isn't in the ideal place for recording purposes, and it's not the most accurate representation of the image, either. Not only that, but MPEG recording isn't giving you the best that your camera can deliver, either. With this on-camera HDMI recorder mounted to the camera's shoe or another convenient mount, you see the image directly from the camera's sensor, in full HDMI resolution, while the 10-bit recorder gives you cinema-quality video and enables CG, green screen and other professional effects in editing.

This full-featured recorder and monitor is much more than just a recording device. It's a professional upgrade that enables recording, monitoring and storage of your videos like nothing else. Rather than try to explain everything your camera is capable of with this accessory, I'll just recommend that you take a good look at everything it does here.

DJI Ronin-M Lightweight 3-Axis Gimbal

ronin

When it comes to fluid, stable camera movement without boundaries, nothing beats a gimbal. This one from DJI weighs a mere 5 pounds, but supports cameras up to 8 pounds in weight. Its precision motors translate your movements flawlessly while keeping the camera balanced.

The Ronin incorporates professional features like a transmitter for remote pan and tilt controls, a provision for a second operator for really complex shots, silent mode, Bluetooth interface, USB and power tap outlets, free software and much more. It operates in several modes, including briefcase mode for narrow spaces. With its magnesium frame, it stands up to plenty of abuse, too. Assembly and disassembly are fast and easy, too. Check out what the Ronin can do for your videography here.

Azden SMX-15 Powered Shotgun Video Microphone

azdenmic

Last, but not least, upgrade your audio. This directional microphone from Azden offers low noise, high sensitivity and a wide frequency response to assure you of superior sound reproduction. It provides +20db of gain to eliminate camera preamp noise.

The mic operates on 2 AA batteries for as long as 24 hours and there's no sound degradation as batteries become weaker. An LED indicates when it's time to replace batteries. A detachable foam windscreen and shock-absorbing shoe mount are included. Find out more here.

These upgrades will change the way you look at DSLR video recording and improve your results. There's much more where these came from, at Hunt's Photo & Video.



We Recommend


How to Plan a Video Shoot

How to Plan a Video Shoot

Photo by Anastase Maragos on Unsplash

Video shoots are lengthy. They typically need more preparation than photoshoots, and require more people, which is always tricky.

If you’re here to learn how to plan a video shoot, then chances are you are starting to get offers for your videography or you’re planning on expanding into videography soon.

And if you’re planning a video shoot, or are planning to plan a video shoot, then the time to start looking at video production tips is now. That’s because there is no way to be over-prepared for a video shoot! 

Here’s a few tips to help you get started... 

Figure Out the Who, What, When, Where and Why

planning a video shoot 1

Photo by Jakob Owens on Unsplash 

The first step to planning a video shoot is figuring out the purpose of your video. Who is your audience? What is the theme of your video? What do you hope your audience remembers after it’s over? 

Additionally, if your video is going to be longer than a couple of minutes, you need to figure out how to keep your audience’s attention throughout the video because we are experiencing historically low attention spans due to the internet.

All of these questions should be answered in strategy meetings in the months leading up to your video shoot. And as the director, you should be open to hearing a variety of opinions in these meetings because the working relationship you establish in strategy meetings will bleed over into the rest of your video shoot. 

Even if you’re a solo video producer and you don’t have a team to have a strategy meeting with, you still need to consider these questions so you can develop a plan of attack that will result in an attention-grabbing video. 

Learn More:

Define Your Team and Their Roles 

planning a video shoot 2

 photo by brightstars via iStock 

If you’re Googling, “how to plan a video shoot,” then chances are that you are the director, i.e. the person in charge of everything in the video shoot. 

But, you need to establish who you want in a plethora of roles, including the producer, the video engineer and audio engineer, and the talent. In the best case scenario, you already have a network of videographer professionals in your town. 

But, if you don’t that just means it’s going to take extra effort reaching out to people you do know and figuring out their contacts. 

planning a video shoot 3

 photo byguruXOOX via iStock

Your roles will need to remain flexible throughout the shoot, though, because oftentimes these roles overlap and are switched during the course of shooting based on what the needs of the client are, or based on shifting availability. 

If you’re a solo act or just have a couple of friends to help you tackle the big stuff, the same suggestions apply - identify who’s doing what, but be prepared to jump in when need be.

Write Down Your Timeline

video pre production tips 4

 photo by Pra-chid via iStock 

This may seem like a daunting pre-production task, but simply begin by writing down all of the dates that cannot be moved. Write down when the client expects their deliverables. 

Then, work your way backwards in your calendar to figure out a rough timeline. 

One of my favorite video pre-production tips is to start implementing technology as early on in the process as possible. For example, ensure you are entering all of these dates in a calendar like Google Calendar or another calendar app that can be easily shared with all of the members of your team.

video pre production tips 5

 photo by peshkov via iStock 

Video shoots are inherently technological, so it makes sense to get your team used to communicating via technology early on in the process.

This is another step in the video shoot planning process that isn’t set in stone. Don’t panic if you don’t follow your rough draft calendar you created before any actual production started happening. It’s normal and your schedule will be thrown off. 

Learn More:

Be Accountable and Prepared 

video pre production tips 6

Photo by Thomas Drouault on Unsplash 

This tip plays into the rest of the video pre-production tips because it’s all about communication between your team members. 

You’ll want to hold meetings on a regular basis to ensure everyone knows exactly what is expected of them and when. 

As the director, you should also ensure someone is charged with holding you accountable for your deliverables. This way your team knows that you are trustworthy and that you are leading by example. 

video production tips 7

 photo by marchmeena29 via iStock 

You should also implement technology into your team’s accountability. Slack is a great tool, for example, to keep everyone in constant communication without an annoying text chain. 

Part of accountability, though, is preparation. By having the right gear by your shoot dates, you will show your team, once again, that you are trustworthy.

That’s why I use Samy's Camera to get all of my gear for my video shoots. Their shipping is always on time, they have a wide array of production gear that matches every budget. I love that I can buy everything I need for my video shoot in one place. It’s just one less thing I have to do. 

Draft Lists for Everything

Eric Siu’s video on pre-production checklists is invaluable because it highlights how important writing things down is. 

No matter how organized you are, if you need to remember a list of all of your equipment for 12 different scenes, you’re going to forget something if it isn’t all written down in one place. 

You’ll want lists of equipment, lists of your shooting schedules, and lists of things you think you’re going to forget, like water bottles for the talent and extra batteries for your cameras.

Figure Out the Lighting

pilotfly atomcube 1

Part of your planning process should include developing a lighting scheme for each scene you wish to shoot.

Not that long ago, this would have meant using expensive and complex lighting, but that's just not the case these days.

In fact, with a few pocket-sized lights, you can get all the lighting you need to create dynamic video footage.

I've been using the PilotFly AtomCube RX1 for a while now, and it's proven to be an incredibly valuable resource.

pilotfly atomcube 2

For starters, it's beautifully built and durable, which is important for me because I need this light to go from my studio to on-location sites and back and stay in one piece.

I also love the fact that it's so small and portable - yet still puts out such beautiful, bright, and clean light. In fact, it has a CRI of 95+ and a TLCI of 97, so you know you’re getting excellent quality lighting for your projects.

The smartphone control is a nice feature, too, that makes this light incredibly easy to use and adjust.

pilotfly atomcube 6

Even better, you can connect up to 255 of these lights together and control them all via your smartphone. Talk about easy control!

With the ability to fully dim the lights, adjust the saturation, and adjust the color temperature, as well as utilize one of 12 built-in color schemes, you have all the customization options you need right at your fingertips!

Relax 

video production tips 8

Photo by Esther Tuttle on Unsplash 

Once you’ve prepared as well as possible, you’ll want to try and control your stress. Since learning how to plan a video shoot is extremely, extremely stressful.

Some tips for controlling your stress before the shoot day include exercising regularly, getting 8 hours of sleep every night, and when you inevitably wake up during those 8 hours because you forgot some small piece of equipment, head over to Samys to pick it up. 

samys website

Samy’s will expedite your shipment for free if you spend over $50 on camera gear, and let’s be honest.. when was the last time you spent less than that for a video shoot? 

Plus, they feature thousands of pieces of equipment, so even if your video shoot requires an extra fancy lens or a specific drone, they’ll probably have it to you in no more than 3 days.  

What’s not to like about that?!

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


How to Shoot Better Video With Your DSLR

iStock-169937703.jpg

One of the great features of today's DSLR cameras is that they aren't just for shooting still photos anymore.

When I started in photography, video wasn't an option on my camera, but it seems today that even very basic entry-level camera bodies have some video functionality.

Higher-end cameras have full HD or 4K video capabilities, making it easier than ever for photographers to foray into the world of videography.

Of course, just like it takes practice, patience, and know-how to create a great photo, it takes the same to create a great video.

In looking at your first attempts at shooting video with your DSLR, you might notice that the results aren't that good.

After all, you have to do much more than just press the record button or have the right gear to get a high-quality video.

This article is all about helping you achieve video greatness, or, at least, get better videos than you have in the past.

Here's a quick list of things you need to know if creating better videos with your DSLR is in your future.

Learn How to Manually Focus the Lens

iStock-492421654.jpg

The beauty of lenses today is that they have automatic focusing that, more often than not, works just fine for still images.

When shooting video, the opposite is often true - autofocus just doesn't hack it.

For starters, autofocus can have trouble acquiring a moving target. Autofocus can also be very loud depending on the lens - loud enough that it's picked up by the microphone.

Needless to say, that can be distracting.

To get the best results, you'll need to learn how to manually focus the lens. See the benefits of doing so (and learn a couple of other ways to use focus when shooting video) in the video below by First Man Photography:

Doing so gives you much more creative control over how your videos look and feel.

If you're not familiar with using manual focus, here's what to do:

  • Set up your gear and compose your shot.
  • Switch your lens to manual focus.
  • Turn the focus ring to focus on your subject, checking your framing and composition as you do so on your camera's LCD.
  • Then, use the LCD to zoom in on your focal point to ensure everything is sharp.
  • Start recording.

The above steps work great for stationary subjects, but what about when the subject is moving?

In that case, the key is to practice tracking the subject - and practice a lot.

Perhaps the easiest movement to practice recording is when the subject is parallel to the camera. That means you can acquire focus and leave it as you move alongside the subject at a fixed distance.

Once you have that mastered, then move on to tracking subjects that are moving closer to you or further away.

Audio Makes the Video

LumixGH3

Far too many beginning videographers forget that video isn't all about video.

Sound is an essential component too.

No matter how beautiful the video footage, if the sound isn't just as beautiful, you might as well not bother sharing your final product.

That means not relying on your camera's built-in microphone and outfitting yourself with a high-quality microphone that will get you the audio results you need to match your gorgeous video.

For me, there is no better microphone for DSLR video than Sound Shark, which is pictured above.

Sound shark microphones give you excellent sound quality both close-up and far away.

From six feet away, Sound Shark gets you results that sound like your subject is using a lapel microphone. That means you don't have to shove your microphone in your subject's face, but can instead be a comfortable distance away without losing sound quality. In fact, you get better quality from further away than a shotgun mic.

Speaking of shooting hand held, Sound Shark might be ultra powerful, but it's also extremely lightweight. That gives you even more flexibility to maneuver around to get the sequences you want without having a ton of gear in tow. Learn more about Sound Shark in the video below:

Just attach Sound Shark to your camera's hot-shoe mount, and you're ready to get the audio that your video deserves with minimal background noise and reduced wind noise.

I have a few videos from back in the day that from a footage standpoint aren't that bad. But man, the audio ruins it!

Had I had a Sound Shark back then, those videos might see the light of day today.

No matter if you simply want to create videos of family gatherings, start a YouTube channel, or use your video skills to supplement your photography income, don't neglect the audio like I did - get a high-quality external microphone so you can create the awesome videos you envision.

Break Your Recordings Into Sequences

iStock-179280937.jpg

When I've shot video with my DSLR and mirrorless bodies, I've found that I try to get the whole thing in one take.

I suppose that's admirable, but in terms of a good video-shooting workflow, that's just not the best way to go about it.

The problem with trying to get a single take is fourfold:

  • A single, long shot is boring.
  • A DSLR or mirrorless camera doesn't have the battery life to take a long, continuous shot.
  • Many cameras will overheat if they record video too long.
  • It's virtually impossible to get a "perfect" take in one shot.

iStock-157677389.jpg

Rather than putting undue pressure on yourself, your subject, and your gear, try breaking your video into smaller sequences.

That will help you avoid all of the four issues listed above.

Most importantly, with multiple sequences, you can vary the distance from you to the subject, the perspective from which you shoot, and the duration of the sequences.

Doing so will make for a much more interesting video to watch (and a more manageable one to create). Then your video becomes more of a story that results from all the individual components, rather than being an ultra long single take that bores people to death.

In the end, creating top-notch DSLR videos is a lot like creating top-notch photos - it takes time, practice, and know-how.

Combined with taking control of focus yourself and pairing your DSLR with an excellent microphone, you've got the know-how for creating better videos with your DSLR. Now it's just time to get out there and practice!



We Recommend


How to Shoot Your “5 Minutes of Fame” Video

iStock 69393275 MEDIUM

If you're the kind of person that keeps up with trends or even spends any time on the good, old Internet, you've noticed a lot of people posting videos of their rants, opinions, poetry and even a wide variety of oddball humor, shot while sitting in their cars. Why that particular location has become such a popular venue is anyone's guess, but there are an awful lot of individuals building a huge following with these “driver's seat statements”.

If you've got something to say and want to tell the world, have a particular talent for lip-syncing popular songs or just want to put your mug out there to see how people react, you might be thinking that these now-famous personalities are using sophisticated equipment to record these clips. In most cases, you'd probably be surprised at the actual simplicity of the setup. In fact, there's a good chance that most of the videos you've enjoyed – or endured – were recorded on a smartphone, often mounted with a device like HandlePod.

Obviously, the trick is to have a good way to mount the phone or camcorder you'll be using to a convenient spot in your vehicle. As you've probably noticed from the point of view in many videos, the frontal view is very popular and the angle is usually a little higher than eye-level, which pretty much tells you that a visor or the rear-view mirror is a common choice. If you opt for that location, my best advice would be PLEASE, DON'T RECORD AND DRIVE.

iStock 94166673 MEDIUM

I've seen some videos shot with dash mounted cameras and in some cases, even police officers apparently reversing their dash cams temporarily to get the message out. Again, these are reasonable choices, but probably not a good idea while driving.

There are a few spots that might be a little safer, for example the passenger side headrest, which will let you get yourself in profile while you're traveling, provided you're not constantly looking over at the camera. One more option I've seen a few times is mounting the camera so that it sees your reflection in the rear view mirror. If you want to look cool in a clandestine, “super spy” sort of way, maybe that's the look you want to go for. Whatever position you choose, just be sure it's not blocking your vision or distracting you if you're planning to drive.

iStock 48001442 MEDIUM

The other popular in-car video trend (and my preference) is time-lapse video taken through the windshield and this, too, can be created with many smart phones as well as with a simple mounting setup. The only precaution here is to make sure the rig doesn't block your view, because that can earn you a citation in many states, not to mention more serious consequences.

Check out this blog post for some practical ways to mount your device for your 5 minutes of fame!



We Recommend


How to Transmit Video Wirelessly

How to Transmit Video Wirelessly

One of the many challenges for small video production teams is monitoring and controlling what is going on around you, in the scene itself, and what actually makes it to video. Some of us are one-man video production teams at times so we need to be able to monitor without too much fuss.

Wireless video monitoring might be the answer for you. It is easier and less expensive to transmit video wirelessly than many of us may be thinking. Wireless video feeds can also be used for remote recording.

What is Needed to Transmit Video Wirelessly?

transmit video wirelessly 1

Photo by Jakob Owens on Unsplash

This is a gear review article, so let’s review our gear. As either a cameraman in a crew or as our own small video production team of one, we end up with a lot of stuff. But that's fine, we like our stuff and we like what it allows us to do.

  • Camera - DSLR, mirrorless, or cinematographic
  • Lenses - a variety of fast primes and a multi-use zoom or two
  • Lens accessories - matte box, filters
  • Mics - on camera, wireless lavalier, boom mic, desk mic
  • Tripod - fluid head and quick release system
  • Camera cage - part of your mounting system
  • External monitor - gives a larger view than the on camera screen
  • Lights - complete with stands and various modifiers
  • Audio recorder - for better sound quality
  • Mixing board - balances sound recording
  • DMX controller - controls lighting and other effects
  • Background and stand - vital for green screen
  • Bags and cases - transportation and storage
  • Batteries, adapters, media cards, props, and lots of cords

how to send video wirelessly 2

 photo bylapandr via iStock

That’s a lot of stuff to take care of. And we’re suggesting more stuff? Yes. For two important reasons. If you transmit video wirelessly, you increase your freedom of mobility and you eliminate some of those pesky cords. 

Before I wrote out that list above, I didn't think it was such a big deal, but knowing how to send video wirelessly can really ease up our workflow burden. All that is needed for wireless video are transmitters, receivers, and monitors. We’ll examine how to transmit video with a professional series kit and a budget friendly option.

Budget Option: Blitz Lite 300

Blitz Lite 300 1

If you’ve been considering how to send video wirelessly but have been concerned by some of the prices you’ve seen, the Blitz Lite 300 from Ikan may be just the thing you need. 

Both the transmitter and receiver are battery powered with Sony camcorder style batteries and the range of the kit is 300 feet. It can transmit video wirelessly as HDMI 1080p60 for high quality monitoring or remote recording.

It’s lightweight, even with the battery, and includes various mounting options. Battery charge can last up to 5 hours of wireless video transmission. The antennae are low profile and the transmitter has HDMI loop out for A/V and the receiver has 2 HDMI outs for monitoring or recording.

Learn More:

Professional Option: Blitz 1500 3G-SDI/HDMI

Blitz 1500

A little larger and heavier plus more than 5 times the price of the budget option, the Blitz 1500 3G-SDI/HDMI from Ikan provides filmmakers with an incredible array of features you can use to transmit video wirelessly with virtually no signal loss. 

The Blitz 1500 can send wireless video over 3400 feet with best performance in the 1500 foot range. For videographers looking for how to send video wirelessly with virtual no delay, this unit is the solution. Zero, or near zero, delay is vital for remote monitoring when using remote wireless follow focus controls or other specialized professional cinema equipment.

Blitz 1500 2

While it sends wireless video uncompressed for near zero delay, the Blitz 1500 can also convert from SDI to HDMI or vice versa so you can keep using this unit with the wide variety of professional videographic equipment that a small production company might bring to a production.

These units are incredibly rugged, too, and support a variety of power options to blend in with your existing equipment. Digital displays provide users with a clear idea of power level and signal strength.

How to Transmit Video Wirelessly

how to transmit video 3

Photo by Stephane YAICH on Unsplash

It helps to use high quality gear when filming and producing high level video. The IKAN gear featured here are very good plus they are easy to use.  

The two main things to keep in mind are signal strength and line of sight. Signal strength also takes into account finding a clear channel to use so you avoid any dropping of the wireless video feed. 

Line of sight means exactly what it sounds like. Keep the transmitter and receiver connected by not blocking their view of each other. It may not be optical transmission, but there is a lot of data being transferred, the clearest feed possible is our goal with wireless video. 

So there you have it. Charge up your batteries and eliminate a couple of pesky cords. Transmit video wirelessly while opening up all sorts of professional video production techniques.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


How to Use a Follow Focus System

How to Use a Follow Focus System

 photo bySilvrshootr via iStock

Granted, you don’t need a follow focus system for every shot!

Let’s say you are capturing some unplanned moments with your DSLR or shooting a documentary with a handheld camera, where autofocus works just fine.

But what if you’ve carefully planned every shot? Imagine how much time and money you’ll save, simply by nailing focus every time.

Also, a follow focus system can save your life when the lens has a thin focus ring and/or an extremely short focus throw.

But wait! If you know zilch about a follow focus system, don’t worry! Here’s the complete low-down on what a follow focus system is, its various components, and how you should use it. 

What is a Follow Focus System?

follow focus system 1

 photo bybjones27via iStock

 As the term suggests, a follow focus system is a set of mechanisms that enable the focus to move smoothly with the action. The act of pulling focus to follow the action is known as racking, and the person in charge of it is called a focus puller. Typically, the First Assistant Cameraman does the focus-pulling on a production set, but some camera operators prefer doing in on their own.

Using a follow focus system allows you to devote more attention to the creative aspect of video production. You no longer have to worry about unnecessary sound or vibration, just as the video above by creativecowofficial shows.

Parts of a Follow Focus System

what is a follow focus system 2 

photo bymady70 via iStock

In order to use a follow focus system, you first need to attach it to the teeth of your camera’s focus ring. Now all you need is to turn the knob on your focus controller device, and it will spin the teeth.

This may sound very simple but a lot of parts work together to make the follow focus system work. So, here’s a rundown on the parts of a follow focus system.

The rod clamp or mount: The base of a camera rig is formed of two rods, to which a rod clamp/mount is attached. To set it up, you need a base plate in addition to these two rods. These can either be 15mm rods, with a spacing of 60mm (the standard spacing for the cheapest variety) or 100mm, or 19mm rods placed 104mm apart.

The arm: This part attaches to the rod clamp, and you can either make it rigid or flexible, depending on the types of lenses you will need to work with. Experts recommend keeping it as flexible as possible, or at least one that can move laterally. If it pivots, even better, since it will allow you to accommodate the size of the lens. 

The gear: This is arguably the most important component of the whole mechanism. It is connected to the arm, and is rotated with the help of teeth that link to the focus knob. Usually, 1-to-1 gears allow rotation to the same degree as the focus knob (known as ‘throw’). A focus puller may need different kinds of throws with their gears. A larger throw refers to getting a larger focus ring turn even with a small turn of the focus knob. However, when the focus marks have very fine spacing, to get a higher degree of focus smoothness, a smaller throw is more useful.

how to use a follow focus system 3

photo byFatanfilm via iStock

The lens gear ring: The gear attaches to this part of the rig, wrapping tightly around the lens where the focus ring is. A lens gear ring is necessary when the focus ring doesn’t have teeth. Those working with many different kinds of lenses require as many types of lens gear rings.

Focus knob: This is what you turn to focus with a follow focus system. Normally, when you don’t have a focus knob, you turn the lens’ focus ring using your arm bent at 90 degrees with respect to the camera. However, this is very inconvenient and can cause vibration in video. This is where the focus knob comes into the picture, since it allows you to avoid straining your arm. It also lets the focus puller stay clear of the way of the camera operator while racking focus.

White disc: This is another crucial component of a focus follow system. A good quality white disc allows you to write and erase focus marks on it as many times as you want. These days, glow-in-the-dark marking discs (pictured below) like the one that comes with the PDMovie Live Pro Three-Channel Focus/Iris Zoom Control System, are all the rage, thanks to their functionality in darker environments.

White Disk

In addition to the components discussed above, you can use a few accessories to bring greater functionality to your focus follow system. For instance, you can attach a speed crank to the focus knob when need to turn focus very fast.

Learn More:

How to Use a Follow Focus System

The first step is to find the Greek letter phi (Φ) on your camera. Now, a DSLR won’t have it, since these cameras either use autofocus or manual focus with live view.

The next step is to carefully measure the distance between the point of focus and the phi mark. You will need to do it using a good measuring device. For distances up to 25 feet, you can use a sturdy measuring tape that comes with a locking mechanism. For tapes under 15 feet, a half-an-inch width will do. You will need a tape that is 1” wide if the tape is over 15 feet.

For distances up to 300 feet, you will need a fiberglass tape. Carry a 50-foot and a 300-foot roll but use the latter only when required. In case of even greater distances, it is necessary to use a laser rangefinder with a range of around 100 feet. But remember to never point the laser at another human being or the camera.

The above video by Felicia Smith talks about using a laser rangefinder when shooting at night, especially in situations where you cannot get closer to the action.

parts of a follow focus system 4

 photo by AlexLMX via iStock 

Now that you know the basics of a follow focus system, you may want to know what follow focus system you should choose. Of course, it depends on your needs. Ideally, you should look for one that….

  • Comes with a highly functional geared mechanism for better focus throw
  • Has no loose joints, so you can expect less vibration
  • Allows the focus puller to stay out of the camera operator’s way while racking focus
  • Comes with a clear white disc that allows you to write and erase markings easily

Another important thing to consider is your budget. Brands like PDMovie, for instance, offer a number of options to suit almost every budget.

For those looking for a budget option, the PDMOVIE Live Air Compact Wireless Lens Control System could be a great option. It is easy to set up and allows you to adjust focus from up to 33 feet away. All you have to do is to attach the mini motor to your camera’s focus ring and then adjust focus remotely with the wireless Bluetooth focus controller. You can attach the controller to a tripod or monopod or Glidecam.

PDMOVIE Remote Air 4 Single Motor Wireless Lens Control Kit

If, however, you often need to adjust focus far away from the action, it would be a good idea to spend a little. You can find high-quality focus control systems in a mid-range budget. For instance, the PDMOVIE Remote Air 4 Single Motor Wireless Lens Control Kit comes with an additional handwheel for Wi-Fi. With that, you can adjust focus from up to 328 feet away.

If you wouldn’t mind paying for a high-end system, go for the PDMOVIE Live Pro Three-Channel Focus/Iris/Zoom Control System. It comes with three motors, so you can adjust not just the focus but also the zoom and the iris.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Is 4K Changing the Way We Think About Photography?

1558

Historically, photography has been the center of several technical revolutions. That history is still being made today; in fact, may be more mind-boggling technological advances daily in this industry than any other. One of the recent breakthroughs is the advent of 4K video, giving us resolution that's almost made 1080p captures laughable. It's also given us some interesting devices that don't resemble the traditional camera, but perform wonders that your DSLR isn't capable of.

Here's an example:

CPZM000160

DJI Osmo Handheld 4K Camera and 3-Axis Gimbal

The Osmo is about as non-traditional as it gets. It looks nothing like any camera or video recorder you've used before and it does things you never imagined. It stabilizes itself with a high-tech gimbal that you can lock with the press of a button. We're not talking about everyday stabilization here, campers; this rig lets you shoot hand-held stills at exposure times up to 2 seconds!

It captures 12MP stills in RAW format. It comes with a detachable adapter that connects and holds your smartphone so you can use it as a monitor. It shoots time lapse and "hyperlapse" videos automatically. Want to shoot a 360-degree panorama? Hold it over your head and it rotates, shoots and levels itself perfectly without any input from you except a single press of a button. It has built in WiFi so you can connect your other devices and share. It does much, much more - and you can hold it with one hand! Get all the details here.

Hunts WebBanner728x90 1114

Let's look at what 4K is doing for the first-person action video crowd:

CHDHX401

GoPro Hero4 Black (Adventure Edition)

If you haven't heard about GoPro, I want to know what rock you've been hiding under. It revolutionized the video scene long ago and since the advent of 4K, it's letting thrill-seekers share all the heart-pounding, gut-wrenching action with you like never before. We're talking about a little box that you can mount pretty much anywhere and capture incredibly sharp video and 12MP stills in all sorts of conditions. Whether it's skiing, surfing, hang gliding or any other adventure, you can sit at home, pull up a video and relive the experience on your big plasma TV or put it out there to let others have the thrills without ever having been there. You can also produce amazing stills that probably wouldn't have been possible with a traditional DSLR.

4K didn't create this genre, but it's enabled it for the still photo industry like nothing else. Find out more about it here.

4K technology has made its way into more traditional cameras, too, enabling them to take advantage of everything it offers both the photography and videography industries. Sony's Alpha a7SII Mirrorless, Nikon's D5 DSLR and Canon's EOS 1DC DSLR are just a few awesome examples.

So, to answer the title question, yes, 4K technology is undoubtedly creating a new mindset in the fields of both photography and video production. If you don't want to get left behind, I'd suggest catching up on the technology. Great things are on the horizon!



We Recommend


Learn Beginner Videography Techniques in This Tutorial for Photographers

beginner videography

It wasn't all that long ago that photographers and videographers were two distinct groups of people.

But now that camera manufacturers from Apple and Samsung to Canon and Nikon are outfitting cameras with solid video capabilities, more and more photographers are becoming videographers, too.

If you're ready to expand your horizons from photography into videography but aren't sure how to do it, get some insider tips for doing so with these videography tips for photographers.

Videography for Beginners: Learn Frame Rates

sequence runner picture id585305134Image Credit: SolStock via iStock

In the most basic sense, a video is just a whole bunch of single exposures strung together.

The number of exposures that are created each second is called frame rate, which is measured in frame per second or fps.

The higher the frame rate, the smoother the video footage appears to be. So, 60fps offers a more fluid viewing experience than 24fps.

Typically, motion pictures are filmed at 24fps or 25fps, which give them a cinematic-looking quality.

At 50fps or 60fps, the video begins to mimic human vision more closely, and looks much more fluid.

Interestingly, common frame rates change depending on where you are in the world.

For example, in the U.S. and Canada, 24, 30, and 60fps are common. In Australia and Europe, however, 25 and 50fps are common.

In the end, you can use whatever frame rate you like; it just depends on the look you're trying to achieve.

You Need to Shoot in Manual Mode

Taking high-quality videos requires that you stop shooting in full auto mode and learn how to shoot in manual mode.

The primary reason why manual mode is required for shooting video is that you can't have the camera constantly adjusting the exposure settings. If it does that, it will be plainly evident in the video as it brightens and darkens.

So, switch your camera's dial to M, manually set the aperture, ISO, and shutter speed (more on that next...), and manually focus the lens as well.

Only after you dial in those settings should you start shooting video!

If you're not quite sure how to approach shooting video in manual mode, check out the video above by DSLR Video Shooter for a detailed tutorial.

The Shutter Speed Needs to Double the Frame Rate 

riding road racing bicycle on a mountain pass picture id814360694Image Credit: piola666 via iStock

When you take still photos and want to adjust the level of exposure, one thing you can do when shooting in manual mode is adjust the shutter speed - make it faster to darken the photo and slower to brighten it.

But when you shoot video in manual mode, adjusting the shutter speed is not an option.

That's because the shutter speed is used to control the amount of motion blur in each image that's in the video sequence.

That means that it needs to remain constant for a fluid video...

A good piece of advice is to set the shutter speed at double the frame rate. So, if you're shooting at 25fps, set the shutter at 1/50 seconds. If you're shooting at 60fps, your shutter speed will need to be 1/120 seconds.

If the exact shutter speed isn't available, just select the closest one and you'll still get good results.

Stabilize the Camera

videography for beginnersImage Credit: martin-dm via iStock

Unless you're going for a Blair Witch Project vibe with jittery video, you need to stabilize the camera in some manner.

In some situations, a video tripod is the best solution.

Video tripods have what's called a fluid head, which allows you to pan the camera from left to right and tilt it up and down with very fluid motions.

This helps you frame your shots just how you want, which is important because unlike still photos, videos aren't typically cropped in post-production.

When shooting video handheld, it's often beneficial to have a gimbal to help stabilize the camera for a smoother result.

Though you can certainly shoot video handheld and without a gimbal, it takes a lot of practice to master.

Learn How to Produce Top-Notch Videos

Of course, planning your video shoots and recording the videos is only part of the process.

Instead, you also need to process and edit your videos and produce a final product that will knock people's socks off.

If that sounds complicated, it isn't...

There are plenty of video making tools out there today to help you create awesome videos, but for my money Kizoa is at the top of the list.

For starters, Kizoa has been in the business for over a decade, so they know what they're doing when it comes to providing tools for burgeoning videographers.

Kizoa's online video maker gives you tons of options for customizing your videos. That includes an array of music and special effects, text and transitions, and even ready-to-use templates that allow you to create professional-looking videos in short order. You can see how easy it is to create a video from a template in the video below:

Aside from all the video making features that make the process of creating your final product easier, Kizoa also allows you to share your videos with greater ease.

You can quickly share it on social media platforms like YouTube, burn it to a DVD, email it, or download it in various formats, including MOV, MP4, AVI, MPEG2, and GIF. 

You also get access to Kizoa's secure online cloud storage so you have a place to keep all your videos safe and sound.

Perhaps best of all, Kizoa starts at just $30, and that gets you a lifetime membership - no annual or recurring fees to worry about!

Between learning the basics of shooting video and having access to a wide range of professional video editing tools with Kizoa, there's nothing stopping you from creating breathtaking videos!



We Recommend


Lighting Options for Recording Video at Home

Lighting Options for Recording Video at Home

Photo by Rodrigo Souza from Pexels

Recording video at home requires good lighting in order for the finished video to have a natural appearance. You might at first think that the natural, ambient light in a home, office, or patio will record as a nice, natural look, but the truth of the matter is that ambient light can be difficult for good video recording. Learn more about photography at home on our website PhotographyTalk.com.

Being able to control the light will provide consistent, even results for your productions recorded inside, outside, or under mixed ambient lighting. When interviewing someone or filming your own instructional style video, maintaining a natural appearance will enhance the viewing of your videos. 

How to Light for a Natural Look

recording video at home 1

Photo by Andrea Piacquadio from Pexels

Put a cinematographer in any room and area and they will start looking at how best to light it. Ambient light is fine for something spur of the moment, but controlling the lighting is how a cinematographer achieves those superbly well lit natural looking scenes we’re used to seeing. 

There are several simple video lighting arrangements that can be set up for recording video at home. The best lights for video recording are easy to operate, offer good color, and are powerful enough to control the scene. 

The main lights used by many record from home cinematographers and videographers are key lights, fill lights, rim lights, background lights, and ring lights. Any combination of these lights can give you total control over lighting ratios and exposure values. You can also check article about photography projects.

We will highlight three very basic configurations and some choices for the lights themselves from Ikan. When shopping for video equipment such as lights and accessories, Ikan is a premier retailer for equipment since they make a lot of the stuff themselves and it’s designed by videographers.

Single Ring Light

how to use a ring light

A ring light is a valuable tool for any videographer or photographer. Ring lights can deliver an almost shadowless light for relatively close up views. Figuring how to use a ring light is remarkably simple. You film through the ring of light itself.

This configuration is often used for close up shots or footage of an object you’re explaining or for recording a head and shoulder only view of an interview subject or yourself. 

How to use a ring light: while the light is on, move  the light closer or further away to vary just how shadowless it is. As with any other lights, the further away a ring light is, the more like a point source it becomes. 

A couple of added benefits to ring lights is that they are excellent lighting for makeup artists and you can add a ring light to any other configuration for an eye catch light that results in a circular highlight in the eye.

The Oryon 18” ring light from Ikan is an excellent example of the type of ring light useful for recording video at home. The large ring emits a large swath of shadowless light and is also big enough to use with a full frame mirrorless or DSLR camera, a dedicated video, or a smartphone.

2-Point Light Setup

2 point light setup 3

Perhaps the most common lighting configuration used in videography is the 2-point light setup. The two lights can be used in various ways. A couple of simple video lighting setups are a key plus fill light or a key plus back or edge light.

An easy way to get natural light when recording video at home is the key plus fill light configuration. The key light is the stronger light and the fill is less strong. The iLED 2-Point kitfrom Ikan comes complete with stands and can be adjusted with the included barn doors, gels, and diffusers.

In the common interview style of the subject looking slightly off the side of the frame, you can create either broad or short lighting by changing which side of their face gets the strong light. I like to have the stronger light on the side of the frame that the subject is not looking at, but either way works fine. You can also view another post about photography project ideas.

Using a 2-point light setup with a key light and edge light or backlight is also very easy to use and looks natural when recorded. An important tip with any interview video regardless of the light is to make sure you have both of the subject’s eyes visible, since having one eye hidden looks odd on screen.

3-Point Light Setup

3 point light setup 3

The 3-point light setup is extremely versatile and lets you configure the lights for key, fill, and back or edge light all at once. Alternatively, you could use the 3rd light to light up the background.

If you are planning on doing any chroma key or green screen effects, this lighting setup is the most useful since you need to light up the background for best results. The iLED 3-Point kit is the same as the 2-point light setup listed above, just with an added light, stand, and accessories. 

Another alternative use for a 3-point light setup is to film a group interview or a larger scene. You can spread out the lights and balance them for even lighting or adjust lighting ratios for modeling effects. Raising one light higher than the other two is also an option for filming larger groups of people. 

Control Is Key

simple video lighting

Photo by Ketut Subiyanto from Pexels

The key light is your main light and how strong you have it shine will affect exposure and frame rate the most, adding the other lights will add exposure value as well as change up the ratios and balance of the scene. 

Move the lights around, raise and lower them, and adjust the intensity for what exposure settings you want, all of which will also enhance the naturalness of the finished recording.



We Recommend


Lighting Options for Your Home Video Studio

Lighting Options for Your Home Video Studio

photo byonurdongel via iStock

Your home video studio can be as sophisticated as you want it to be without costing a fortune or heating up your place with lighting gear for video that uses incandescent or quartz bulbs. Our lighting options for video are numerous.  

There are several types of home video studio lighting available for us to choose from, with LED lighting gear for video being at the top of my list. Learn more about home photography on our website PhotographyTalk.com.

Why LED? Several reasons, power efficiency, much cooler operating temperature, and good control over brightness levels and color temperature. The cool operating temps and the precise control of power and color make LEDs great choices as home video studio lighting.

Ikan Professional Video Production Equipment & Accessories

home video studio 1

Photo by Kyle Loftus from Pexels

In order to find the proper equipment for specific A/V and videography needs, I’ve found specialty retailers often have a wider variety of better equipment than you see in general electronics stores.  

Ikan Pro Video has the big things like lighting, filters, gimbals, and camera supports, plus those hard-to-find accessories that make video production workflow easier like cords, adapters, brackets, and other things. You can also check photography project ideas.

Here are three things I found on Ikan that could work for your own home video studio.

Lyra Half x 1 Bi-Color Studio & Field Light

Lyra Half x 1 Bi Color Studio Field Light

One of the soft panel lights from Ikan, the Lyra Half x 1 Bi-Color Studio & Field Light provides a soft wrap of light with adjustable brightness level and color adjustment available from 3200K to 5600K. 

The light beam is a wide 110-degree angle that can be the main light, a solo light, or part of a light bank for large video studios. LED bulbs are consistent in the color setting regardless of the bright level setting and are also very cool in operation which helps in home studio applications.

Lyra Half x 1 Bi Color Studio Field Light 2

One of the features of this light is that it can be controlled via DMX. DMX is digital control of effects and lighting that can be accessed from a centralized control and can even be pre-programmed which is a great option for smaller one or two-man operations.  

DMX is one of the better features of lighting gear for video in small studios. Controlling or pre-programming your light or light bank frees you up for other things like sophisticated camera operations that can add interest to your home studio video productions.

Helia 150 Watt 4-Inch Fresnel Bi-Color LED Studio Light

Helia 150 Watt 4 Inch Fresnel Bi Color LED Studio Light 1

A fresnel light that is equally at home in a small studio or as part of a large production, the Helia 150 Watt 4-Inch Fresnel Bi-Color LED Studio Light is lightweight, very  bright, and can be focused from a 70-degree angle to a tight 20-degree beam.

As part of a home video studio lighting setup, this light can be operated on its own or as part of a DMX controlled system. The LED bulbs are switchable from 3200K to 5600K so you can balance them with other lights in your studio. You can also view another post about creative photography ideas at home.

A fresnel lens on studio lights adds so much versatility to your home video studio lighting gear that you will wonder how you managed without one. A light like this can be used as an individual light source for spotlighting portions of the scene or to add light intensity to other video lighting configurations.

Helia 150 Watt 4 Inch Fresnel Bi Color LED Studio Light 2

The secret to how a fresnel adds that light quality is the lens focuses the light emitted, just like a photographic lens focuses light coming in. The focused light from a fresnel has little loss on the edges of the beam, it’s a pretty hard edge, so you can plan certain effects around that light quality, too.

Fresnel lensed lights using bulbs other than LEDs produce so much heat that they are virtually unusable in small studio applications. The cooler running LED bulb lights make this a non-issue, so you can comfortably use this light in a spare room of your home or office that you set up as a home video studio.

Onyx 30W Bi-Color 2-Point LED Light Kit 

Onyx 30W Bi Color 2 Point LED Light Kit 1

For anyone considering setting up a home video studio and wondering what types of home video studio lighting gear to obtain, consider a kit like the Onyx 30W Bi-Color 2-Point LED Light Kitwith 2 lights, stands, and a nice carrying case.

One of the fantastic features of this complete light kit is that the lights can be battery-powered, which opens up on-location video productions with excellent light quality. 

First and foremost, these are good lights. The light quality is beautiful, with just the right mix of hard with soft. So you can easily modify them either way with simple accessories such as diffusers or barn doors, depending on which way you want to go. 

Onyx 30W Bi Color 2 Point LED Light Kit 2

As beginner lighting gear for video, this is an excellent kit. It also works as part of a larger home video studio lighting configuration. The one feature I wish it had was DMX control capability, but with the simple to operate buttons and the clearly read digital rear display that isn’t a deal-breaker because these LED lights are very high quality.

Having the option of mounting one directly to the camera and not being tied down by power cords adds to the versatility of the kit as part of a larger system. So if you start out with a fine kit like this one you can incorporate them into any other lighting gear for video that you may end  up with.

As a beginner home video studio lighting kit, as an on-location light kit, or as part of a larger set up, this is a good choice.

How Full Featured Do You Want Your Studio To Be?

types of home video studio lighting 2

Photo by Anna Shvets from Pexels

The lighting options for video are truly outstanding with the availability of DMX control, cool LED bulbs, battery power, fresnel lens focusing, and extremely high quality. Your home video studio will certainly not be lacking the ability to light scenes creatively.

 



We Recommend


Must-Have Gear for New Videographers

must have gear for new videographersPhoto by Jakob Owens on Unsplash

So, you're ready to make the leap from photography to videography...

The question is, what gear do you need to get started?

Thankfully, many DSLR and mirrorless cameras have excellent video capabilities, so a new camera might not be on your list of things to purchase.

But what about other important items for video work?

Here's a few suggestions for building a functional videography kit.

Editor's Tip: Though music isn't technically gear, it's something you definitely need to make the best videos. Adding sound effects and songs to your videos enables you to create a much richer viewing experience that reaches out and grabs people. For the best deals on audio for your videos, check out Epidemic Sound. With a huge library, they have everything you might need to take your videos to the next level with awesome audio.

Don't Neglect Your Video Editor

video editorPhoto by Christin Hume on Unsplash

Before I dive into things like cameras and lenses for video, I wanted to address the video editor you use to make your creations.

You obviously want something powerful that offers you a lot of features for making professional-looking videos.

But you likely don't want to spend an arm and a leg that some video editors cost either.

I know plenty of photographers that rely on free software for their videos, but let's be honest - free software generally lacks the tools you need to make truly epic videos.

You don't have to spend a ton of money for a professional video editor though.

I started using Kizoa a few months ago, and I'm never turning back.

It's the ideal combination of power, performance, functionality, and ease of use.

Xmas 9 1

Kizoa is loaded with tons of pre-made templates (including for holidays!), so you can get a head start on making your videos straight away.

What's more, you can add music, transitions, texts, and other effects to give your videos a polished look.

Christmas 2 

From an ease of use standpoint, Kizoa has a free iOS app, so I can create and edit videos right then and there after I record the footage.

On top of that, Kizoa has made it easy to share the videos I create - I can email them, burn them to a DVD, or upload them to social media in a matter of moments.

Pricing

Kizoa truly is the best of both worlds - it's powerful and affordable, with premium plans starting at just $30.00 per month.

If you're ready to take your videography to the next level, give Kizoa a try!

Learn More:

What Camera is Best for Video?

what camera is best for videoPhoto by Stephen Kennedy on Unsplash

Maybe you already have a camera that shoots video.

But if you don't, or if you want to upgrade, what camera is best for video?

The answer, of course, depends on who you ask.

Personally, I'm a huge fan of Sony cameras for video work - like the Sony a7 III, which has 4K shooting capabilities at both 24fps and 30fps.

sony a7r iii

This camera is small, lightweight, easy to maneuver, and has improved battery life over previous Sony models.

What's more, there's a wide range of lenses you can use with this camera to get different types of shots and effects for your videos.

 

EDITOR'S TIP: NEED A NEW CAMERA BAG FOR ALL YOUR VIDEO GEAR? SHOP FOR GREAT DEALS ON TOP BRANDS.

 

The key here isn't brand - I like Sony, but if you like Canon, Nikon, Panasonic, or some other brand, that's okay! Just be sure you have a camera with interchangeable lenses, and preferably, 4K video capabilities.

insta360onex 1

I'd be remiss if I didn't give a shoutout to my new favorite camera for video, the Insta360 One X.

I've only had it for a week, but I can already tell you that I have had more fun shooting video with this thing than I have with any other camera in a long time.

Obviously, the video you get from a 360-degree camera is much different than what you get from a traditional camera, and that's part of the appeal of this tiny, handheld rig.

insta260onex 2

You can hold it in your hand, put it on a tripod or grip, strap it to your dog...you name it. The possibilities for angles of view and different vantage points are endless!

This camera weighs just .25 pounds and is super easy to operate via the companion smartphone app, so there's really no excuse for not always having it with you. Better still, you can do all kinds of killer things with it like HDR, time-lapse, and Bullet Time sequences (like from The Matrix) that results in mind-bending footage.

insta360onex 3

Helping matters is the Insta360 One X's FlowState image stabilization system.

It's a six-axis (yes, six!) gyroscopic system that does an incredible job of minimizing movement for ultra-smooth video.

Add to that a bevy of accessories you can buy for it, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and built-in shooting modes, and you have the makings of a fun and functional camera.

Seriously, give the Insta360 One X a try - you might find like I did that it becomes your favorite new toy!

Learn More:

A Field Monitor is a Must

ikan saga 1

If you want to step up your videography game, stop relying on your camera's puny LCD and invest in a high-quality field monitor like the Ikan Saga S7H-V2.

Using a field monitor like this 7-inch rig gives you a big, bright view of what you're shooting so you can perfect the composition, framing, and focus of your video sequences.

This particular model has HDMI and 3G-SDI inputs and outputs and Ultra HD video as well as DCI 4K video.

ikan saga 2 

Don't let its large screen size fool you into thinking that this monitor is cumbersome, either.

It's slim and lightweight at just half a pound.

It has a gorgeous high-resolution (1920x1200), color-accurate screen with 1200 NITS of brightness, so it's a perfect companion for outdoor video work.

With software features like 3D LUT support, a histogram, audio meters, DSLR scaling, and more, you have the makings of a must-have item for your videography gear bag!

Top Video Lenses

recommended videography gearPhoto by Courtney Clayton on Unsplash

Again, the question of what lens is best for video depends on a lot of different factors.

If you're already invested in the Canon ecosystem, then buying a Canon-fit lens is obviously advisable.

What's more, if you already have a 24mm lens, there's no sense in buying a 28mm lens, as the difference in focal length isn't worth the added expense.

When it comes to zooms or primes, both have their merits for video.

canon 24 70mm

A good video kit would include both, actually, perhaps a 24-70mm zoom and a 50mm prime.

What's important to keep in mind is that lenses are the most important gear investment for videography (and for photography, for that matter).

Unlike your camera, which you'll eventually have to replace, you might have your lenses for decades. So, while good lenses (like the Sigma 18-35mm f/1.8) can be spendy, they will more than pay for themselves over the long-haul.

Things to Consider When Buying a Video Lens

top video lensesPhoto by Jakob Owens on Unsplash 

  • Is it designed for crop sensor or full frame cameras? Is it compatible with your camera type?
  • What type of video do you intend to shoot? Shorter focal lengths - like 35mm - are better-suited for travel videos while longer focal lengths - like 135mm - are best for wildlife videos.
  • What is the widest aperture of the lens? If you intend to shoot in low-light situations, getting a lens with a large aperture is best.
  • How much does the lens weigh? What is its form factor? Big, bulky lenses aren't ideal for things like travel videos.

Editor's Tip: Not sure what lens to get to make awesome videos? Consult the experts and get the right lens for you.

Video Work Requires a Legit Memory Card

memory card for dslr camera picture id892104564Image Credit: djedzura via iStock

Given the amount of storage required to save all that 4K video footage you'll be taking, you can't pull any punches with your memory cards.

Like with lenses, it's important to invest in quality here. Resist the urge to save a few bucks on off-brand cards and go for the well-established brands like Lexar or SanDisk.

Additionally, it's important to take factors like storage space, read/write speed, and the class of the memory card into account.

If you're not sure what any of that means, give this detailed discussion of memory cards a quick read before dropping money on a card. Doing your due diligence will help save you heartache down the road by avoiding sub-par memory cards.

Learn More:

Final Thoughts

Buying new gear is a very personal experience. That is, what you need for your video work might not be what I need for mine.

Having said that, there's common items every videographer needs - an interchangeable lens camera, a good set of lenses, and high-quality memory cards among them.

For more insights into the best gear for videographers, have a look at the video above by Matti Haapoja.

He's an experienced videographer that gives some great general tips on filling out your videography kit.



We Recommend


On-Camera vs Field Monitors: Which is Best For You?

On Camera vs Field Monitors Which is Best For You

photo byRattankun Thongbun via iStock

Professionals and other serious videographers often find themselves wanting or needing a better method of viewing than the on camera viewscreen, especially if they shoot with the camera mounted inside a camera cage. 

Two common types of videography gear for improved viewing are a field monitor and an on-camera monitor.

Considering on-camera vs field monitors, what type will work best for you?

Why Use Accessory Monitors?

on camera vs field monitors

There are several reasons why videographers use accessory monitors. A big reason is because once you put your DSLR or mirrorless camera inside a camera cage, the rear view screen is hard to access and see.  

This may not be due to the cage limiting access - most of them designed for a specific camera grant access to all important camera features - but because the camera often becomes just a small part of the entire rig. So, an external monitor is connected to the camera. 

Another good reason for using an on-camera monitor or a field monitor is that these monitors have extra features that assist with making videos. The larger size is beneficial for framing shots, for focus checking, and for viewing from a greater distance from behind the camera.

External monitors can also be turned up brighter, which is very helpful when shooting in high ambient light levels. External monitors have an additional benefit useful for shooting in the field - the image can be seen from a greater angle, side to side or up and down.

Differences Between On-Camera vs Field Monitors

on camera monitor

That’s a pretty list of reasons why videographers use external monitors. Now let’s examine the differences of on-camera vs field monitors.

The biggest difference is that an on-camera monitor is designed to be mounted on the camera or camera cage while a field monitor isn’t limited in size and weight in order to fit on the camera.

A field monitor can be mounted anywhere near the camera, on a separate tripod or stand or even on a table. You just need a long enough cable. With wireless video transmission, you aren’t even limited by the requirement to be close enough to the camera for any length of cord.

Because of this difference, a field monitor is not limited in size or in weight, and not even in power requirements since a wirelessly-attached monitor can be plugged into a wall or floor power socket.

Additionally, many field monitors will include extra features for live viewing or for playback. There simply may not be room for the controls of such features on a smaller on-camera monitor.

Learn More:

Best of Both Worlds

videography gear

What if, instead of debating with ourselves the benefits of on-camera vs field monitors, we could have the best of both worlds? In other words, a monitor with features and a fairly large size like a field monitor with the smaller weight and battery power options that allow easy on-camera or camera cage mounting. 

It does exist, the Ikan VK5 video monitor is an example of one item of videography gear taking the place of multiple pieces of equipment. At 5.6 inches diagonal screen size, this monitor is plenty large for comfortable viewing from a greater distance and for accurately monitoring focus and composition.

The overall size of the monitor stays smaller because it uses a simple row of buttons to access on screen menu  controls, allowing all sorts of features while not increasing the size of the casing to accommodate extra inputs.

Battery powered for portability, the Ikan VK5also has the option of AC power via the adapter. Viewing angle of the high resolution screen is comfortable from several degrees to either side or up and down and the brightness of the screen allows for use in high ambient light levels.

Extra features include false color display, DSLR scaling, peaking, clip guide, and multiple inputs. With all of this, it’s still light enough to mount to the camera or camera cage. Plus, the price is very budget friendly, in the same ballpark as high quality LED DMX lights.

Videography Gear Resources

Differences Between On Camera vs Field Monitors

 photo bygorodenkoff via iStock

Whenever I’m considering new videography gear, I have a few favorite places I usually go to first. One of them is Ikan. What makes Ikan such a great place to find videography accessories is that the company was founded and is run by people who are photographers and videographers themselves. 

Much of the videography gear, lighting, and accessories they market on their website is designed by or completely made by them so they are able to offer to the public very high quality professional videography gear at prices that are lower, sometimes substantially so, than products from other brands.

I’ve done personal tests on a lot of the different gear that Ikan offers, such as sliders, DMX lighting, microphones, video tripods, lens filters, teleprompters, powered stabilization gimbals, and wireless video monitor systems. Many times, I end up liking the gear enough to pick it up for using in my own professional videography projects. 

So, whether you’re comparing on-camera vs field monitors, designing a DMX lighting studio, or looking for the perfect handheld gimbal, Ikan is a good site to consider.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Quick & Simple Video Lighting Tips

Quick Simple Video Lighting Tips

Video lighting for many productions can be done surprisingly simply. Follow along for some video lighting tips that are easy to set up and include some very versatile videography gear. Whether in the studio or in the field, lighting for video can be accomplished in several ways.

Enhance Natural Lighting

video lighting tips 1

photo bystock_colors via iStock

Just as with still photography, lighting for video can be done with natural or ambient lighting and a few reflectors. 

In order to get good video lighting from natural light or ambient artificial light, you will need to watch the angle and intensity of the main light. A high angle of a light source such as the Sun at Noon will cause some unflattering shadows under the  nose, eyes, and chin of a person as the main subject.

video lighting tips 2

photo byGeorgeManga via iStock

Adding one or two reflectors to redirect light to fill in those shadows will give much more flattering and natural appearance to the person being filmed. This  method also works with inanimate objects as the subject. 

An alternative that gives you more control over the intensity and color of the fill lighting for video is to add in an actual video light or two as fill lighting. If your video light features include adjustable power levels and color temperature controls then you can seamlessly blend the light in any way you need.

Replace Natural Lighting

video light features 3

photo bykckate16 via iStock

A wonderful aspect of many high-quality video light features are how powerful they are and that you can adjust the color temperature from warm to cool. 

An example of high-quality lighting for video comes from Ikan, manufacturer of high-quality video gear for any budget, the Lyra LCX21 soft panel light with DMX. It is powerful enough to become the main light you base exposure on in many situations indoors or outdoors.

video light features 4

Replacing the natural or ambient light gives you creative control over lighting ratios and color balance but you may sometimes have to find a way to tame extremely bright sunlight or stadium lights. This may include moving to an area of open shade or using an overhead scrim or tent. 

Overpowering the ambient light gives you as the cinematographer more options than simply modifying the light, but you need to have a fairly powerful lamp to make this work.

Learn More:

Imitating Natural Light

lighting for video 5

photo bybrightstars via iStock

In your studio, you can take complete control of every aspect of your video production. Video lighting tips for use in your studio may require several lights at once in order to achieve a natural lighting appearance.

Lighting ratios, main light intensity, and light color temperature are factors that will impact your choices for how to light up the scene. Using high-quality lighting for video such as the Ikan Lyra LCX21 panel lights open up quite a lot of creative possibilities for your video lighting tips and techniques.

lighting for video 6

A feature I like in lighting for video studios is DMX control capability. DMX controllers can adjust multiple lights at once and you can even program to change during the scene being filmed, just as natural sunlight may change over time or quickly as a cloud passes by.

Keep It Natural

videography gear 7

photo byMoyo Studio via iStock

In video productions, a natural look and feel is often a key aspect of creating a believable scene or a scene that a viewer will enjoy watching. High quality lighting for video combined with learning and using video lighting tips and techniques will help you keep your video productions looking natural while being well lit. 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Rode Wireless GO II Reviewed

rode wireless go ii an audio powerhouse

As many of you know, I am primarily a landscape photographer. But a few years ago, I expanded into video creation and started our YouTube channel.

Even before I got heavily into video creation, I used Rode microphones for the occasional videos I took of my family. Now that I'm producing video content multiple times a week, I have quite the collection of Rode gear - including the Rode Wireless Go II.

I've had this microphone for over six months now, so I figured it's time I did a quick review to explain why it's such a fantastic little microphone.

Table of Contents:

Rode Wireless Go II Specs and Features

rode wireless go ii specs and features

First, let's do a rundown of the basic specs and features of this microphone:

  • Dual-channel system that allows you to record two separate sources at the same time, such as two-person interviews (it can also be used as a single-channel mic)
  • Two clip-on transmitters/recorders
  • Built-in omni mics with 3.5mm mic inputs
  • 3.5mm analog TRS output as well as USB-C and iOS digital audio output for compatibility with cameras, computers, and smartphones
  • On-board recording capability
  • Rode Wireless Go II records over 24 hours of audio to each transmitter
  • Series IV 2.4GHz digital transmission with 128-bit encryption
  • Safety channel that records a second channel at -20dB as a backup
  • Stereo or dual-mono outputs
  • Supports up to 8 mics with more than 650 feet of range
  • Rechargeable batteries with more than seven hours of life (you can use USB power as well)

rode wireless go ii specs

On top of all that, you can switch between Split or Merged recording modes and have flexible gain control. The Rode Wireless Go II has 2 person recording capabilities that makes it a great option for interviews as well.

Additionally, this mic is extremely easy to set up and comes with Rode Central app compatibility that gives you easy access to the system's features.

If I were to describe all these specs in one word, I would say "flexibility."

I mean, just look at all the ways that Rode allows you to customize your experience with this mic...

rode wireless go ii hot shoe

You can record two sources simultaneously, use up to eight mics, use it with all sorts of devices, output in stereo or dual-mono, power it with batteries or USB, and so forth. Additionally, you can record audio internally or attach a lavalier mic to the Rode Wireless Go II. From my perspective, that kind of flexibility is paramount when you're like me and do most of your video and audio work yourself.

With this mic, I can be out in the field and record excellent video and audio with my phone, and then head home and do the same with the Wireless Go II in my home studio with my Canon EOS R6. Though I have multiple mics, if you invested only in the Wireless Go II, you'd have everything you need to capture great audio no matter where you're at.

The Rode Wireless Go II Offers Professional Features for Everyone

professional features for everyone

Aside from the laundry list of awesome specs that this microphone offers, it's worth pointing out that you get them in an easy-to-use package.

Rode Wireless GO II is a small, pocket-sized unit that's easily carried and concealed. With over 650-feet of range, you can move freely without worry that the signal will drop and you'll lose your audio. And, the universal compatibility that I mentioned earlier is a huge benefit - if you shoot video with your phone but upgrade to a more capable video camera down the road, your microphone will still work.

Speaking of range, the Series IV 2.4GHz digital transmission with 128-bit encryption is a game-changer. Not only do you get the extended range, but you also get a system designed specifically for use in areas with high RF activity like offices, malls, schools, and urban areas. 

Because the Rode Microphones Wireless Go II's internal antenna has been designed in a way to ensure a connection that's supremely stable, you don't have to worry about your audio dropping out. That's excellent peace of mind when you need to record your content and get it out quickly!

rode wireless go ii mounting

Additionally, you can attach the Rode Wireless Go II transmitters and receiver to just about anything using the built-in clips. Attach them to your camera, a boom, a rig or cage, or to yourself or whoever is in front of the camera.  

Better still, there are no complicated menus to navigate to get this thing going. With the press of a button, you're ready to record professional-quality audio. If you're a beginner videographer, having a mic like the Wireless Go II will make getting started so much simpler.

Part of the reason for this ease of use is that the transmitters and receiver are paired right out of the box. Not only that, they remember which channel they've been assigned, that way you have a super easy setup each and every time.

Learn More:

What Functionalities Do You Get With Rode Central?

rode central app

As impressive as all the features I've already discussed might be, one of my favorite features of the Rode Wireless Go II is its compatibility with the Rode Central app.

Why? It's simple - it greatly extends the usability and functionality of this mic.

The app enables device configuration from anywhere, including the ability to optimize and export recordings (when working from your desktop computer).

From either your computer or mobile device, Rode Central allows you to access information about the Wireless Go II, enable on-board recording, and access a fine gain control that increases the three-stage pad to a 10-stage pad.

Additionally, the app gives you the ability to activate the safety channel, which, as I alluded to earlier, records a second track to protect against distortion on the main channel. Naturally, the app can be used to update the Rode Wireless GO II with the latest firmware as well.

Rode Wireless GO II Price

rode wireless go ii price

At the time of writing, the Rode Microphones Wireless GO II price is $274.00.

Now, I know what you might be thinking - isn't that a high price for a microphone?

Honestly, no, it isn't! At least not for a microphone like this.

Sure, you can get a cheap microphone, but the cheapness of that microphone will shine through in the audio that it records. As I've said before, your videos are only as good as your audio, so don't pair your UHD 4K video with audio from a bargain-basement microphone you find on Amazon.

Besides, Rode Wireless GO II microphone is something that can grow with you. The built-in flexibility it offers means you can use it as a beginner today and as a seasoned pro a few years down the road.

As I said before, I have a lot of mics, and most of them are from Rode. But this one might just be my favorite because of all the features, functionalities, and utility that Rode stuffed into it. I just can't recommend it enough!

Some of My Other Favorite Video Accessories:

Learn More:



We Recommend


Selecting the Right Camera for Shooting Video

Selecting the Right Camera for Shooting Video

Photo by Jakub Gorajek on Unsplash

The first time I picked out a camera for shooting video I had no idea what I was looking for. Most cameras aren’t marketed for videographers, which means there’s much less information out there for us. 

While I appreciate the many ways a camera can be used for still photos, sometimes I’d like to know more about a camera’s video capabilities than what it can do for stills. 

Plus, it seems the most expensive cameras are always marketed for videographers, which means if I’m in the market for a budget camera for shooting video, there’s truly no info out there. 

As such, I’ve compiled a list of a wide range of the best cameras for vlogging, from a few hundred dollars to a few thousand. 

Panasonic Lumix G7 (Best Inexpensive Option)

panasonic 1

The Panasonic Lumix G7 is 4 years old, which means its price has significantly decreased to where it now sits (less than $500), but it isn’t yet so out-of-date that it isn’t extremely useful.

The Lumix G7 features a 3” touchscreen that is fully articulated for those of us who aren’t just vlogging behind a computer desk. It also has built-in Wi-Fi and an external microphone port.

The Lumix G7 can also be controlled remotely with your smartphone, which is helpful for one-man video operations. This is truly why it is one of the best cameras for vlogging on the market, even 4 years after it dropped. 

Of course, it can’t shoot 4K video due to its age and price point, but it still features a high video bit rate of 100mbps. 

Plus, while it’s a great beginner camera, it can also function for those of us who are more advanced in our careers, i.e. it isn’t frustrating for a seasoned pro. 

panasonic 2

Pros of Panasonic Lumix G7:

  • 3840 x 2160 video resolution
  • 3” fully articulated screen
  • Lightweight at less than 1 lb
  • Built-in Wi-Fi 

Cons of Panasonic Lumix G7:

  • Can’t shoot 4K video
  • No image stabilization
  • Short battery life (especially with video)

You can buy a Panasonic Lumix G7 for only $450 here.  

Sony A7 III (Best Advanced Camera)

sony 1

If you’re in the market for mirrorless cameras for video, then look no further.  

The Sony A7 III is a full frame mirrorless with in-body image stabilization. But, most importantly, it features 4K video capabilities, a microphone jack, Real Time Eye Autofocus (for vloggers), and it stores video clips of up to 29 minutes. 

Beyond that, you can choose from two different 4K bitrates (24p and 30p) at either 100MBPS or 60MBPS, S-Log includes, and excellent ISO performance. Plus, the full frame sensor is a huge bonus at this price point, so you don’t have to worry about that pesky crop for video like other cameras in this price range have.

sony 2

Pros of Sony A7 III:

  • 4K video
  • Microphone/headphone inputs
  • Large battery life
  • In-body image stabilization 

Cons of Sony A7 III:

  • 3” screen isn’t fully articulated and has limited touchscreen capabilities
  • Not weather-resistant

You can purchase the Sony A7 III on Samys Camera for $1,800. 

Learn More:

GoPro HERO 8 Black (Best Rugged Option) 

gopro 1

We all know what this camera for shooting video is known for - image stabilization. 

But, the latest GoPro edition has a surprising amount of features, including 4K video capabilities, accessories called “Mods,” which include a mini shotgun microphone connection, a selfie-screen, and a video light connection, and an incredibly easy-to-use interface. 

It’s clear to see that GoPro can now be used as an all-around camera for shooting video, instead of being forced into the action niche as it was for so long.

gopro 2

Pros of GoPro HERO 8:

  • 4K video capabilities at up to 60fps
  • Incredible image stabilization
  • One of the best vlogging cameras due to new selfie-screen 

Cons of GoPro HERO 8:

  • Not for still photographers
  • Can’t perform well in low-light situations

You can get a GoPro HERO 8 BlacK for just $350 on Samys Camera, and the best part is it’s a GoPro kit which includes a tripod, a head strap for insane outdoor activities (skydiving, anyone?), and an extra battery!

If this informs you of anything, it’s that there are plenty of options - and varied ones at that - for investing in a high-quality camera for shooting video without busting your budget.

Whether you’re on a strict budget, want an affordable full fram option, or need something rugged to take with you on your adventures, any one of these cameras can fulfill your needs while keeping more money in your bank account.

What’s not to like about that?!

Learn More:

No Matter the Camera, You Need a Great Light...

top on camera video lights

Whether you opt for a DSLR, mirrorless camera, or action cam for your video recording, you need to have a top-quality light to help you get the best results.

Personally, I use the Litra Torch LitraPro, which I reviewed a few months ago.

The LitraPro is mid-range in terms of price, ringing in at $220, but top-shelf in terms of its capabilities.

Each LitraPro is comprised of 60 individual LED lights, which is pretty impressive considering the overall size of 2.75 x 2 x 1.2 inches. 

You can also adjust the color temperature between 3000K and 6000K and it has 1200 lumens of output.

One of my favorite qualities on the LitraPro is that it's waterproof up to 90 feet. It also has dual industry-standard 1/4 20 mounts.

If you run the LitraPro for an hour at max output, the battery will last you one hour. But, if you run it at min output, that extends to 10 hours.

The LitraPro comes with full dimming capabilities and Bluetooth connectivity too. 

Litra products are built like you're heading into a warzone, which I really appreciate. The LitraPro is no different. This on-camera video light has been MIL-SPEC 810 tested, and for those of you who don't know, this test is used by the U.S. military to determine whether a product is ready to be shocked, thrown, dropped and put into extreme temperatures.

The 1200 lumens on this light extend up to 9.5 feet. It also features a 70-degree beam angle, which means it provides flicker-free light at any angle. 

In other words, this is the ideal little light for your video production needs!

Learn More About Litra Torch LitraPro



We Recommend


Shooting Video in the Field: Top GoPro Video Tips

Shooting Video in the Field Top GoPro Video Tips

photo bywundervisuals via iStock

Your new GoPro HERO 8 is an extremely versatile action camera for still imaging and video. Shooting video is a new practice for many new action cam users, here are some tips for shooting video with GoPro cameras. 

Some of the GoPro video tips cover the different camera modes, other tips for shooting video will list some helpful GoPro HERO 8 accessories and a few methods and techniques that I have found useful for anyone shooting video for the first time. 

GoPro Video Modes

gopro video tips 1

photo byDavid Arment via iStock

A lot of vital extra instruction and GoPro video tips can be found on the GoPro community pages. This is a fantastic resource for beginners and experienced users alike, I wish more camera manufacturers had something like this. 

A few of the video modes of the GoPro HERO 8 are Quick Capture, Timelapse, and Video Presets. 

Quick Capture is the simplest mode there is. One press of the shutter button will power up the camera and start recording with whatever settings you last used. No lost footage of swiftly appearing video subjects, just pick up the camera and shoot. 

gopro video tips 2

photo byRene Jansen via iStock

Timelapse is a whole lot of fun for me. This allows you to capture a short video of things that may take a while to unfold. Some beautiful videos I’ve seen from others are of nature trails, sunrises and sunsets, and ocean views.  

The 4 preset video modes for the GoPro are Standard, which records 1080p at 60 fps with the lens in Wide. Activity, 2.7K at 60 fps with SuperView lens, an ultra wide view. Cinematic, the highest quality mode with 4K at 30 fps and the Linear lens. Finally Slo-Mo, 1080p at 240 fps which captures motion 8 times slower.

Even though there is  mode labeled Standard, I find myself using Activity and Cinematic most often. Activity because it gives the GoPro look and ultra wide SuperView lens. Cinematic because it provides the absolute best quality video available. 

 

Recommended Videography Reading:

 

Keep It Steady 

shooting video 3

photo by swissmediavision via iStock 

Let me be perfectly honest here. Even though the GoPro HERO 8 is an action cam, and is designed to be used in motion, shaky camera footage will take me right out of viewing a video, even my own videos.

You can capture motion smoothly, without that shakiness in so many videos. Camera mounts are the key. Here are two I found useful.

OctoPad Camera and Accessory Mount

OctoPad

One of the most useful and inexpensive camera accessories for shooting video with GoPro I have is the OctoPad Camera and Accessory Mount. It is a weighted semi rigid pad with a non-slip bottom and an accessory mount on top. I usually use mine with a small ball and socket head, an articulated arm is another idea.

The mount simply sits where you place it. No suction cups, no clamps, no extending legs. It stays put on surfaces of many types and at angles of up to 45 degrees. You can use it to hold the camera, a microphone, or video lighting. 

Learn More:

HandlePod 3-Axis Action Cam Mount

HandlePod 3 Axis Action Cam Mount

Sometimes shooting video, you just have to hold the camera in your hands. The HandlePod 3-Axis Action Cam Mount can be used in a variety of ways but I like it as a hand grip.

The GoPro cameras and other action cams are small and kind of oddly shaped compared to our regular cameras such as a DSLR or mirrorless camera. This makes them a little difficult to hold in our hands.

One of the configurations for the HandlePod is similar to a pistol grip, so this puts the camera and us in a very comfortable position to hand hold. 

Light It Up

Litra Torch 2.0

A primary consideration for any video production, regardless of camera, is exposure and lighting. For a good looking GoPro video, you will do the same as you would for another video you shoot. Sometimes that will mean adding a video light. 

Since the GoPro is portable and versatile, you want a lamp with similar characteristics. Litra makes a portable, battery powered, rugged LED video light that fits those requirements. The Litra Torch 2.0 is also very small and lightweight, another plus for pairing with your GoPro HERO 8 accessories.

Other GoPro Video Tips

shooting video with gopro 4

photo by lzf via iStock 

Shooting video with a GoPro action cam will open up your creative thoughts. That will result in videos that viewers will enjoy. They will want to see more from you, so you might want to think about creating your own YouTube channel. 

Basic video production methods and ideas will work with your GoPro camera. You will want to compose your videos in a way that is viewable. Since shooting video with GoPro cameras already gives you awesome features such as SuperView, use that to your advantage.

The Cinematic mode is super high quality. Use it as your prime footage or add it to your video from other cameras as B-Roll footage. You can even shoot your B-Roll at the same time you're filming A-Roll. 

A tried and true method that really makes for good videos whether or not you’re adding in B-Roll is storyboarding. A storyboard is an outline, more or less, of what you’re going to shoot and in what order you will be shooting video. 

shooting video with gopro 5

photo by smolaw11 via iStock 

In your storyboard, plan out all your shots, close ups, establishing shots, A-Roll and B-Roll, so that when it’s time to start actually shooting video, you can do so efficiently. This will also save you time when it’s time for editing.

Keep Your GoPro Ready All The Time

gopro hero 8 accessories 6

photo by DaveLongMedia via iStock 

A great feature of the GoPro cameras and the GoPro HERO 8 accessories is that they are small and simple. They can be ready to shoot in a moment, and that video is very high quality. 

Keep your GoPro and the accessories charged up, with media ready to record, and you will be shooting video that others will want to see again and again. 

Learn More: 

 



We Recommend


Simple Tips for Vlogging: How to Create Better Content

simple tips for vloggingPhoto by martin-dm via iStock

The old adage "practice makes perfect" applies to a lot of things, including vlogging.

But when so many people are doing so many things with vlogs, the competition for an audience is definitely stiff.

That means that rather than going the trial-and-error route, you should set yourself up for success by following some tried-and-true tips for vlogging.

Below, check out our quick list of some simple vlogging tips to help you get started on the right foot!

How to Vlog: Learn How to Edit Videos

Let's work backwards and start at the end-product.

The vlogs you post on YouTube or whatever platform you use need to be polished and engaging, and that means understanding how to edit your videos.

Editing isn't just slapping different video clips together and adding a transition between them.

You need to use the editing process to make your videos engaging and dynamic. This means adding an intro sequence, an outro sequence, interesting transitions, weaving in B-roll, and adding music and on-screen effects like titles, to name a few.

Not sure where to get started? Check out the video above by Chris Hau.

Tips for Vlogging: Get the Right Gear

tips for vloggingPhoto by martin-dm via iStock

Getting geared up for making high-quality videos doesn't mean you need a $10,000 cinema camera and mic booms and all sorts of professional gear.

In fact, many vloggers use little more than their smartphone, a tripod, a light, and an external microphone to create really compelling videos.

If there's one piece of gear advice I bestow on you, though, it's this - get a gimbal.

You've probably seen your fair share of videos where the person in the video is sitting at home or standing outside or otherwise not moving around.

And while there is certainly value in these kinds of setups, your video will have an added layer of interest if you get mobile, and a gimbal will help you do just that.

horizon one gimbal

Gimbals are much more than a handheld stabilizer for your camera, too.

For example, the E-Image Horizon One gimbal shown above gives you full 360-degree movements on all three axes.

With advanced steady computing systems, it offers ultra-precise stabilization so you get super smooth footage that your viewers will appreciate.

You can record for 12 hours on the included batteries, so there's no lack of potential for getting incredible footage either!

Add to that a maximum payload of eight pounds and an accompanying smartphone app that allows you to modify the gimbal's settings to your precise specifications, and you have a rig that can greatly expand the creative possibilities for your videos.

See the Horizon One gimbal in action in the video above by Ikan International.

Vlogging Tips: Create a Compelling Story

vlogging tips 1Photo by martin-dm via iStock

Don't just talk at the camera in your vlogs. Instead, come up with a story that will engage viewers and compel them to watch your video from start to finish.

Creating a storyboard with a narrative for the video is a great way to come up with something of interest for your viewers.

The narrative should have three components: the setup, the conflict, and the resolution.

When setting up a video, explain to the viewers what the video is about - what's going on, who's there, what will you be doing, and so forth.

vlogging tipsPhoto by jacoblund via iStock

The conflict you present is any simple problem that you'll be addressing, whether it's a "how-to" vlog that teaches people how to do something, you talking about an important issue in the world today, or something in between.

Lastly, you want to bring resolution to the problem. Present ideas, solutions, and so forth. Explain to viewers how you've addressed the issue and what happened as a result.

Granted, each video you make isn't going to be about some earth-shattering problem that you've solved, but this notion of creating a narrative for viewers to follow is a great tool to use to create videos that keep people watching. That's just what you want!

How to Create a Good Vlog: Be Consistent

If your videos have consistency from one video to the next, you'll have a much greater chance of building a solid following with your vlogs.

That consistency needs to appear on multiple levels:

  • The type of content you discuss
  • The intro and outro sequences
  • The amount of videos you publish each week.

Along with that, aim to have a theme for your vlogs. That is, don't upload a vlog and title it "Vlog Day 1," as this tells the audience absolutely nothing about the content of the video.

Likewise, create interesting thumbnails that go along with your theme, again, in the hopes that it will engage viewers and compel them to click on the video to watch it.

Putting  in that extra effort to be consistent and have a theme will help you take your vlogging to another level!

Get more tips about how to vlog in the video above by famous vlogger Casey Neistat.

 



We Recommend


Teleprompter Buyers Guide for Beginner Videographers

Teleprompters Buyers Guide for Beginner Videographers

 photo byfiladendron via iStock

Whether you’re starting a YouTube channel or are an old vlogging pro, chances are you may find yourself looking for a quality teleprompter buyers guide. 

Using a teleprompter for YouTube videos makes you look more professional and puts you a step above your competition. The problem is there are a ton of teleprompter features that most people don’t need and it can be hard to figure out which teleprompters for beginners are actually worth the price. 

Our teleprompter buyers guide will walk you through how teleprompters work, a variety of teleprompter features, and the best tablet teleprompters for every price range. 

How Do Teleprompters Work?

If you’re looking for a full rundown of how teleprompters work, you can watch the above video by Nate Woodbury.

But, essentially, every teleprompter consists of a piece of reflective glass and a monitor that displays the text. The reflective glass is put above the monitor on an angle so you can read the reflection of your text, but your audience can’t.  

The problem with most teleprompters is that they are bulky, which is why purchasing a tablet teleprompter may be the most efficient use of your space. For more info on teleprompter sizing, keep reading.

 

Recommended Videography Reading:

 

Teleprompter Features: Choosing the Right Sizing

teleprompter buyers guide 1

photo by David-Prado via iStock 

I think the most important part of a teleprompter buyers guide is discussing teleprompter sizing because it varies wildly.

For instance, national news stations use prompters that are large enough to be read from a great distance to enable as many shots of the anchors as possible. These teleprompters can be as large as a few feet across.

But, chances are you’re looking for teleprompters for beginners that you could use either in your home or small studio and for this there are two different options: a smartphone teleprompter and a tablet teleprompter.

Honestly, I don’t recommend smartphone teleprompters because they’re much smaller and unless you have perfect vision and can set your camera within a few feet of your face, it’s going to be difficult to read.

Teleprompter Features 2 

If you opt for a tablet teleprompter, like Ikan’s Elite Universal Tablet Teleprompter, you can shoot within 3-6 feet of your camera with ease. Keep in mind that your font size will probably be somewhere between 48-72 points at this distance and so you will only be able to fit around 4-6 words per line. 

Teleprompter Features 3

The Elite Universal Tablet Teleprompter works with any tablet from 7.5” x 5” up to 10.5” x 8” and is large enough to allow even people with less-than-perfect vision to read comfortably at a distance. 

The Elite Universal Tablet Teleprompter is also one of my favorite teleprompters for beginners because it’s only $430. 

Learn More:

Teleprompter Features: Choosing the Right Mount

teleprompter for youtube 4

photo by vm via iStock 

I can’t tell you how many times I’ve seen a teleprompter buyers guide without information about teleprompter mounts.

Some teleprompters attach to a tripod that allows the camera to then attach to the back of the teleprompter while others attach to the front of a camera rig. 

teleprompter for youtube 5

Ikan’s PT Elite UGK teleprompter, for example, is compatible with DSLRs and all small to mid-sized cameras because the cameras simply attach to the back of the teleprompter. 

There’s another teleprompter mount that allows you to put your teleprompter on a tripod and your camera on a separate tripod, but this method takes up a lot more room and is thus not great for beginners or anyone working in a small space. 

Teleprompter Features: What is it Compatible With?

best tablet teleprompters 6

Lastly, I’ve been discussing this throughout, but if you’re looking at teleprompter features then you need to know what it is compatible with. For instance, does it work with your smartphone or a tablet? How big does your smartphone or tablet need to be?

teleprompters for beginners

High-quality teleprompters will support a variety of smartphones or tablets. Ikan’s PT Elite Pro, for example, works with iPads, Androids, and Windows tablets. It also supports any tablet between 6” x 9” and 9” x 12”. 

Buying a tablet teleprompter that ends up not fitting your tablet is the worst feeling in the world - apart from buying a teleprompter that ends up not fitting your needs.

If you’re going to be spending hundreds of dollars on vlogging equipment, you may as well go with a company you know you can trust. For me, that company is Ikan!

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


The Best Sony A6000 Lenses for Video

The Best Sony A6000 Lenses for Video

photo byscyther5 via iStock

Table of Contents:

Sony A6000 Overview

Sony A6000 Overview

The Sony Alpha A6000 is a great entry-level mirrorless camera. It is one of the best beginner digital cameras for video on the market. It was first released in 2014 and has gone on to transform the world of cameras. It has won countless awards and become the world’s best-selling mirrorless camera! 

The first thing that makes this camera great is its 24MP APS-C sensor. A sensor that size is normally only found on pricier cameras. It’s one of the key reasons why the A6000 has excellent image quality.

Sony A6000 Overview 2

Some of the camera’s other features include: 

  • The ability to record 1080p Full HD video
  • Lightning-fast autofocus
  • A compact and lightweight body
  • An unbeatable price!

One of the best places to find terrific deals on used Sony Alpha A6000 cameras is MPB.com. They are a pre-owned retailer that sells cameras, lenses, and other gear at some of the lowest prices on the internet.

Furthermore, thanks to warranties on the majority of their products, you can always buy from them confidently and worry-free.

Sony A6000 Specs and Features

Sony A6000 Specs and Features 1

Before we take a closer look at the best Sony A6000 lenses for video, here is a more in-depth look at the specs and features of this digital camera for video:  

  • Model number: ILCE-6000
  • Sensor: 24.3 million APS-C (23.5 x 15.6mm) CMOS sensor
  • Focal length conversion: 1.5x
  • Memory: SD/SDHC/SDXC
  • Viewfinder: Electronic viewfinder, 0.39 inches, 1,440,000 dots
  • Video: 1080p
  • ISO range: 100 to 25,600
  • Autofocus points: 179 phase-detection points, 25 contrast-detect points
  • Max burst rate: 11fps
  • Screen: 3-inch, 921k-dot tilting LCD
  • Shutter speeds: 1/4000-30sec plus Bulb
  • Weight: 344g (with battery and memory card)
  • Dimensions: 120 x 66.9 x 45.1mm
  • Power: NP-FW50 rechargeable lithium-ion battery

Sony A6000 Lenses for Video: Overall Best Lens

Sony A6000 Lenses for Video Overall Best Lens

While the list of Sony A6000 lenses for video is long, if I could only have one lens, it would be the Sony FE 24-105mm f/4 G OSS

This lens covers a huge range of focal lengths (36-157.5mm with the 1.5x magnification factored in). It also gives you the ability to shoot every type of shot without ever having to change lenses.

Sony A6000 Lenses for Video Overall Best Lens 2

Another nice feature of this lens is the constant f/4 aperture. It makes this lens the perfect choice when shooting in low-light situations. Additionally, it helps create a nice bokeh effect. 

More great features that make this the best Sony A6000 lens for video are optical image stabilization, fast focusing speeds, and a weatherproof build. It also has a lightweight design. The OSS stabilization will help improve the quality of your content. This is handy since the Sony A6000 body doesn't have built-in image stabilization.

Sony A6000 Lenses for Video: Prime Lens

Sony A6000 Lenses for Video Prime Lens

If you prefer prime lenses, one of the best Sony A6000 lenses for video is the Sony E 35mm f/1.8 OSS.

Sony, Sigma, and Tamron all offer more expensive 35mm prime lenses for the Sony A6000. But this one is my favorite because of its sharpness, compact size, and low price.

Don’t let the price fool you, though. Just because it’s a budget-friendly lens doesn’t mean it produces subpar results. It’s actually quite the opposite!

Sony A6000 Lenses for Video Prime Lens 2

This is one of the sharpest lenses I’ve ever used for video. Most people can’t tell a difference in image quality when comparing it to other more expensive lenses. 

If you are still on the fence, maybe features like the OSS stabilization, f/1.8 maximum aperture, and quick and silent autofocus will convince you. Or maybe the weather-sealed design will be enough to help you pull the trigger and invest in one of the top Sony A6000 lenses for video. 

Learn More:

Sony A6000 Lenses for Video: Wide-Angle Lens

Sony A6000 Lenses for Video Wide Angle Lens

These days, wide-angle lenses are becoming popular amongst filmmakers and YouTubers alike. For filmmakers, they are ideal when you want to create a dramatic look to a scene. For YouTubers and vloggers, they are great because they will easily fit your whole face in the frame even when close-up to the camera. 

Lucky for you, some of the best Sony A6000 lenses for video are wide-angle lenses. The best of the bunch is the Sony E 10-18mm f/4 OSS. It has a compact, yet sturdy build. It also uses high-quality glass inside the lens.

Sony A6000 Lenses for Video Wide Angle Lens 2

When paired with the Sony A6000, it gives you a wide focal range equal to 15-27mm. On top of that, it has a minimum focusing distance of only 0.82 feet. This means you can easily record yourself when holding the camera. 

A few more video features you will love are the crisp image quality, speedy internal focusing, and OSS stabilization. There is also a constant f/4 maximum aperture.

My recommendation would be to pair it with the Sony FE 24-105mm f/4 G OSS to cover a broader range of focal lengths. 

Sony A6000 Lenses for Video: Telephoto Lens

Sony A6000 Lenses for Video Telephoto Lens

Most people don’t think of telephoto lenses when they think about shooting video. However, one of my most used Sony A6000 lenses for video is the Sony E 70-350mm f/4.5-6.3 G OSS. With an equivalent focal range of 105-525mm, it allows you to capture crystal-clear footage from far distances. 

I admit that this focal range may not be useful to the average videographer. However, if you are an outdoor/nature enthusiast, a traveler, a sports fan, or a documentary filmmaker, it comes in handy. Additionally, with its zoom capabilities, you can also produce stunning macro and product videos with this lens.

Sony A6000 Lenses for Video Telephoto Lens 2

With any telephoto lens, stabilization is key. At least if you want to prevent shaky footage! The Sony 70-350mm has magnificent OSS stabilization.

This lens also has an aperture range of f/4.5 to f/32, silent and responsive autofocus, and a customizable focus hold button. There’s no doubt this is one of the best Sony A6000 lenses for video. 

More Great Sony A6000 Lenses for Video

More Great Sony A6000 Lenses for Video 1

While those are my personal favorite lenses to pair with the Sony A6000 when shooting video, there are tons of other great Sony Alpha A6000 lenses available. Here are a few more of the best lenses for the Sony A6000 to check out: 

Learn More:



We Recommend


The Best Video Camera Bags

The Best Video Camera Bags

 photo bySimonSkafar via iStock

One of the best investments you can make when it comes to camera gear is a top-notch video camera bag. With the market absolutely flooded with options, though, how on earth are you supposed to know which one to buy? 

Well, you are in luck! That’s exactly why I created this ultimate guide detailing the top video camera bags - to separate the best from the rest and help you make a knowledgeable and informed decision. 

So, without further ado, let’s dive in and take a look at what video camera bag will best suit your needs!

Table of Contents

Best Video Camera Bag for Everyday Use

Sightseer Camera and Lens Modular System- One of the best camera bags for everyday use

If you are on the hunt for the ultimate video camera bag for everyday use, my runaway favorite is the Sightseer Camera and Lens Modular System. Not only is it comfortable and stylish, but it also happens to be the most versatile set-up I’ve ever used! 

It’s a beautiful shoulder bag crafted out of high-quality waxed canvas, American bison leather, and Aztec flannel fleece. Looking inside the bag, the main compartment is super spacious and can easily hold your camera with an attached lens as well as one or two additional lenses.

Best Everyday Camera Bags- Sightseer Camera and Lens Modular System

One problem many small video camera bags often run into is not being able to fit larger telephoto lenses. Guess what? You won’t have to worry about that with this one! It has an expandable bottom that can be unzipped and adds an additional 3” to the height of the bag.

Far and away, the coolest feature of the Sightseer Camera and Lens Modular System is its adaptability and how well it pairs with other Holdfast products. For example, by attaching the matching Sightseer Cell Pouch or any of the Sightseer Lens Pouches, you can quickly and easily expand the amount of gear you can carry.

Video camera bags for everyday use with cell pouch

Have a large kit and need even more space? Pair this video camera bag with one of the Holdfast Moneymaker Straps or the Sightseer Backpack System, and you will never be short on space ever again. 

Best Video Camera Bag for the Outdoors

Best Video Camera Bags for Outdoors-Lowepro Pro Tactic 450 AW II

The Lowepro Pro Tactic 450 AW II is an updated version of what already was an extremely popular backpack, and if you are an outdoor enthusiast, it’s about as close as you will ever find to the perfect video camera bag. 

It utilizes a lightweight FormShell construction to ensure your gear always stays protected while also using LowePro’s patented ActivZone technology in order to deliver maximum comfort even when worn for extended periods of time.

Lowepro Pro Tactic 450 AW II- One of the best video camera bags for outdoors

The internal compartment is huge, completely customizable thanks to adjustable velcro dividers, and can be accessed via four different entry points. One or two cameras, multiple lenses, a drone, and more can all effortlessly fit into this amazing video camera bag at the same time. 

Additionally, on the outside of the bag, you will find the numerous SlipLock loops super handy. They can be used to attach a wide variety of accessories, including tripods, water bottle holders, lens pouches, and other attachments specifically designed for this modular backpack system. If all that wasn’t enough, it also includes a built-in all-weather cover for when the going gets tough.

Learn More: 

Best Video Camera Bag for Travel

Pelican 1510- Good video camera bag for traveling

Cameras and camera gear are expensive, sometimes ridiculously expensive, so if you want a pro video camera bag that provides ultimate protection, the Pelican 1510 is for you. Pelican has been the global leader and most trusted brand when it comes to protective cases since 1976, and the Pelican 1510 is just one more reason why.

It’s a rugged case built out of an incredibly strong and durable polypropylene material meant to protect your gear even in the harshest of environments. Furthermore, it’s watertight, dustproof, crushproof, and features an automatic pressure equalization valve which helps keep water out and balance the interior pressure when flying. 

Travel friendly video camera bag- Pelican 1510

Speaking of travel, this camera carry case has two wheels, a retractable handle, and meets all major airlines carry-on size requirements, which makes it the perfect companion when traveling with your camera kit. 

Lastly, every case comes with a foam insert that can be customized to fit your kit. However, if you want more space or more options when packing your gear, you can swap out the foam for the Trekpak Case Divider System or add additional items like the mesh lid organizer or laptop lid sleeve. 

Best Video Camera Bag for Gearheads

Peak Design 65L Travel Duffel pack- A good video camera bag for gearheads

If you are one of those people who just can’t get enough of camera gear and are dead set on lugging around every last bit and bob (I know because I’m one of them!), hands down the best video camera bag is the revolutionary Peak Design 65L Travel Duffel pack

With a massive 65-liter maximum carrying capacity, you will always have more than ample space for your gear and will never need to choose between this or that ever again. Although it’s technically not designed strictly for cameras, Peak Design is one of the most innovative camera gear companies on the planet, and their Camera Cubes pair excellently with this bag.

Peak Design 65L Travel Duffel pack- An innovative video camera bag for gears

Moreover, they also have a wide array of other pouches and cubes ideal for safely storing any additional items you may want to chuck into this gargantuan camera pack. Some of the most popular ones include packing cubes, field pouches, tech pouches, shoe pouches, and wash pouches

Other terrific features you’re sure to love are the super comfy, padded shoulder straps and waist straps that can be tucked away whenever you don’t need them. In case you needed any more convincing, the bag also has a weatherproof build, grab handles on every side of the bag, and countless small pockets for better organization. 

Other Fantastic Video Camera Bags to Consider

Other options on video camera bags

 photo byRossHelen via iStock

With more and more tremendous video camera bags being designed constantly, those are far from the only options out there. If you still haven’t found quite what you are looking for, check out these other great video camera bags:

Learn More: 



We Recommend


The RØDE VideoMic GO II is Here...And It's a Game-Changer

rode videomic go ii

Today, RØDE released their latest microphone, the VideoMic GO II, which is the successor to the hugely popular VideoMic GO.

As expected from RØDE, this microphone comes fully loaded with specs and features that make it a hugely functional and versatile addition to your video-making kit.

rode videomic go II comparison

rode videomic go ii comparison 2

For starters, it's just 5.9 inches in length and weighs only three ounces. In terms of size, it falls between the RØDE VideoMicro and the RØDE VideoMic NTG.

Yet, despite its small size, there are plenty of features that catch your attention...

rode videomic go ii smartphone

For example, the RØDE VideoMic GO II has a 3.5mm output for using with your DSLR or mirrorless camera PLUS a USB-C output for using the microphone with your smartphone, tablet, or computer. This means that you can utilize a single microphone for working in the studio with your computer and in the field with various other devices.

rode videomic go ii in hand

Another feature that is truly impressive is that this little microphone has the same annular line tube design as the VideoMic NTG and VideoMic NTG 5. The result is that you get superb audio quality with a richness and depth that is on par with professional-grade mics.

rode videomic go ii size 2

Along with the physical connectivity options that come with this mic is access to the RØDE app suite.

The app suite includes RØDE Connect, RØDE Central, and RØDE reporter:

  • RØDE Connect is a free podcasting and streaming software.
  • RØDE Central is a desktop and mobile app that includes features like pad, high-frequency boost, a high-pass filter, and more.
  • RØDE Reporter is an app that enables you to record broadcast-quality audio on mobile devices. 

In other words, this next-generation mic is a game-changer...

rode videomic go ii video chat

It's got a small form factor, yet features the same impeccable build quality you expect from RØDE.

It's got loads of functionality and tons of versatility that allow you to record beautiful audio whether you're in your studio or out in the field.

With access to RØDE apps, you can expand the functionality and versatility of this mic even further!

If you're just getting into video creation, this mic is an ideal option, and if you're an accomplished videomaker, this mic is the perfect addition to your kit as well!

The RØDE VideoMic GO II is available now for just $99, so get yours today!



We Recommend


These Accessories Make Smartphone Videos Much Easier

These Accessories Make Smartphone Videos Much Easier

photo byfizkes via iStock

Smartphone videos can be great tools for photographers and videographers to market themselves or offer helpful vlogs and instruction. Plus, good smartphone videos can be fun ways to share personal things with our friends.

As photographers and videographers, we recognize there is great potential for creating outstanding video productions with our smartphones. A few simple smartphone video accessories can make the video even better.

Tips for Smartphone Videos

smartphone videos 1

photo byhocus-focus via iStock

As a public service announcement for anyone taking videos with their smartphones is this #1 basic tip: Horizontal/Landscape orientation, please! In order to get the most out of smartphone video recording, turn the phone on its side instead of recording in vertical or portrait orientation. 

In addition to that, record in your best mode if possible, including the audio settings. Also, try to avoid hand holding shakiness which detracts from viewer involvement and enjoyment. 

As a final tip, Ikan Professional Video Equipment & Accessories has easy to use, inexpensive gear that can help you with these tips for smartphone videos. Here are four video-related smartphone accessories we found for you, two of them are audio-related and two assist our smooth handling of our phones.

Video Grip for Smartphone

smartphone accessories 2

The first of our smartphone video accessories is the CoMica CVM-R2 Video Grip for Smartphone.

This handgrip will assist you to hold the smartphone steadier and in the landscape orientation for smartphone videos that look more professional and are more likely to hold our viewer’s attention. It is two pieces, a phone adapter with adjustment from 2.16 to 3.93 inches which should fit most smartphones currently in use, and a handgrip which attaches to the holder.

Both pieces are made of high-quality aluminum and the phone adapter has silicone pads to grip the phone that won’t mar the finish. The phone adapter part has an accessory shoe on top that can be used for holding a video light or an external microphone. Both pieces have a ¼-20 mount thread for attaching to a tripod or monopod.

3-Axis Smartphone Gimbal Stabilizer

video accessories 3

For more steadiness control while recording smartphone videos, we found the FLY-X3-Plus 3-Axis Smartphone Gimbal Stabilizer which is an active, battery powered stabilizer for smartphones or for GoPro style cameras.

Your handheld smartphone videos will be very smooth and fluid with this gimbal stabilizer, which uses a 3-axis brushless electric motor system and a sophisticated built-in computer program to self-level and then smoothly adjust and steady orientation of the smartphone or GoPro action cam while filming.

It uses a rechargeable battery to power the system, and you get two batteries with this package so you can use it for extended video shoots. Operation is extremely simple. Mount the phone, turn on the FLY-X3, level it, and then start recording smartphone videos. It feels a little odd at first, but once you start using this for making smartphone videos, you will want to use it all the time.

Learn More:

On-Camera Directional Mic w/Phone Holder

smartphone video accessories 4

As smartphone accessories go, this one is pretty full featured. The CoMica CVM-VM10-K2 On-Camera Directional Mic w/Phone Holder has everything you need for good audio and steadying the smartphone all in one package.

The microphone resembles a small shotgun style mic and has a directional cardioid pattern to concentrate and record audio from whatever direction you’re pointing your smartphone. It has an audio frequency response range of 80 Hz to 16 kHz, a 3.5mm connector, and a removable windsock.

Included in this smartphone accessories package is a smartphone holder and a small ball and socket head tabletop tripod. Fold the legs up and the tripod can double as a handheld grip.

Omni-Directional Lavalier Microphone

Making smartphone videos is easy 5

If you are recording your own audio such as in voiceover style while shooting smartphone videos, the CoMica CVM-V01SP Omni-Directional Lavalier Microphone for USB-C Smartphone is an excellent option for superior audio.

You could also use this mic for interviews or for selfie style smartphone videos since the cord measures a generous 14.7 feet in length. It is an omnidirectional pattern and has an audio frequency range of 60Hz to 20kHz for capturing spoken word when mounted near the sound source. A lapel clip helps keep it close to the speaker.

High-Quality Audio and Video

videography

photo byROUDRR, 4JXDJN, RA5IOO via iStock

High-quality audio and video is a vital part of enjoyable smartphone videos. These smartphone video accessories from Ikan will allow you to capture excellent smartphone videos and do so quickly and easily.  

Best of all, these accessories are all budget-friendly, so you don’t have to spend an arm and a leg to get high-quality audio and video.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


These Vlogging Accessories Will Help Take Your Videos to the Next Level

These Vlogging Accessories Will Help Take Your Videos to the Next Level

 photo by miodrag ignjatovic via iStock

I may have a propensity for picking up vlogging accessories I don’t need, and I don’t think I’m the only one. I’ll see something shiny and feel like I absolutely need it and it inevitably ends up breaking a few weeks down the line.  

If you, like me, love vlogging accessories but know you need a basic set-up, then keep reading for vlogging accessories that’ll last you a lifetime. 

You Don’t Need Accessories Without a Vlogging Persona

vlogging accessories 1

 photo by Youngoldman via iStock

Okay, so before I start listing the types of vlogging accessories you absolutely must have, let’s ensure that you are actually serious about your vlog.

You need to be passionate about whatever your vlog is going to be about. People can tell if you’re setting up a vlog just to try and get famous or make money. 

You also need to fully understand how you want to present yourself to your audience. This is known as your “vlog persona.” Essentially, you need to figure out whether you want to be humorous or informative or eccentric and so forth. 

Before you start your vlog, write down some qualities you want to portray. 

 

Recommended Videography Reading:

 

You Also Don’t Need Accessories Without an Incredible Camera 

video accessories 2

 photo by adamkaz via iStock

I also see people purchasing vlogging accessories without having a good vlogging camera, which hurts my heart because you can’t do anything without a quality camera. 

So, what qualities should you look for in a vlogging camera? 

Firstly, you’ll want to ensure your camera can film 4K video, which will put you ahead of the curve since this is where all cameras are moving. This way you won’t need to upgrade in a few months.

Cameras for vlogging should also have built-in Wi-Fi (to help you upload things on the go) and a “selfie screen” that flips up or out so you can see yourself in the frame.

Vlogging Camera

The Canon EOS Ris a good option for those who can spend a little more (it’s got a price tag of $1,800). It has all of the aforementioned features, plus a powerful processor, incredible low-light shooting for travel vlogging, and it’s compatible with a large range of Canon lenses.

Vlogging Camera 2

If you can’t spend quite that much, then the Panasonic GH5 mirrorless camera is a good option at $1,400. It features all of the qualities cameras for vlogging should have, but it also is built for people who live in ridiculous climates (it’s freeze-proof down to -10 degrees and is splash and dust proof). 

Vlogging Camera 3

And, finally, if you are looking for something cheaper still, then the Sony Alpha a6400 is just $900and still features all the basic qualities you’ll want for your vlog. 

Learn More:

Finally, Pick Up These Vlogging Accessories

accessories for video 3

 photo by filadendron via iStock

So, now that you have your camera, or if you’re like me, cameras for vlogging, then you’ll need to start picking out your vlogging accessories. Here are my top picks. 

E-Image EK610 Professional Compact Tripod

tripods for vlogging

A good tripod is an absolute must for any type of vlog. It keeps your video stable and allows you to have more control over your framing. But, there are so many tripods for vlogging available that it can be hard to choose. 

The E-Image EK610 is a great option for those who want a tripod that will last them a long time, but who aren’t looking to spend hundreds of dollars.  

It is made of aluminum, so it’s lightweight for travel. It has a load capacity of 6.6 lbs (which will work with any of the previously mentioned mirrorless cameras with lenses attached for vlogging). Plus, you can adjust the height of this tripod quickly and without hassle.  

The E-Image EK610 is available for $130, which is a steal considering you’ll never need to buy a tripod again!

Comica Shotgun Microphone

microphones for vlogging

This is another category of vlogging accessories that I see people arguing over all the time.  

Personally, I don’t think you need a handful of microphones for vlogging if you purchase one really good one. 

Ikan’s Comica Shotgun Microphone fits the bill. It comes with a low-cut filter function, so you can shoot in crowded places without all of the noise of a crowded place. It’s also shock-resistant so you won’t get awful vibration noise if you’re filming on a train or from a car. 

This shotgun microphone also comes with a bonus: a built-in wind muffler to prevent ambient noise.  

Ikan’s Comica Shotgun Microphone is available for $55 on their website.  

Horizon Pro 3-Axis Angled Gimbal Stabilizer

gimbals for vlogging

My most important video accessories have always been gimbals. It’s the one thing I’ll spend good money on, and if you’ve ever shot with a crappy gimbal then you know exactly why.

Ikan’s 3-Axis Angled Gimbal Stabilizer is something I’ve been obsessed with lately. It features 360-degree shooting, an angled roll motor, and a quick release mechanism.

You can purchase the 3-Axis Angled Gimbal for $400, which I understand sounds pricey, but it’s completely worth it if you travel for your vlog or if you forget to charge your accessories (like I do) because it lasts for 16 hours on a single charge. 

Onyx Bi-Color On-Camera LED Light

lights for vlogging

Lights for vlogging are also incredibly important. While you ideally want to shoot with sunlight, this isn’t always possible and a good LED light that you can attach to your camera makes a world of difference for your viewers.

The Onyx Bi-Color On-Camera LED Light is dimmable from 10%-99%, weighs just a half of a pound, and can light up a room from up to 9-feet away. 

You can pick up the Onyx Bi-Color On-Camera LED Light for $110. 

So, with that you have a better idea of some essential accessories you need to get your vlog going. Now all that’s left to do is work on your vlogging persona, storyboard some video ideas, and start shooting! 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


This All-New Heavy Duty Tripod is a Videographer's Dream

This All New Heavy Duty Tripod is a Videographers Dream 1

If you’ve been looking for a heavy-duty tripod, Ikan is proud to announce their new 2-Stage Flip Lock Carbon Fiber Motus Tripod. 

Once you add this video tripod to your photography gear, you’re going to wonder how you ever lived without it. 

This heavy-duty tripod is perfect for a videographer working out of a broadcast studio, but it is also perfect for a filmmaker working on location. 

It holds more weight than many other heavy-duty tripods in its price range and it does so without being incredibly heavy itself thanks to its two-stage carbon fiber leg tubes. Gone are the days of lugging around big, heavy all-aluminum tripods!

If you’re on the market for a heavy-duty tripod, you’ve found the perfect one in this Ikan product. 

It Holds Up to 220 Pounds

heavy duty tripod

When I say that it’s a heavy-duty tripod, I’m not kidding. This tripod boasts a payload weight of 220.5 pounds or 100 kilograms. The weight of videography gear is simply no match for this tripod!

It is also very versatile because while it can hold up to 220.5 pounds of equipment, it only weighs 18.7 lbs or 8.5 kg itself. So, you don’t need to worry about dozens of extra pounds of weight. 

The tripod also features a height range of 21.9 in-59.6 in or 55.5cm-151cm, so you never miss a shot. 

Plus, you don’t have to worry about the fact that this tripod can hold so much weight, since it is incredibly stable. It features an extendable/quick release mid-level spreader that works quickly and smoothly so you can ensure your equipment is always supported.

It Works in Almost Any Terrain

heavy duty tripod 2

It’s really frustrating how hard it is to find a heavy-duty tripod that is designed for anything other than studio work. A heavy-duty tripod should both be able to support a ton of weight and be able to do so in any terrain. Unfortunately, tripods with both of these features are incredibly rare.

It’s one of the reasons why I was so thrilled to read about the 2-Stage flip Lock Carbon Fiber Motus Tripod. Since it isn’t made entirely out of metal, it doesn’t weigh a ton so that it is really easy to bring with you. It also comes with a carrying bag that is made out of padded nylon to protect your tripod when you’re on the road.

Of course, a lightweight heavy-duty tripod doesn’t mean much if it can’t actually function when you’re on a shoot. It’s why this tripod comes with removable rubber feet. You can use the rubber feet during indoor shoots so that you don’t scuff up the floor and then take them off when you’re heading outside again and need spiked feet once more. 

The tripod’s quick-release legs also allow you to keep your equipment secured on any terrain, even rocky or uneven terrain when you’re hiking in the mountains. 

Learn More:

It Allows You to Upgrade

photography gear

Another problem that I’ve come across when searching for a good tripod is that many of them aren’t designed for scaling up your business. 

What I mean by this is that I want a heavy-duty tripod that is going to be able to grow with me and a tripod with a really specific ball head compatibility isn’t going to work for me in the long term.

It’s why the 2-Stage flip Lock Carbon Fiber Motus Tripod is designed to be compatible with all professional 100mm ball heads. 

It is going to work with the equipment that you have now, but as your business grows and you need to update your gear, it will also work with your equipment in the future. 

I don’t know why anybody would spend hundreds and hundreds of dollars on a tripod that they would have to upgrade in two or three years anyways.

It is Seriously Sturdy

videography gear

I get that you may lean towards an aluminum tripod as your go-to heavy-duty tripod because it feels so sturdy. As someone who definitely has some anxiety about my videography gear, I understand this. 

But, despite the 2-Stage flip Lock Carbon Fiber Motus Tripod’s light weight, it feels like it is going to take care of my equipment. The carbon fiber leg tubes are sturdy but light. The all-metal main body exudes strength and gives you the feeling of durability that you want out of a good tripod.  

Plus, even the smaller pieces on this tripod, like the removable rubber feet, feel as if they are of a very high quality. 

e image tripod

Of course, all of this quality does come at a price. The 2-Stage flip Lock Carbon Fiber Motus Tripod costs $1,000. While this is a hefty amount to spend on a tripod, keep in mind that Ikan guarantees all of their products for 1 year after you originally purchase them. 

Besides, isn’t it better to make an investment in a good tripod that will serve you for years and years rather than buying several cheap tripods over the same time period?! This is a you-get-what-you-pay-for situation, and with Ikan, you get a high-quality, well-made, durable product that will be in your camera bag for a very long time!

Learn More:



We Recommend


Tips for Creating Engaging and Well-Composed Video Shots

Tips for Creating Engaging and Well Composed Video Shots

Photo by mediamasmedia via iStock

Video content is everywhere today. Whether on live television, streaming platforms, or social media apps like YouTube and Instagram, more people than ever spend their free time watching videos rather than looking at photos or reading. In fact, recent studies have shown that video is now the number one way people consume content, especially young people.

Therefore, if you want to stay relevant as a digital content creator, shifting your photography business strategy to include more videos is essential. That said, it’s not as simple as just creating more videos. You must also produce high-quality, engaging, and well-composed video shots to attract more viewers and build a loyal following.

How do you do that? You’ll find out if you keep reading! In this article, we’ll share our top videography tips that have helped us shoot better videos and grow our audience. Additionally, we’ll recommend a few pieces of videography gear that will aid you along the way. Now, without further ado, let’s get to it!

Check out the video above by Pat Kay to learn more about videography basics and how to improve your video shots. 

Table of Contents

Understanding Basic Compositional Principles for Video Shots

Understanding Basic Compositional Principles for Video Shots

Photo by eyecrave productions via iStock

If you don’t have at least a basic understanding of the most important video composition principles, you won’t be able to consistently create well-composed videos. It’s a simple truth that many new videographers overlook, and if you fall into this category, we recommend that you immediately go out and learn those basic composition principles. 

The most common ones include the rule of thirds, leading lines, the 180-degree rule, symmetry, and negative space. You can sign up for a videography course or study independently to better understand composition. We recommend free self-learning resources such as YouTube, blogs, and podcasts.

Playing with Perspective and Depth for Better Video Shots

Playing with Perspective and Depth for Better Video Shots

Photo by Finn Hafemann via iStock

Another way to capture beautiful, engaging video content is to play with perspective and depth. While not all of these experimental video shots will be perfect, you will learn which types you like most and when to use them over time. Three tried and true video shots people are routinely attracted to are low-angle, birds-eye-view, and over-the-shoulder perspectives. 

A Tripod Alternative for Your Minimalism Photography

The best way to record low-angle videos is using a small, sturdy, stabilizing device like the Octopad.

This unique tripod alternative features a patented universal support base that won’t move even on sloping, uneven, or wet/slippery surfaces. Moreover, it’s compatible with other video accessories like external microphones, lights, monitors, and gimbals.

Better still, you can use it for traditional photography, be that portraits, landscapes, cityscapes, or somewhere in between. And since it’s such a compact gadget, you can easily take it with you anywhere you go!

Phone on an Octopad

Octopad is an ideal companion if you primarily shoot with your smartphone, too. The universal ¼-inch thread allows you to add the smartphone adapter of your choice, turning Octopad into a photo, video, camera, and smartphone-compatible accessory that offers tremendous value.

At the same time, drones are ideal for birds-eye-view videography, and gimbals can help you record smooth over-the-shoulder video shots. As for manipulating depth, using lenses with a high maximum aperture (low f-stop number) is your best bet.

Level Up Your Video Shots With Color and Contrast

Level Up Your Video Shots With Color and Contrast

Photo by Artal85 via iStock 

Equally important is color. Even a well-composed scene will be less visually appealing if the colors are off. The best way to guarantee good colors in your video shots is to understand color theory. That way, you can use colors correctly to capture viewers' attention and evoke emotional responses. You can also control colors by adjusting the settings of your video camera. 

Now, let’s say you are watching your video shots later and notice the colors and contrast still don’t look like you envisioned them. Lucky for you, thanks to advanced video editing programs like Adobe Premiere Pro and Final Cut Pro, color grading footage in post-production has never been easier.

Learn More:

Balancing Static and Dynamic Elements

Balancing Static and Dynamic Elements

Photo by Edwin Tan via iStock 

Including a solid mix of static and dynamic shots is another way to level up your videos. For example, your videos might bore viewers if you rely too heavily on static shots. On the other hand, if you have too many dynamic shots, your videos will be chaotic and hard to follow. That’s why striking a perfect balance is crucial.

What are static and dynamic video shots? Static shots are video clips where the camera doesn’t move. They are also known as locked-off or immobile shots. In contrast, dynamic shots have camera movement (pan, tilt, zoom, dolly, etc.).

Video Shots Should Create Emotion and Atmosphere

Video Shots Should Create Emotion and Atmosphere

Photo by Gago-Image via iStock

Lastly, your video needs to be interesting, and you want to connect emotionally with your audience. While this step isn’t as important in short-form videos like Instagram Reels and TikTok videos, it’s a core element of all other types of videos. If videos don’t have a compelling storyline that the audience can believe, relate to, and connect with, why are people watching?

Techniques for constructing different emotions and atmospheres in your video shots include lighting, sequencing, storytelling, and camera angle. Lighting, in particular, plays a big part in videos, which is why videographers should always carry lighting equipment with them in their videography kit. 

More Videography Tips

More Videography Tips

Photo by mediaphotos  via iStock

Thanks for taking the time to read our videography review. We hope it helps you create better, more engaging video shots moving forward. Finally, as a bonus, here’s a list of more tips to help you improve your video skills! 

  • Invest in the right videography gear. 
  • Experiment with different types of video content (films, short-form, etc.). 
  • Plan your video shots in advance.
  • Don’t forget to capture high-quality audio. 
  • Learn how to edit videos like a pro. 

Recommended Photography Gear

Disclaimer: Just so you know, some of the cool stuff we mention comes with affiliate links, meaning we earn a commission if you buy (no extra charge to you!). Plus, we occasionally feature sponsored content, but rest assured, we only shout out products we genuinely stand behind.

Learn More:



We Recommend


Top Camera Lenses for Video

Top Camera Lenses for Video 2

Photo by ShareGrid on Unsplash

Any experienced photographer knows that no matter how good the camera, you need a great lens in front of it to maximize the quality of photos and videos.

That means that if you use a camera that can shoot incredible video with a lens that can’t, your videos will suffer for it. 

Thankfully, most lens manufacturers make at least a few incredible camera lenses for video. 

I’m only mentioning two lenses each for Sony, Canon and Nikon because, let’s face it, they have the largest share of the market and it’s a great place for you to start your search.

I also tried to highlight the best lenses for video in a variety of price ranges, so whether you’re on a tight budget or not, one of these lenses should work for you. 

Canon EF 24-70mm f/2.8

camera lenses for video

The Canon EF 24-70mm f/2.8 is versatile because of its zoom range. If you don’t know exactly what kind of shoot you’re getting yourself into, one that can handle a wide variety of them is key.

Canon is also widely known for its L-lens technology, which is essentially a way Canon classifies its professional lenses which hold up really well under extreme duress (crazy weather, dust, etc).  

If you invest in this best Canon lens for video, you’ll know it will last you a lifetime.

best lenses for video 

Canon 24-70mm f/2.8 Specs:

  • Aperture range from f/2.8-f/22
  • 9 rounded diaphragm blades
  • Ring-type ultrasonic motor (USM) AF system
  • 28.4 oz 

You can purchase the Canon 24-70mm f/2.8 on Adorama for $1,600.

Canon EF 35mm f/1.4

best sony lens for video

This lens, as compared to the last Canon, is designed specifically for top-tier cameras. The 35mm focal length is ideal for making videos.

This Canon lens comes with Blue Spectrum Refractive Optics, which prevents color fringing by dispersing light evenly across the lens. It also aids in improving low-light performance.

best nikon lens for video 

Canon 35mm f/1.4 Specs:

  • 35mm fixed focal length
  • Aperture range from f/4-f/22
  • Ring-type ultrasonic motor (USM) AF system
  • 9 rounded diaphragm blades
  • 26.8 oz 

You can purchase the Canon 35mm f/1.4 on Adorama for $1,650. 

Quick Tip: Have a micro four-thirds camera but want to use a Canon EF lens? No problem! Just invest in a lens mount adapter like the Ikan Commlite AEF-MFT shown below, and you can use either of the Canon lenses above (or dozens of others) with your micro four-thirds camera. 

ikan lens adapter

Not only does this lens adapter enable you to use EF lenses, but it also includes handy features like a 0.71x focal reducer booster, autofocus functionality, electronic aperture control, and a built-in IS stabilization function that supports the EF lens’s image stabilization (though continuous autofocus is not available in video mode).

ikan lens adapter 2 

The housing is made of aluminum alloy, so it’s lightweight yet incredibly durable. The ¼ standard thread on the bottom of the adapter lets you mount it to a Stratus cage for additional support or it can be attached to a monopod or tripod. 

In other words, this handy adapter will help you open up all sorts of creative pursuits with your videos and does so at a price point that won’t break the bank.

Nikon 50mm f/1.8G

best canon lens for video

This is the cheapest lens on this camera lenses for video list, but that doesn’t mean it isn't the best Nikon lens for video.

This 50mm lens is perfect for shooting videos where you don’t want any distortion that would come with a wide angle or telephoto lens. That makes it a perfect match for documentary style videos.

camera lenses for video 2

The Nikon 50mm f/1.8G Specs include:

  • Fixed focal length of 50mm
  • 7 rounded diaphragm blades
  • Silent Wave Motor (SWM) for quiet AF operation
  • 6.6 oz

You can purchase the Nikon 50mm f/1.8G on Adorama for just $175.

Learn More:

Nikon 24-70mm f/2.8G 

top camera lenses for video 2

I love the Nikon 24-70mm f/2.8G because it can handle anything. It zooms incredibly quickly in tight spaces, which is excellent for events videographers, and the zooming range allows you to get all of the shots you need, whether they are close-up portraits or wide shots of the whole room.  

B&H describes this Nikon as the “workhorse of the pros,” which is a pretty accurate reflection of everything this lens can do.

best sony lens for video 2

The Nikon 24-70mm f/2.8G Specs include:

  • Versatile standard zoom
  • Aperture range from f/2.8-f/22
  • 9 rounded diaphragm blades
  • 1.25’ min focus distancing
  • 2 lbs. 

You can purchase the Nikon 24-70mm f/2.8G on Adorama for $1,450.

Sony 16-35mm f/4

best canon lens for video 2

The Sony 16-35mm f/4 is the best wide zoom for videographers on our list, but it isn’t incredible for shooting in low-light scenarios due to its fixed f/4 aperture. 

It’s got a quick AF, and controlled distortion. It’s built almost entirely out of metal, and I love carrying my Sony 16-35mm f/4 with me overseas because of that durability of construction. 

Plus, since this lens has built-in stabilization, you get an extra 4 stops of stabilization if your camera can’t handle it on its own.

best lenses for video 3

The Sony 16-35mm f/4 specs include:

  • Full-frame E-mount wide-angle lens
  • Aperture range from f/4-f/22
  • 7 circular aperture blades
  • Min focus distance of .82 feet
  • OSS stabilization
  • 18.2 oz

You can purchase the Sony 16-35mm f/4 on Adorama for $1,248.

Sony 55mm f/1.8

top camera lenses for video 3 

The Sony 55mm f/1.8 is probably my favorite prime lens for shooting video. For the $1,000 mark, the vignetting at f/1.8 is impressively low, and its lightweight and easy to carry.

Besides, 55mm is a great focal length for all kinds of video pursuits - vlogging, low-light situations, documentaries...you name it!

This lens is super sharp, particularly at the center, even when shooting at f/1.8. The sharpness only gets better as you stop down to f/2.8 and f/4.

best sony lens for video 3

Sony 55mm f/1.8 Specs include:

  • Aperture range from f/1.8-f/22
  • Min focus distance of 1.64’
  • 9 rounded diaphragm blades
  • 9.9 oz 

You can purchase the Sony 55mm f/1.8 on Adorama for $1,000.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Top Tools for Content Creators Using Final Cut Pro X

top tools for content creators using final cut pro xPhoto by Avel Chuklanov on Unsplash

When you work on a car, having the right tools means the difference between getting the job done quickly or it being dragged out over a long period of time.

The same holds true for video production.

Working in Final Cut Pro X or any other video editor can be hugely time-consuming, particularly if you want to get really high production value (who doesn't want that?!).

Thankfully, there are loads of plugins for Final Cut Pro X and other programs that make life infinitely easier for content creators.

Here's just a few tools that I personally use and highly recommend. In each case, these plugins have proven to be enormously helpful in creating better content in less time.

Top Tools for Final Cut Pro X: LenoFX Info Revealer

LenoFX's Info Revealer allows you to insert information - titles, bulleted lists, logos, and so forth - into a reveal window that splits the video footage.

As you can see in the video above, the results are super slick and very professional-looking!

Learn more about LenoFX Info Revealer

LenoFX 100 Cursor Elements  

Sometimes, you just need to point out important things in your videos, and LenoFX's 100 Cursor Elements is the ideal tool to help you do that.

Chock-full of top-notch static and animated elements, this plugin is just what you need to add extra punch to your videos and help direct people's attention where you want it to go.

Learn more about LenoFX 100 Cursor Elements

mCallouts Simple 2

Like 100 Cursor Elements, mCallouts helps you draw attention to certain details in your videos.

The difference here, though, is that these callouts can be customized for size, shape, length, and so forth. They can also be set to track the detail as it moves across the screen. Nice!

Learn more about mCallouts Simple 2

Pixel Film Studios - ProDicator Selects

Yet another option for adding visually interesting callouts is ProDicator Selects.

This collection of 30 animated callouts has customizable text, customizable elements, and built-in motion tracking.

Learn more about ProDicator Selects

LenoFX Youtube Growth Tools

This awesome plugin by LenoFX gives you a suite of different tools that will help increase production value, and, in turn, draw more people to your YouTube channel.

YouTube growth tools includes calls to action, tags, likes, titles, openers, and much more.

Learn more about YouTube Growth Tools

Epidemic Sound

Great videos have great soundtracks, and for that, Epidemic Sound is the place to go.

They have a huge selection of music and sound bytes, and that selection grows by the day.

Learn more about Epidemic Sound

Colorista IV

Another must-have for video production is Colorista IV, which gives you manual control over the color grading of your video footage.

You can go through the software's recommendations, which I've tried, and they aren't bad at all. But having the manual control option is definitely nice.



We Recommend


Tricks for Shooting B-Roll Solo

Tricks for Shooting B Roll Solo

Photo by Kyle Loftus from Pexels

If you’re reading this article, you must be wondering how best to capture B-roll. Especially if you are a one-man production team, shooting B-roll solo may seem to be a bit challenging.  

There is a very simple method that can be used when shooting B-roll solo to ensure you have viable footage that can be edited in later to your production. Two methods, actually. 

We’ll talk about the two I consider the most useful, and how to shoot B-roll with both methods. 

What Is B-Roll?

shooting b roll 1

Photo by Kyle Loftus from Pexels

First off, let’s quickly review what B-Roll is and why it is an important concept for video projects.  

The sole purpose of shooting B-Roll is to add to the story already being told by your primary video footage. B-roll by itself isn’t capable of fully telling the story. But adding it to A-roll, whatever story you are telling is fleshed out, enhanced, and made more clear. 

B-Roll makes your videos more viewable. If you were to look on YouTube right now for videos of the subject you are wanting to film yourself, you will see many videos shot from a very basic, one camera perspective. Which is fine, especially if that one camera point of view is properly lit, steady, in focus…

Shooting B-Roll footage to add in makes the final video more appealing in many cases. It’s what people are used to seeing on TV, even in short commercials, so your film having B-Roll makes an impression of being shot by a professional. In the long run, this can give your YouTube channel more subscriptions and each video more views.

 

Recommended Videography Reading:

 

Method One - Shoot It Later 

shooting b roll 2

Photo by cottonbro from Pexels 

The easiest way to gather B-Roll is to simply shoot your B-Roll right after you film your primary footage. 

A benefit of this method is that it doesn’t require any additional gear. Disadvantages of this method include the fact that things move, people get antsy and don’t want to stick around, and lighting conditions, especially if outside, can change significantly. 

This is a valid method, though. It can give you workable B-Roll many times, but you really do need to work at keeping it fresh if you're filming other people. 

Learn More:

Method Two - Shooting B-Roll At the Same Time

Tricks for Shooting B Roll Solo 1

 photo by castenoid via iStock 

Well, how are you going to do this with one camera? You won’t, this method requires a second camera. However, you don’t have to have a movie studio budget to shoot with two or more cameras. Many photographers already have multiple cameras, but we tend to gravitate toward using our newest or best camera for shooting video. 

Think about this: you may still have the entry-level camera you started with in your gear bag. Maybe you held onto it as a backup camera. Well, this is a good opportunity to dig it out of the bottom of your bag and make use of whatever video mode it has.

shooting b roll solo 3

 photo by Dmitrii Guldin via iStock 

Perhaps the perfect camera for shooting B-Roll is your action cam. Advantages of shooting B-Roll with GoPro or other brands of action cam include the already excellent video capabilities of the GoPro, the small size of action cams, and that they are usually simple to set up for remote use. 

You could probably just open your gear kit and set up for shooting B-Roll right now. All the GoPro video tips you’ve already learned apply to using your action cam for shooting B-Roll video.

Simple B-Roll Video Gear

shooting b roll with gopro 4

As an example of what gear you need to start shooting B-Roll with GoPro style cameras, check out this idea of a simple rig you may already own.

An excellent camera choice for anyone looking for an action cam is the GoPro HERO 8 Black. It is one of the most full-featured GoPro cameras and it is very easy to capture high-quality video remotely. If you don’t already own this action camera, it’s budget-friendly and simple to set up and use.  

gopro video tips 5

For your lighting, the LitraTorch LitraPro battery-powered LED continuous light is usable either on camera, paired with a GoPro on a small bracket, or used separately. It has the ability to be controlled from a smartphone app and the battery lasts from 1 hour on high to up to 10 hours on low for extended shooting.  

what is b roll 6

Well, that’s the camera and lighting, now how do we use these to capture B-Roll as we’re engaged in our primary filming?

OctoPad to the rescue! The OctoPad camera and accessory mounting system is one of my favorite new tools in my gear bag. I use it for virtually all the styles of photography and videography I do. 

The combination of the GoPro HERO 8, LitraTorch LitraPro, and Octopad and make it virtually effortless to get great footage when shooting B-Roll solo because these are all very small, quite easy to use, and extremely functional.

B-Roll is How We Roll

how to shoot b roll 7

Gathering B-Roll is one of the biggest things you can do as a videographer to improve your finished video productions. Of course, you also want to learn about lighting techniques, camera supports, editing programs, and advanced camera operations.

Editing is going to be a key skill for finishing your videos in a way that results in a project that looks like a professionally made film. Shooting B-Roll with GoPro type action cams is another key factor in creating videos and vlogs that people will enjoy and will come back for more. 

You don’t need to hire out for additional people - you can do it all yourself. Shooting B-Roll solo and adding that footage to your finished productions will result in fantastic videos. Try it out for yourself! 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Try One of These Ring Lights to Make Your YouTube Videos Shine

Try One of These Ring Lights to Make Your YouTube Videos Shine

photo byDragonImages via iStock

If you’ve ever used ring lights, then you know they are one of the simplest video lights you can use. And if you’re not in the mood to spend hours reading video lighting tips, then purchasing a ring light may be the best solution for you. 

But, the problem is that a lot of businesses have realized people use ring lights for YouTube videos and many of them create pretty awful ring lights. It can be difficult to figure out which ring lights are actually worth your money.

So, we picked out three of our favorite ring lights for every budget for you. 

Good Option: Oryon 18″ Ring Light With Phone Mount

Oryon 18 Ring Light

The most budget-friendly option on our list is the Oryon 18” ring light with phone mount. This ring light features a 120-degree beam angle, is bi-color from 3200K-5600K, and is 90% dimmable. It softly wraps you in light, thanks to its ½-stop permanent diffuser. 

Oryon 18 Ring Light 2

This package also comes with a make-up mirror, a phone mount, and a remote control, so you can remain hands-free during shooting. 

And at just $140, you can get high-quality light for your YouTube videos without busting your budget.

Better Option: Oryon 14” Bi-Color 3200K-5600K Ring Light

Oryon 14 Bi Color 3200K 5600K Ring Light

If you’re looking for a more professional ring light, then the Oryon 14” bi-color ring light may be a better option.

Most ring lights for video will only feature a phone mount, like the first ring light on our list. But, this ring light features a 15mm rod mounting so you can use your professional grade camera with it. 

Oryon 14 Bi Color 3200K 5600K Ring Light 2

It features the same bi-color, adjustable light and permanent diffuser, but offers a much longer battery life of up to 4 hours. 

When you’re working with ring lights for YouTube, you’ll want to opt for a ring light that features a compact stand that you can set up easily and tear down quickly. In this category, the Oryon 14” bi-color ring light prevails. 

You can buy the Oryon 14” Bi-Color 3200K-5600K Ring Light for $350. 

Best Option: Oryon 18” Bi-Color 3200K-5600K Ring Light With Make-Up Mirror, Light Stand, and Batteries

Oryon 18 Bi Color 3200K 5600K Ring Light With Make Up Mirror Light Stand and Batteries

The best option of all of these ring lights is the Oryon 18” Bi-Color Ring Light package that comes with everything you could possibly need for vlogging.

It features the same bi-color 3200K-5600K adjustable lighting, but with better color rendition. It’s CRI and TLCI are both 95. 

Oryon 18 Bi Color 3200K 5600K Ring Light 2

It also allows you to shoot for up to 4 hours uninterrupted and works with any camera system thanks to its 15mm rod mount. 

This ring light is large enough to put a mirror inside of it for better make-up application as well. 

The mount is also more professional because it lets you adjust the camera to any height. 

This ring light is available for $400 on Ikan.

Learn More:



We Recommend


Types of Microphones for Vlogging

Types of Microphones for Vlogging

Photo by Tyler Casey on Unsplash

Vlogging is an excellent way to spread ideas, teach things, or promote a cause or product. 

As with any audio/visual production, sound is a big part of what makes the video work.  

While many videographers and vloggers understand completely how important the visual aspect of their videos are, a huge number don’t give a second thought to the audio quality. Sure, we have an amazing camera, capable of producing superb images and videos, but we should also be concerned with recording very high quality sound, too.

Why You Need a Microphone

types of microphones 1

 photo byfiladendron via iStock

The same camera providing us high resolution imaging also needs to record sound. The only problem is that the built-in mics in our awesome cameras are a compromise for the most part.

In order to fit in our camera, the mics are rather small by necessity. So an external microphone is a great idea for anyone making high quality videos for vlogging and YouTube.

Types of Microphones

The four basic types of microphones for vlogging are lavalier, handheld, desktop, and shotgun. Which of these are the best microphones for vlogging? Each of these types has distinct characteristics which give them an advantage for certain video production needs.

Shotgun Microphones

shotgun microphones

We’ll start with shotgun microphones, since these are simple to add to most cameras. On-camera shotgun mics are top microphones for YouTube because the set up is as easy as attaching it to the camera. 

A mic such as the CVM-V30-LITE-R from Ikan is compact, inexpensive, and offers an upgrade in audio performance that is noticeable the first time you use it. A shotgun mic points in the direction you’re filming, capturing a wider range of audio that the camera built in mic.  

It also helps eliminate one of the biggest problems in video recording with a DSLR or mirrorless camera, focus and zoom noise. It is still attached to the camera, but it’s far enough from the motors and cams to greatly reduce noise. 

Think of it as similar to how an on camera flash reduces the chance of red eye over the built in flash. In addition, these types of microphones are generally able to capture a wide-range of frequencies. All of that adds up to better sound quality for your videos.

Learn More:

Hand-Held Microphones

hand held microphones

Another type of microphone that is simple to use for vlogging is a hand-held mic. These can be corded or cordless. A wireless mic like the CVM-WM100-HTX shown above is lightweight and has excellent audio performance, making it one of the best microphones for vlogging.

Wireless microphones require a receiver, too, so these are generally not an inexpensive choice. When combined with a mixing board, these types of microphones are great for YouTubing live musical performances.

Desktop Microphones

desktop mic

Among the top microphones for YouTube interviews or a monologue style of vlog is the desktop microphone. Many of these have studio-level audio performance that is truly outstanding and yet still are relatively budget friendly.

If you’ve ever watched a late night talk show on TV, this is the type of microphone you see sitting on the desk of the host. Our friends at Ikan have the STM01 desktop mic.

What makes this one of the best microphones for vlogging is its superior audio performance. You need to plug this into some sort of mixing board, but the performance is outstanding.

The dynamic range, low electronic noise, and recording patterns are superb. What it means to you as a YouTube vlogger is being to deliver the best audio to complement your high-quality video.

Lavalier Microphones

lavalier mic

A lavalier mic is small enough to attach to a lapel or a shirt or blouse. Wireless transmission allows your subject to be heard even if they are not yet in the field of view of your framed shot. Prices can add up quickly, but lavalier mics are possibly the best microphones for vlogging with multiple subjects.

A combination kit like the CVM-WS60-COMBO has two mics with transmitters and one receiver that can be mounted to the camera. Any vlogger recording multiple people will find a kit like this a top choice for vlogging. 

Great Audio Makes Awesome Videos

best microphones for vlogging 2

Photo by lucas Favre on Unsplash

The best microphones for vlogging not only increase the audio quality of your recordings but will also free up your creativity when vlogging or filming for YouTube.  

You’ve already invested in sharp lenses, color correct lights, and a great tripod, try out one of these top microphones for vlogging and YouTube. You will be amazed by the results, as will your viewers and subscribers.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Types of Tripod Heads

Types of Tripod Heads

 photo bygolubovy via iStock

When you’re shopping for tripods, one thing you should consider is tripod heads. Many tripods come with one anyways, but not all tripod heads are made alike. 

There are a ton of types of tripod heads too. While videographers may need to understand these tripod heads the best,  still photographers can still greatly benefit from understanding the difference between tripod heads. 

So, I decided to build a tripod head comparison to walk you through the benefits and detriments of each type, as well as to recommend good options for each. 

Fluid Head

Fluid Head 1

One of the most popular types of tripod heads are fluid heads. Fluid head tripods use liquid to create a hydraulic system within the head to ensure you can move the head with great ease. 

For this reason, fluid heads are one of the most popular tripod heads for videographers. Fluid heads prevent your camera from shaking and allow smooth tracking. They come with a long handle to ensure you don’t accidentally prevent the head from working properly. If you purchased a cheaper fluid head, you can always make it work much better by sliding a piece of PVC piping over the handle to make it longer. 

Fluid Head 2

Fluid heads are also usually heavier to allow videographers to work with heavier cameras.  

Fluid heads also have a pretty sophisticated counterbalance system to keep your camera at whatever angle you set it at. 

Of all the types of tripod heads, fluid heads are typically the most expensive, so if you are a still photographer on a budget, you could probably opt for a pan/tilt head instead. 

Fluid Head 3

Ikan’s 75mm Pro Fluid Video Head (shown in the images above) is a great option for professional videographers. It can hold up to 11 lbs of equipment, it comes with separate pan and tilt locks, and is priced very competitively at $160. 

Ball Head

Ball Head 1

A ball head is known for one specific trait: it can rotate 360 degrees with great precision. But, of all of these tripod heads, ball heads come in the widest array of quality. If you don’t know what you’re looking for, you can end up with a ball head that doesn’t function the way it should.  

When you’re looking for a ball head, you want to find one that locks tightly. If you hit your camera during shooting, you’ll want your ball head to prevent as much shake as possible. 

Fluid Head 2

You’ll also want to make sure that your ball head allows you to pan and tilt fluidly, quickly release your camera, and carry as much equipment as you want. 

For this reason, I believe Manfrotto’s 494 Aluminum Center Ball Head is one of the best ball heads on the market. 

It can carry up to 17.6 lbs of equipment, features one of the best quick release plates I’ve ever had the pleasure of working with, and comes with a 10-year warranty.  

You can pick this ball head up for $80 on Adorama.

Learn More:

Pan/Tilt Head

Pan Tilt Head 1

If you’ve ever worked with any of these tripod heads, you’ve likely worked with a pan/tilt head because they’re everywhere. 

Pan/tilt heads are typically the most affordable tripod head. They feature 3 different axes for horizontal, vertical and panning motions. So, pan/tilt heads are great for precision photographers because they allow you to line up angles down to the centimeter. 

Pan/tilt heads are also one of the most user-friendly types of tripod heads.

Pan Tilt Head 2

When you’re shopping for a pan/tilt head, you’ll want to look for clamps that tighten progressively to ensure your heavy equipment can be handled well.  

Whereas most tripod heads come with bubble levels, these are an especially important quality for a pan/tilt head. Make sure there are at least a few of them and that you can read them easily when your camera is mounted.

Pan Tilt Head 3

Pan/tilt heads can also get pretty bulky. It will cost more, but a tripod head that allows you to unscrew the handle will be easier to carry.

I work with Studio Assets Magnesium 3-Way Pan/Tilt Tripod Head. It costs just under $60, can carry 7.5 lbs of equipment and features an easy-to-read bubble level. Plus, it’s relatively small at 4” x 5”. 

Gimbal Head

Gimbal Head

 photo byNatalie_magic via iStock

A gimbal head is built specifically for photographers and videographers who are working with heavy cameras and lenses. Instead of fighting gravity, a gimbal head works with your camera gear to find its natural center of gravity.  

Sports or wildlife photographers use gimbal heads for this exact reason. You can track action quickly while still supporting heavy equipment. 

Most gimbal heads don’t come with a fluid cartridge, although gimbal heads with a fluid cartridge are available if you don’t want your head to move too easily.

Gimbal Head 1

When you’re looking for a gimbal head, you’ll want one with vertical adjustment. This isn’t a requirement, but 

Wimberley’s WH-200 Gimbal Tripod Head II is one of the best in class when it comes to gimbal heads. 

This gimbal head uses an elevated tilt mechanism with an adjustable platform to ensure the camera’s center of gravity perfectly lines up with the tilt axis of the head. What this means in practice is that you can move the heaviest equipment with just one finger.  

And since Wimberley heads are built for telephoto lenses, you can carry up to 20 lbs of equipment with it.

All of this doesn’t come cheaply, as the Wimberley WH-200 Gimbal Tripod Head II is $600, but you’ll also get a 5-year warranty with your purchase. 

Pistol Grip

Pistol Grip 1

The final tripod head in this tripod head buyer’s guide is a pistol grip, or a joystick head. A pistol grip allows you to squeeze a handle to adjust the position of your camera. In this way, your camera can move pretty similarly to the way it would on a ball head. 

Pistol grips can be a little tricky to use while tracking subjects, so they’re best for still shots.

Pistol Grip 2

This is why Vanguard’s ALTA Magnesium Alloy Pistol-Grip actually pairs pistol grip technology with a ball head, so that you can track fast-moving objects.

It comes with a remote shutter release, can carry up to 13.2 lbs of equipment, and can pan 360-degrees. 

You can purchase this pistol grip for $165 from Adorama.  

Learn More:



We Recommend


Video Lighting Tips for Beginners

Video Lighting Tips for Beginners

photo bydsabo via iStock

For beginners, video lighting could be rather tricky for mainly two reasons – 1) your subjects in your scene may move and 2) you may have to shoot moving shots.

And more movement means that your lighting needs more planning.

Another issue with video lighting is you often need to maintain consistency between shots.

Suffice to say, an ideal setup for video shooting is one that gives you more control over your lighting.

With that in mind, read below some video lighting tips for beginners.

Table of Contents

Consider the Unpredictability of Sunlight 

video lighting 1

photo by pixdeluxe via iStock 

It could be tempting to use natural light for most of your video shoots. After all, natural light is free and abundant.

However, be wary of the fact that the sun is unpredictable. Weather conditions can change at the drop of a hat. Clouds can cover the sun within seconds.

In situations like this, the intensity and color of light could vary noticeably from shot to shot. Ideally, avoid using natural light altogether in indoor shoots.

However, when the sun is a little less unpredictable (think outdoor shooting on a bright, sunny day), the sun can be a great source of light for your video shoot. You can even use it as a backlight to get a nice edge light around your subject.

Choose the Right Video Lighting Kit

video lighting 2

photo by bjones27 via iStock 

You’ll find different types of video lights, with each type having its own pros and cons.

Tungsten lighting kits, for instance, produce a warm, amber light and offer almost perfect color rendition but can quickly heat up and consume a lot of power.

Fluorescent lighting kits, on the other hand, produce a cool, white light. You can use them in both indoor and outdoor shoots. They are lightweight and have low power requirements. However, flickering is a common issue with them. Also, the color rendition isn’t that great!

video lighting 3

photo by Rawpixel via iStock 

To actually use these professional lights, you’ll also need light stands, soft-boxes, and diffusers. So the cost could add up. Unless you have specific lighting needs, you may not want to spend hundreds of dollars on them.

If you are looking for compact and lightweight video lights on a budget, one great option would be LED lights. Some of them are made to suit almost all types of lighting requirements.  

For instance, Hakutatz Pocket Size RGB+AW LED Light can deliver both amber and white light, so you can switch between warm and cool light as needed.

Lights like this are typically battery-powered and easy to carry around. You can connect them to your smartphone and adjust the RGB, color temperature of your light instantly.

There is no such thing as the perfect lighting for video recording, but lights like the Hakutatz RGB+AW LED offer a great all-round solution.

Learn More:

Understand Basic Video Lighting Setups

video lighting tips 4

photo by Gizmo via iStock 

As a beginner, it could be difficult to decide where to position your lights during a video shoot. Thankfully, there is a standard rule called the 3-point lighting rule.

The rule says you should place three different lights at three separate positions to properly illuminate a scene.

The main source light, or the key light, should be placed to either the left or the right of your camera, preferably to the side your subject is looking at. And it should be the strongest of all the three lights. The height of the light should around 45 degrees above your subject.

As you can imagine, the key light will create a strong shadow on the other side, which you’ll need to soften with another light called the fill light. Use a diffused or soft light as your fill light and place it on the opposite side of the key light.

Finally, use the third light as backlight from above and behind the subject. This should be a strong light on the subject’s shoulder from above and behind. The idea is to create a light contour, so the subject looks separated from the background.

Now a valid question you may have is how you’ll arrange three different lights with varying intensity and softness, especially as a beginner with a limited budget for lighting. We recommend starting with easy-to-use lights like the Hakutatz Pocket Size RGB+AW LED.

Lights like this allow you to use multiple lights at the same time. So, whether you need using a key light, backlight, fill light or all of them, you are good to go within minutes.

Watch the above video by DiCasaFilm to understand 3-point lighting and how it works is a studio setup.

Mind the Distance and Size of Your Light Source

As shown in the video above by Lindsay Adler Photography, there are two great ways to soften the light on your subject. You can bring the light source closer to the subject or use a larger diffuser in front of your light source.

In either case, you are basically making the light source larger relative to the subject. The opposite is also true. So, if you move the source light further from the subject, it would help cast harder light on your subject.

Use the Right Color Temperature

Not all lights have the same color temperature. That’s why some lights look bluish while others look more yellowish.

Simply put, a light's color is measured by its color temperature in degrees Kelvin. The color of sunlight, for instance, keeps changing throughout the day.

As much as possible, you should try not to mix lights of different color temperatures. If you shoot with lights of different color temperatures, it could result in unnatural looking shots due to incorrect color balance.

Thankfully lights like the Hakutatz RGB+AW LEDHakutatz RGB+AW LED gives you more control over color temperature. You can program the color temperature of these lights to ensure correct color balance and make your scenes look exactly how you want them to look.

In the end, using user-friendly lights like these will help you create the best lighting for video projects, and you can do it on a budget!

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Video Slider Buyer's Guide

Video Slider Buyers Guide

 photo byguruXOOX via iStock

As a videographer, you know the importance of controlling motion in your videos. You don’t want unnecessary motion such as camera shake or jerky panning, but you do want smoothly controlled motion so that the recording isn’t so static. 

In addition to video tripod heads, dollies, and drones, adding a video slider to our videography gear set results in more options for controllable motion.

What are Video Sliders?

video slider 1

PHOTO BYNISARA TANGTRAKUL VIA ISTOCK

Sliders for video are a track that allows the camera to move smoothly along the rails. Think of it as an elevated train for your videography gear. A mount or holder for the camera is fitted to rails which can be self supported with its own feet or mounted to a tripod or other support.

The holder gets moved along the rails by means of a motor, hand powered gears, or moved by our hands. The motion is along one plane. Depending on what direction your camera is facing, and the orientation of the slider, this plane can be side to side horizontally, up and down vertically, front to back, or a diagonal angle.

In the video above, you can take a quick look at a couple of video sliders and see how they work.

What are the Benefits of Using a Video Slider?

video slider 2

 photo byziggy1 via iStock

Sliders for video add in that crucial aspect that is missing from most videos made by beginner videographers, controlled motion. As a photographer, we usually do everything we can to prevent motion. For comfortable viewing of videos, we actually want to ADD motion.

But we want to add it in a controlled manner. A video slider is the perfect videography accessory to accomplish this goal. For a detailed discussion on why motion in our videos is important, take a look at this PhotographyTalk article and the subheading of shot length and scene length.

As with many video tips, you get out of the slider what you put into it, so we’ll offer a short video slider buyer’s guide to consider.

Learn More:

Features to Look for in a Video Slider

video slider 3

 photo bybrightstars via iStock

Length of travel, how the movement is done, how the camera is attached, and how the video slider mounts are all important considerations, but the one feature I consider most important is how smoothly it operates.

I found two video sliders from Ikan that have extremely smooth movement and are in two different price points, one medium priced and one very reasonably priced for beginner to intermediate videographers. 

I like shopping for video accessories at Ikan, since they design and manufacture what they sell, offering lower prices for high quality equipment. The designers are also active videographers and cinematographers themselves so they bring that wisdom and their in the field working experience to everything they design.

Belt Driven Slider

video slider buyers guide 4

First, let’s look at the E-Image ES150 extendable belt driven video slider by Ikan. The movement is incredibly smooth and it’s driven by a belt drive with a hand crank. There is an optional motor drive for the belt that is smartphone app controlled and can be pre programmed for various operations.

video slider buyers guide 5

The basic configuration has a travel distance of 23.5 inches for the camera mount and it is expandable by adding an extra set of rails for a total travel of 51 inches. Total weight is 8.5  lbs for the base unit and 10.5 lbs with the extension added. 

It is very reasonably priced for its features and quality, being about the price of a better entry level DSLR. Adding the optional motor drive doubles the cost but also adds all of those remote features and completely hands free operation.

Basic Low-Cost Slider

video slider buyers guide 6

Next item is the E-Image ES35 video slider that is moved by hand and has friction control for controlling the movement and 17.5 inches of total travel when mounted on a tripod. It’s that tripod mounting that allows for the wide range of travel in such a small slider, using a unique motion designed by Ikan.

The movement is so smooth it’s hard to believe how low cost this video slider is, around the same price as a decent video light or tripod. To step up into the better video that your DSLR or mirrorless camera is capable of, you’ll want to invest in a few high quality accessories.

Sliders vs Dollies

video slider buyers guide 7

Why not just add a low cost dolly to our video tripod instead of using a video slider? The difference between video sliders and dollies is that dollies are basically wheels for your tripod while video sliders move the camera while mounted on the tripod or sanding on its own feet.

There are definitely lots of uses for tripod dollies but they are not totally interchangeable with video sliders. A dolly is very useful for longer lengths of movement and for incorporating certain types of multiple movements into your video shots.

If you had a good fluid head video tripod, a video slider, and a dolly for your tripod, then with practice you could accomplish quite a few interesting movements.

More Video Tips

sliders for video 8

 photo bydpmike via iStock

There are so many helpful video tips we’ve seen that can improve your videos, save you time, and save you money. As you get deeper into the fascinating and awesome world of advanced videography and cinematography, keep looking for hints, tips, and explanations of videography techniques. 

We’ve shared many here with articles covering video editing, video lighting, and other video accessories, so add this video slider discussion to your list of tips to improve your videography. And please pass along any tips and ideas of yours to us. We’re looking forward to more and more fun with video.

Learn More:



We Recommend


Video Tripod Buyer's Guide

Video Tripod Buyers Guide

 photo byAscentXmedia via iStock

Tripods are a crucial piece of equipment in every photographer and videographer's kit. However, it's important to keep in mind that what makes a great video tripod is not always the same as what makes a great photography tripod! 

Having a tripod that is well made and suits your needs as a filmmaker, whether you are a beginner or a professional, is an easy way to quickly improve the quality of content you are producing. 

First, we will check out what are the four main parts of tripods for video cameras. Later, we will cover some additional features to think about in order to help you make the most informed decision possible. 

Keep reading this video tripod buyer’s guide to find out exactly what you need to consider when on the hunt for the perfect tripod! 

Video Tripod Legs

video tripod

 photo byJae Young Ju via iStock

The legs, or sticks as they are commonly called, are the most fundamental part of all video tripods. They make up the majority of the device, and are the first thing to look at whenever buying a tripod for video.  

Legs are typically designed one of two ways, fixed or adjustable. Fixed legs are typically sturdier since they have less moving pieces, while adjustable legs give you the opportunity to play around more with aspects such as height and camera angle.

Another point to consider is how strong are the legs? If you use a full set up (monitor, microphone, etc.) or are planning on attaching a heavy video head, you will need legs that can carry the load.  

Typically, legs today are constructed out of either aluminum or carbon fiber, and both have their pluses and minuses. Carbon fiber is light and strong, but can be extremely expensive. Aluminum on the other hand has less flex (that's a good thing!), is better for shooting in windy conditions, and is much cheaper. Additionally, there are some heavy-duty fixed ones which are made of steel. 

Most professional video productions use fixed tripods since they are shooting with huge and extraordinarily expensive cinema cameras. However, for the average shooter, video tripods with adjustable legs will be much more useful in most situations. In the end, it’s up to you to decide what’s more important and what’s more practical for you! 

Tripod Heads

video camera tripod

 photo byniuniu via iStock

The two most popular heads for video tripods are standard pan and tilt heads and fluid heads. From a distance the two appear nearly identical, with the significant difference being that fluid heads provide you with the ability to control the friction or “drag” when panning or tilting. 

This is a total game-changer, and once you’ve used a fluid head, you will never want to use anything else with your video tripod ever again! By controlling the amount of friction when panning and tilting, you will find it much easier to walk away at the end of the day with perfectly smooth moving shots. 

One last thing to keep in mind when buying a head for your video tripod is whether or not it has a quick-release setup. Quick-release is an incredibly useful function that makes transitioning from the tripod to shooting handheld completely seamless. Personally, I would never invest in a tripod for video cameras that didn’t have a quick-release. 

This Manfrotto video tripod head is the one I use, and it’s unquestionably one of the best fluid heads on the market today! 

Learn More:

Video Tripod Feet and Spreaders

tripod for video camera

 photo byFOTOGRAFIA INC. via iStock

Feet and spreaders are the last two parts that make up a tripod. They are minor pieces that most people overlook, but I will review them quickly.

Rubber feet are by far the most common type on video tripods and they work well in the bulk of situations. If you frequently shoot outside or in rougher environments, spiked feet are a great alternative. Depending on the exact tripod, you can sometimes easily remove or change the feet. 

Spreaders are the fourth part of a tripod, but in all reality they are not found on most tripods. They are braces that connect the legs together in order to add an extra level of sturdiness. In addition, they help minimize flex in the legs and can therefore lead to more stable footage. The biggest downside of spreaders is they unfortunately add quite a bit of extra weight.

Additional Features to Think About for a Video Camera Tripod

best video tripod

 photo bybjdlzx via iStock

Of course you want to buy all the best parts to put together your video tripod, but here are a few other things to consider before pulling the trigger.

Do you want to buy a kit or create a customized setup?

There are many fantastic kits out there and if you are newer to the world of video I would suggest buying a kit. If you are more experienced and know exactly what you need, buy the parts separately and build out your own awesome custom video tripod!

Load Capacity (How Much Weight Can The Tripod Hold)

Do you normally film with a lightweight mirrorless/DSLR camera or do you have your very own mobile production studio with tons of gear? Almost any tripod will have a sufficient load capacity if you shoot with a light camera. However, if you have a heavier camera or lots of accessories, you will want to make sure you look at the load capacity specs before you invest in a video tripod. 

Transportability and Weight 

If you travel a lot or shoot outdoors/documentaries, how much your tripod weighs and how easy it is to transport is critical. I without a doubt recommend carbon fiber video tripods for anyone concerned about weight. I have this Peak Design Travel Tripod and it has transformed who I am as a filmmaker! Check out the Peak Design Website for other phenomenal gear as well! 

Price

Last but not least, we have to talk about price. There's an enormous range in the cost of video tripods today, starting from under $100 into the $1000’s. Lucky for you there are more available than ever before, so no matter what your budget is, you are certain to find countless superb options.  

MPB.com is an amazing resource if you are looking for a bargain. They always have tons of used tripods available, as well as heads, supports and whatever else you may need!  

Learn More:



We Recommend


Video Tripod Buying Guide

Video Tripod Features 1

A good video tripod is one of the most important pieces of video equipment you can have beside your camera and lens. A video tripod can be more important than lighting, since you can use the video tripod in situations where you may not need lights. 

Choosing the right video tripod for your needs and showing you what to look for in a video tripod is what this video tripod buying guide will help you do. There are so many options for tripods of any type, and any tripod can be used for video, but the ones designed specifically as a video tripod are better for shooting video.

Video Tripod Features

Video Tripod Buying Guide

Since we are specifically looking at tripods for video productions, it’s a good idea to know what to look for in a video tripod, what features make a huge difference and what features make a little bit of difference. 

  • Main Features: Tripod Legs, Tripod Heads
  • Other Features and Accessories: Quick Release, Dolly, Arms, Spreader, Feet

Tripod Legs

what to look for in a video tripod 2

The main two features of any tripod are the legs and the head. All of the other features and accessories relate to them in one way or the other.

The legs of a video tripod can be fixed or adjustable in height and can be constructed of various different materials. Carbon fiber and aluminum are the two most common materials with wood being a distant third.

Adjustable legs can be tubular or other shapes and can be locked by twist mechanisms or levers. The legs can also be single tubes or twin tubes, with single tubes being able to be made very lightweight and twin tubes more stable though they are often quite a bit heavier. 

Video tripods are made differently than regular photographic tripods in that there is no center column but rather a bowl that adjusts by about 15 degrees or so to level out the attached video head.

A good example of the twin tube leg design for a video tripod is the GA752 2-Stage Aluminum Tripod from Ikan, manufacturer and retailer of high quality video accessory equipment.

Learn More:

Tripod Heads

Tripod Heads 3

In the video tripod kit listed above, the twin tubed legs are paired with the GH06 Pro Fluid Head with quick release. 

A fluid head is preferred by many videographers as opposed to using a regular pan and tilt head or a ball and socket head as you probably have on your regular tripod for still photography. What makes a fluid head different is how it moves. The movement is dampened by a heavy oil so that pans and tilts made while shooting are very smooth.

Some fluid heads have adjustable drag, changing how much resistance is in the fluid dampening of the desired movement. Counter balance is another useful adjustment on fluid heads that works in conjunction with the drag for smoothing out any deliberate movement.

Quick Release

high quality video tripods 4

The purpose of quick release systems is to allow you to quickly release the camera from the tripod and reattach it quickly and securely. It doesn’t do us much good if the quick release on our video tripod isn’t secure and stable. 

Thankfully, every quick release I’ve ever tested on Ikan’s video tripod kits are completely secure when mounted on their video tripod. The quick release on the GH06 head included in the GA752 kit is called Easy-Lock Camera Plate System and it works very easily besides being entirely secure.

Spreader, Dolly, Feet, Arms

features of video tripods

These last few accessories and features of video tripods either make the rig more secure and stable or make your video production jobs go easier.

The GA752 legs come with a removable spreader which can lock the legs together for a more stable base. The spreader being removable is a nice added feature because with the spreader, you can adjust the legs independently for setting up on uneven ground.

A rolling dolly, the EI-7004, makes studio or location video shoots go a little smoother when you need to make camera movements other than pan or tilt. The feet of the GA752 are removable to put it on the dolly or you can use the rubber feet which retract to spikes for outdoor use.

features of video tripods 6

A nice additional capability for a professional level tripod is the ability to attach an extra arm, such as the EI-A47 11” Articulating Magic Arm, so that you can mount other video accessories such as an extra video monitor or small LED lights.

The Video Tripod for You

buying video tripod 7

What video tripod you  decide on is going to be based on what your budget is, the size video tripod you need, and what video tripod features you require. Have a look at the other video tripod kits from Ikan to find one that works for you. 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Videography 101

Videography 101

photo byB4LLS via iStock

Making movies has never been as accessible for aspiring filmmakers as it is currently. Movie making today often involves videography. 

In fact, more and more still photographers are using their camera’s video features too. Though you may be an absolute expert in still imaging, there may be some videography basics you need to learn. 

Principles of Videography

One of the first things to get used to when shooting videos is how motion changes everything. It changes the way you hold or support your camera, it changes the way you think about the final result, and it changes what you consider to be high quality.

Video Resolution

videography basics 1

photo byisil terzioglu via iStock

Still digital photographers are used to measuring potential image quality by looking at the sensor resolution of the sensor and what type of file is being used. So, we know a 24.1MP sensor and RAW files will deliver images with higher potential quality than a 6.2MP sensor and Jpegs.  

The nature of recording moving images changes resolution requirements. A large part of the reason is the sheer size of video files. So, we consider resolution differently. 

A recording meant only to be seen on a mobile device doesn’t need much video resolution. The need for a large screen TV is higher. So, a resolution of 720p is better on a TV than a resolution of 480p.  

Higher quality video files with a resolution of 1080p are often referred to as HD or High Definition video. 4K is an even higher resolution, capable of cinematic quality resolution.

Compression

Getting to know about compression is one of the more important videography tips for beginners. Since the videos are so huge, compression is used to shrink file sizes in order to make them more manageable. Conversion programs or editing programs with conversion functions can adjust the files to a smaller size without adversely affecting how it looks when played back. 

Learn More:

File Conversion

videography tips for beginners 2

photo bysutiporn via iStock

Many cameras record in a digital format specific for that camera or brand, much like RAW files for still imaging. In order to get a finished video that can be viewed by common devices, the files are converted to standard formats. MP4 is one of the more common formats. 

MP4 is also generally a compressed format. So the large video in a specific format is reduced and made viewable by most types of playback devices. If explaining videography for dummies, you could say that MP4 is video’s Jpeg and you would have a pretty good understanding of the relationship.

Aspect Ratios

videography basics

photo bygorodenkoff via iStock

Aspect ratio is how long a frame is versus how high it is. An 8x10 inch print has an aspect ratio of 4:5. A regular TV screen has an aspect ratio of 4:3, with wide screen TVs being 16:9. This makes 16:9 usable cinematically, though there are wider aspect ratios used for commercial theater release.

If you record with a higher resolution, you can change aspect ratios without losing too much video quality.

Video Lighting

Just like with still photography, quality video work requires that you have quality lighting.

But gone are the days of having to set up complicated lighting schemes (and spending tons of money on lighting gear, for that matter).

One of my favorite additions to my video kit is the PilotFly AtomCube RX1 RGBCW LED Video Light shown above and below.

As you can see, it's a tiny little thing that can fit in your pocket. But don't think that because it's small that it doesn't pack a mighty punch...

With a CRI of 95+ and a TLCI of 97, you know you’re getting excellent quality lighting for your project.

There are 12 different lighting options built right into the light, which gives you easy access to tons of adjustments to get the lighting just right for your videos.

I also like that this light's battery lasts a full three hours, so you can keep recording and recording without worry that this little light is going to die on you.

On top of all that, the PilotFly AtomCube RX1 is completely dimmable. You can also adjust color temperature, saturation, and brightness.

It's well built with a durable all-aluminum frame, too. That means you can throw it in your camera bag and not worry about it being too delicate.

The best part is that you can use Bluetooth to connect up to 255 of these things together, all of which can be calibrated for consistent light from one unit to the next.

Add in control via a smartphone app, and you have the makings of an ideal light for your video needs!

Cameras and Lenses

principles of videography 5

photo byRowan Jordan via iStock

We’ve talked about video quality quite a bit when examining resolution, file types, and aspect ratio. Starting with the highest quality will let us end up with videos that can be enjoyed across multiple types of devices.

So, just as in still digital photography, larger sensors and better lenses will enable us to have better results.

principles of videography 7

Digital cameras, either DSLR or mirrorless, in MFT, APS-C, and Full Frame sensors are able to produce excellent video. Large sensors and sharp lenses are a piece of the equation, how a camera handles the digital files is also a vital part. Some large sensor cameras don’t have high quality video modes. 

The newest digital cameras, including mirrorless cameras, have excellent video features. The prime lenses available for these new cameras are equally amazing in how good they are.

principles of videography 6

As an example, the Canon EOS R has a 30.3MP sensor and can record 4K video. Prime focal length lenses such as the Canon RF 35mm f/1.8 wide angle lens and the Canon RF 85mm f/1.2 short telephoto (shown above) are excellent choices for creating superb videos with this camera.

Learn More:

Bokeh

videography for dummies 8

Photo by McKinley Law on Unsplash

Which brings us to another concern in videography basics. In order to maximize viewer enjoyment and involvement when watching the videos, minimizing distractions is very important. 

Bokeh, or how out of focus images and spots of light appear, is a lens characteristic familiar to still photographers. Larger sensor cameras with fast primes tend to produce amazing bokeh. So that Canon EOS R with 35mm f/1.8 and 85mm f/1.2 lenses should enable beginner videographers to make great looking videos.

The end result is likely to be a video that can be enjoyed by others, videos that may actually make you some money from satisfied clients.

Video Editing

principles of videography 3

Photo by KAL VISUALS on Unsplash

After the video shoot, it is an almost foregone conclusion that there will need to be editing. A still image may be usable straight out of the camera (but not really), but almost every video file will require some post processing. 

From videography basics such as file conversion and compression, to cutting and splicing scenes, editing is a fact of life in videography. A whole article could be made on video editing. 

Videography Tips for Beginners

videography for dummies 9

Photo by KAL VISUALS on Unsplash

A lot can be said about high quality equipment, basic videography techniques, and editing after the shoot, but the most important aspect of video is how it differs from and is similar to still photography. 

If your camera has a high quality video mode, take advantage of it. You will have loads of enjoyment and it just might turn you into a filmmaker.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Videography Accessories You Need in Your Bag

Videography Accessories You Need in Your Bag

photo byfiladendron via iStock

If you’re just breaking into videography, then you’re probably wondering what type of videography gear you absolutely need now and which video accessories you can put off purchasing until you’re sure you’re going to stick with it.  

I definitely don’t need to reiterate this point, but videography accessories are quite expensive and if you’ve already bought a new camera capable of taking great video, then wanting to put off any more large purchases right now makes a lot of sense. 

So, this article is going to walk you through which videography accessories are essential and which can wait. 

Videography Accessories You Need in Your Bag: Headphones

videography gear 1

photo bygorodenkoff via iStock

Besides my camera and lighting, the first video gear I ever purchased was a great pair of headphones.  

Headphones are an absolute necessity to add to your videography accessories if you’re serious about shooting video with great audio (and who isn’t?). 

videography gear 2

But, one of my favorite things about headphones is that you can get a really good pair for relatively cheap. It may be one of the least expensive videography accessories you ever have to buy. 

For instance, I shot with the Sony MDR-7506 headphones for a long while and they’re only $100. 

Videography Accessories You Need in Your Bag: External Mic

videography gear 4

 photo byguruXOOX via iStock

Again, if you’re serious about your audio, which you absolutely should be as it is just as important as your video, then you’re going to need an external mic. Even professional-grade cameras don’t always have the best internal microphones.

As a beginner, the easiest solution to grab great audio is to get a mic that plugs directly into your 3.5mm jack. I recommend the Rode VideoMic Camera-Mount Shotgun micto all of my friends. It’s $150, which doesn’t necessarily break the bank, and you can use it in a variety of scenarios.

videography gear 3

However, if you’re going to be doing a lot of interviewing, then you should also invest in a lavalier microphone that you can put directly on your interview subjects. It can be frustrating to need to purchase multiple videography accessories that all “do the same thing,” like two microphones. But, the initial investment will definitely be worth it in this category.  

Learn More:

Videography Accessories You Need in Your Bag: A Slider

videography accessories 5

 photo byAnton Minin via iStock

One of the videography accessories that I love the most is my slider. I shoot a lot of my video by myself and on the go and a slider is the easiest way to ensure I get really smooth, steady shots without using a dolly. 

Unfortunately, sliders are one of the more expensive videography accessories for beginner videographers. You can usually pick a good quality slider up for between $100-$300, although cheaper versions do exist. I just don’t recommend using a cheaper version because you’ll need to replace it sooner rather than later and it may turn you off from using sliders altogether if it’s frustrating to work with. 

Videography Accessories You Need in Your Bag: Gloves

videography accessories 6

 photo byherreid via iStock

I think this is one of the videography accessories that a lot of beginner videographers sort of forget about. A good pair of solid gloves will save you more times than you realize. 

I use my gloves while I’m setting up or breaking down a set, obviously. But, I also use gloves when I’m adjusting my lights (which, unsurprisingly, can get really hot). 

Since work gloves are so cheap, I recommend buying a couple pairs of them so you always have them.  

Videography Accessories You Need in Your Bag: Gaffer’s Tape

videography accessories 7

 photo bykyoshino via iStock

This 2” gaffer tape is another one of the absolutely essential videography accessories. You use Gaffer tape to mark up your set so you know exactly where your subjects need to be during your shots.

However, as you become more accustomed to videography, you’ll find about a million ways to use your gaffer tape. For instance, when I’m traveling I’ll use my gaffer tape to cover any logos I have on my cameras so they look older to prevent thieves from wanting to steal my stuff. I also use my gaffer tape to help shape my light sources when I’m in a bind or to conceal microphones on my subjects.

You can also use gaffer tape to prevent yourself from accidentally hitting a switch on your camera that you don’t want to hit while you’re filming. Frustratingly, not all cameras come with locks on important switches (like the switch that changes your focus from manual to auto). You can correct this with your tape.

Lastly, you can use brightly colored gaffer tape to differentiate your equipment from someone else’s equipment. This tip is most useful if you’re shooting with other people regularly.

Regardless of how you use it, gaffer tape is one of the best videography accessories you’ll ever buy and each roll is less than $20. 

Videography Accessories You Need in Your Bag: Markers

video accessories 8

 photo byMichaelJay via iStock

This tip is pretty straightforward, but get yourself a slew of permanent markers. I use markers constantly while I’m on set and you can never have too many of them. 

Videography Accessories You Need in Your Bag: A Multi-Tool

video accessories 9

 photo byDonNichols via iStock

This is another one of the pretty straightforward videography accessories. Make sure that whichever multi-tool you pick, you have one with a sharp knife and scissors. 

Videography Accessories You Need in Your Bag: A Backpack to Carry It All

critical videography accessories 10

All of your videography accessories are going to get lost pretty quickly if you don’t have a comfortable backpack to carry all of it in.

I use a Hex Glacier Camo Cinema Backpack for most of my videography shoots. This bag features everything you could need to keep your videography accessories safe and organized, so you never forget something essential again.

critical videography accessories 11

For starters, the bag is water resistant, so you don’t need to worry about your equipment getting wrecked if it starts to rain. It’s also one of the more comfortable backpacks I’ve tried. This is because it comes with a padded waist belt to help distribute the weight of your videography accessories across your whole body. 

The main compartment comes with a padded insert that keeps all of your equipment compartmentalized. It also comes with a stash pocket on the waist belt so you can have immediate access to things like cash, memory cards or extra batteries, and your subway ticket. 

critical videography accessories 12

One of the most important qualities for any videography bag I use is that it is large enough to fit my laptop and this bag can fit a laptop up to 17”. 

You can purchase the Hex Glacier Camo Cinema Backpack for $240 on Amazon right now.

Learn More:



We Recommend


Videography Tips for Beginners

Videography Tips for Beginners

 photo byPeopleImages via iStock

Are you new to videography and looking for ways to improve the quality of your content? You’ve come to the right place! 

No matter what you like to shoot, these five essential videography tips for beginners will instantly help you create better videos. 

From filmmaking tips to event videography tips to everything in between, it’s time to get ready to learn the best videography tips for beginners! 

Videography Tips for Beginners: Plan Your Shots Ahead of Time

video shoot

 photo byPeopleImages via iStock

As a beginner videographer, one of the best things you can do is plan ahead and be prepared for your video shoot. People always tend to prepare their equipment and their locations well in advance, but one often overlooked step is planning exactly what you are going to film. 

With that said, one of the best videography tips for beginners is to always have a script and a shot list! 

When developing a script, two important things to consider are, who is your target audience? And, what is the goal of your video? If you don’t clearly understand these two things, both your script and your final video will suffer. 

Once you have a written script, it’s time to visualize how you are going to take those words and make them come to life on screen. Storyboarding and creating a detailed shot list are how you will do this! 

Regardless if you are shooting a short film, a commercial, a product video, or a live event, you always want to have some sort of script and shot list prepared in advance! 

Videography Tips for Beginners: Understand composition and framing

videography tips

 photo byB4LLS via iStock

Another one of the most essential videography tips for beginners is to be able to properly compose and frame your scenes. Even if you have the most expensive camera, or are a world-class writer and storyteller, your video won’t be received well if your images look sloppy. 

The most basic rule of composition is the rule of thirds. A quick way to describe it is to imagine a tic tac toe board hovering over your scene, then, find the four spots where the lines intersect. These are the points where you ideally want to place your subjects for best composition.  

Almost all cameras today have the option to turn on the rule of third lines both on the viewfinder and the LCD screen. Using this feature is one of the most basic videography tips, and an effective way to make your scenes visually appealing to the audience. 

A couple other framing tips for videography are; to understand the different shots and when to use them (wide, medium, close), where to crop a person depending on the shot, and how much headroom you should leave at the top of the frame. 

Learn More:

Videography Tips for Beginners: Always keep the camera steady

event videography tips

 photo byAnzhela Mingaleeva via iStock

Shaky footage is one of the most obvious signs of an inexperienced or lazy videographer. Lucky for you, it’s one of the easiest things to fix!  

The simplest way to prevent shaky footage is by using a tripod. A tripod is one of the most critical pieces of gear in every filmmaker's kit, and if you don’t have one yet, go out and get one!  

Taking the extra time to set up your tripod is one of the most important videography tips for beginners, and I can assure that you won’t regret it! You may not notice the shake of handheld footage now, but once you study the difference between video shot on a tripod vs video shot handheld you will never want to shoot handheld again. 

If you really need to be mobile, using a shoulder mount or a gimbal will give you the freedom to film on the go. Gimbals are a go to piece of videography gear for wedding photographers and Vloggers with small cameras, while shoulder mounts are more typical in events and documentary filmmaking.

Videography Tips for Beginners: Choose your video settings beforehand and stick with them

basic videography tips

 photo bydpmike via iStock

If you have any experience with photography, you are probably used to constantly adjusting and playing with the settings to get the best exposures. It doesn’t work the same in the world of video however. 

Of course you will need to make small adjustments when filming, but the core settings should be decided upon in advance and then stuck to throughout the entirety of your film. The principal two settings I am talking about are frame rate (fps) and shutter speed. 

One of your main jobs as a videographer is to create a consistent final product, and switching either the frame rate or shutter speed at any point during production will result in huge stylistic differences that viewers will easily notice. 

Most cameras will have the option to shoot in 24fps, 30fps, or 60fps, with some professional cameras also offering 120fps. A general videography tip for beginners to follow is to always set the shutter speed to double the frame rate. 

Videography Tips for Beginners: Don’t forget the audio

tips for videography

 photo bymiodrag ignjatovic via iStock

One of the most common mistakes new videographers make when filming is ignoring the audio. This is a giant mistake as 50% of any good video is the audio! 

Sure you can always go back and make minor adjustments to audio levels in post-production, but why not learn to record it in the highest quality from the get-go? This will save you a lot of time and stress later on down the road.

If you are recording sound via an in-camera microphone, make sure you test it out beforehand to monitor the quality and see how close you need to be to the subject in order to hear it clearly. Nothing is worse than having a ton of beautiful footage only to realize later on that it’s unusable due to poor audio.  

One of my top videography tips for beginners is to invest in an external microphone. It doesn’t have to be a ridiculously expensive one right out of the gate, but even a basic one should be a step up from the in-camera microphon and will give you much more freedom when filming! If you are using an external mike, don’t forget to start recording the audio though!!!!!

Bonus Videography Tips for Beginners

tips for shooting video

 photo byContentWorks via iStock

  • Learn to shoot in manual mode
  • Research frame rates
  • Understand the basics of lighting 
  • Discover the different camera shots, angles, and movements 
  • Practice, practice, practice!!!!!

Learn More:



We Recommend


Videography Tips for Photographers

Videography Tips for Photographers

photo bylisegagne via iStock

Are you a photographer interested in shooting more video, but not quite sure where to start? No matter what type of video content you want to create, you’ve come to the right place!  

In this article I’ll share videography tips for beginners, wedding videography tips, drone videography tips, and more.  

Keep reading to discover my four top videography tips for photographers, plus a few bonus videography tips for those of you who make it all the way to the end.

Videography Tips: Get Your Hands on The Essential Gear

videography tips

photo byPeopleImages via iStock

One of the most important videography tips for beginners is to put together a kit of essential gear that you will need for shooting video. Having the right equipment helps make the transition from photography to videography much easier, and will instantly improve the quality of your footage.  

The most essential piece of gear for videography is a reliable tripod. There are many great tripods specifically designed for video, but if you already have a tripod you use for photography and don’t want to buy a new one just for videography I totally understand. If that’s the case, you should at least invest in a quality “pan and tilt head” or “fluid video head” for your current tripod. 

A sturdy tripod is far from the only video specific equipment you need however. Here’s a list of more essential videography gear to include in your kit:

  • A variety of lenses (zoom and prime lenses)
  • Lighting equipment (a 3-point lighting kit is great for beginners)
  • An external microphone
  • Lots of memory cards, batteries, and external hard drives
  • A gimbal
  • A good video editing software

Videography Tips: Learn Frame Rates and What They Mean

wedding videography tips

photo bydeepblue4you via iStock

Did you know that video is actually just a compilation of still images played back at speeds that make it look fluid! We measure this in what we call “frame rate” or “frames per second” (fps).

Simply put, frame rate is the amount of still images that make up one second of video. The majority of DSLR and mirrorless cameras give you the option to record in a handful of different frame rates, with the most common ones being 24fps, 30fps, 60fps, and 120fps. Let’s take a look at the differences between them and how to choose which one is best for you.

  • 24fps, or 23.98fps as it is sometimes written, is the gold standard in film and gives you that oh so sought after cinematic look that filmmakers crave. Personally, I would recommend shooting the majority of your projects in 24fps. 
  • 30fps is the standard frame rate for live television, news, sports, and talk shows. It’s a great choice if you are vlogging or making a video podcast. Additionally, it’s a great frame rate to use when flying a drone!
  • 60fps is the frame rate closest to human vision, and is usually used when you want to record footage that will later be played back in slow motion. It’s a favorite among wedding photographers who absolutely love using slow-mo! 
  • 120fps is considered true slow motion, and is terrific for recording establishing shots, high speed sports, and water droplets. Unfortunately, 120fps is only an option on higher end video cameras. 

 Learn More:

Videography Tips: Make Sure the Shutter Speed Matches the Frame Rate

drone videography tips

photo byLeonidKos via iStock

In videography, adjusting the shutter speed does not have the same effect as it does in photography. In video, when you change the shutter speed you are adjusting not only the amount of light that reaches the camera sensor, but the amount of motion blur as well!   

If your shutter speed is too high, your footage will look dark and extremely choppy. On the other hand, if your shutter speed is too low, the result will be content that is overexposed and has excessive motion blur. 

As a general rule, to get the best results you want to set your shutter speed to double your chosen frame rate. Once set, you don’t have to change the shutter speed unless you change the frame rate or are trying to create a specific artistic look. 

Videography Tips: Understand The Different Camera Shots, Angles, and Movements

videography tips for beginners

photo bySimonSkafar via iStock

Another sublime videography tip is to try and master the art of camera shots, camera angles and camera movements. In order to best tell your story and transmit it to the viewers, knowing the differences between these basic concepts will go a long way! 

Camera Shots

All camera shots can be broken down into one of three categories, wide, medium, or close-up. As a rule of thumb, typically the closer you are to the subject, the more dramatic the shot is and the more emotion you are trying to convey. Here is a full list of camera shots, from widest to narrowest: 

  • Establishing shot
  • Long shot
  • Medium shot
  • Medium close-up shot
  • Close -up shot
  • Extreme close-up shot

Camera Angles

Understanding the different camera angles available to use is also an excellent videography tip. Using a variety of camera angles will increase your creativity, change the viewer's perspective, and help better capture the audience's attention. Here are some of the most popular camera angles:

  • High angle
  • Eye level
  • Low angle
  • Over the shoulder 
  • Point of view (POV)
  • Bird’s-eye view
  • Worm’s-eye view

Camera Movements

Now, let’s talk about the different types of camera movements. There are six basic movements that all videographers should have in their back pocket at all times, and mastering them will undoubtedly improve the quality of your work. Without further ado, they are:

  • Pan shots
  • Tilt shots
  • Dolly shots
  • Truck shots
  • Pedestal shots
  • Roll shots 

Bonus Videography Tips

videography gear

photo bysturti via iStock

The four videography tips above are a great starting point when transitioning from photography to videography, but they are far from the only ways to improve as a videographer. Check out these awesome bonus videography tips!

Learn More:



We Recommend


Videography vs Cinematography

Videography vs Cinematography

 photo bydelihayat via iStock

The words videography and cinematography are thrown around all the time these days, but what exactly are we referring to when we use videography vs cinematography? 

You may be surprised to learn that they are two quite distinct things! Yes, videography vs cinematography both relate to recording and capturing footage, but that my friends is where the similarities end. 

What is videography? What is cinematography? What’s the difference between cinematography and videography? Should we use the two terms interchangeably? 

Continue reading this ultimate videography vs cinematography guide to find out the answers to all those questions and more! 

What is Videography?

cinematography vs videography

 photo bystock_colors via iStock

According to dictionary.com, videography is defined as, “the art or process of making films with a video camera.”

However, typically when we use the word today we’re referring to the use of a video camera in order to capture moments and live events. 

What is Cinematography?

definition of cinematography vs videography

 photo byguruXOOX via iStock

Cinematography, on the other hand, is defined by dictionary.com as, “the art or technique of video photography, traditionally used in movies, but also in the production of TV shows and other video content.”

Once again, this is not the most accurate definition. Cinematography can better be defined as the strategic planning, artistic direction, and artistic decision-making that goes into the process of creating a video production. Cinematography is also known as direction of photography.  

Learn More:

Videography vs Cinematography: What are the Differences?

Cinematography 1

 photo byponsulak via iStock

Now that we know the definition of cinematography vs videography, let’s take a closer look at the major differences between them in the real world! 

Videography vs Cinematography Difference #1 - What do we call the person who works in this field?

Someone who works in videography is called a videographer whereas someone who works in cinematography is called a cinematographer. A cinematographer is also commonly referred to as a Director of Photography (DP), depending on his/her exact role in the project. 

Videography vs Cinematography Difference #2 - What do they film?

what is videography

 photo bymeatbull via iStock

Videography focuses on shooting live, unplanned events. Weddings, concerts, parties, conferences, school functions, etc. Any sort of live event that you want filmed is the job of a videographer. 

Cinematography is all about films and television. A cinematographer can work on feature films, short films, scripted television series, and miniseries.  

Videography vs Cinematography Difference #3 - How much control do they have on what is being filmed?

what is cinematography

 photo bygorodenkoff via iStock

In videography, you have no control over the events you are filming. Since everything is live and unplanned, your only goal is to capture the moments, not direct what is happening.  

On the flip side, as a cinematographer you have complete control over everything. You are in charge of lighting, shot composition, the mood, the colors, and the camera movement. You work hand in hand with the director to paint the exact images and story you desire. 

Videography vs Cinematography Difference #4 - How large are the teams they work with? 

Videographers usually work solo or with super small teams. Normally one videographer is hired out for a project and if she/he thinks they need more cameras rolling and more hands on deck, they will bring on additional people as necessary.

Cinematographers are on the complete opposite side of the spectrum. They exclusively work in teams, oftentimes extremely large teams. If a director of photography had to control everything on a set by himself, no production would ever be completed!

Videography vs Cinematography Difference #5 - What does the final product look like?

guide on videography vs cinematography

 photo byDmitry SHISHKIN via iStock

In videography, the final product is for the most part a summary or “highlight reel” of what took place at the event. Only the most important and exciting moments make it into the final video. On a side note, the videographer is ordinarily the editor of the video as well.

In cinematography, the final outcome is a film, short, or television show. A complete story is told from start to finish, and all the necessary shots will be included in order for the audience to understand the story. The cinematographer may sometimes work with the editor in post production, but normally not. 

Videography vs Cinematography Difference #6 - What’s the ultimate goal?

The goal of videography is to capture the moments and atmosphere of an event, and transmit them appropriately to the audience. Additionally, the goal of a videographer is to make money for his business.

The goal of cinematography is to tell a story and entertain the viewers. They hope to create an artistic final video that will captivate the audience's attention. The cinematographer's goal is to create the work, not to make money. That is the goal of the production department. 

Last Thoughts on Videography vs Cinematography

Cinematography 2

 photo bygorodenkoff via iStock

So, are videography vs cinematography the same thing? NO! Should the two terms be used interchangeably? NO! As I’ve explained above, these are two very distinct pursuits.

Congratulations! Now you know the biggest differences between videography vs cinematography, and you can use the two terms confidently and correctly from here on out! 

Learn More:



We Recommend


What is a Camera Cage?

What is a Camera Cage

Photo by Stephan Müller from Pexels

As photographers and videographers involved in serious videography, you have probably seen or searched for a camera cage. Along with such vital accessories as external microphones, video lighting, and filters, a camera cage can simplify your workflow. 

So, you won’t get better video from a camera cage, but using a camera cage can allow you to be able to capture the best video footage possible. We will cover three questions. What is a camera cage? What are the benefits of camera cages? How do we use a camera cage?

 

 

Camera Cage? What’s That?

benefits of camera cages 2

A camera cage is a mounting system. Shooting high-quality video, you have likely found yourself wishing you had more spots on your camera to attach certain video accessories. An external video light competes for mounting spots with your shotgun mic or external monitor.  

We could use a bracket for some of this, but a camera cage offers a couple of extra features. Stabilization and specialty mounted tools are part of what makes camera cages good ideas for shooting advanced videography.

benefits of camera cages 3

As an example of a basic camera cage usable for modern DSLRs and mirrorless cameras, the Ikan Stratus cage has the shape and functionality that make camera cages beneficial videography tools. 

You’ll notice that the camera will fit inside the main body of the cage, and the cage itself is then used to mount all the other useful accessories you want for smooth video recordings. Nothing actually fits on the camera, eliminating stress on vulnerable camera parts.

Learn More:

Benefits of Camera Cages

how to use a camera cage 5

Photo by Kyle Loftus from Pexels

An immediate benefit of using camera cages is extra stability. Using interchangeable lens cameras for videography gives us great video recording capabilities. But since most of these cameras were designed primarily around still photography, the form factor doesn’t lend itself to holding comfortably and steadily while shooting video.

One of the benefits of camera cages is that it instantly changes the form factor to something more appropriate to video. Additionally, the cage gives you mounting points that balance the sometimes heavy accessories used in serious videography. 

Accessories like a video monitor would put a lot of stress on the built in accessory shoe on the camera. And then it takes up the spot you want for a shotgun mic. The camera cage solves that problem, too. 

 

 

How to Use a Camera Cage

benefits of camera cages 4

Using camera cages automatically transforms your production thoughts to a different level. Whether that’s a higher level or not depends on how you make use of the tools at your disposal. 

A camera cage doesn’t actually do anything on it’s own. It’s what allows you to do smoothly and effortlessly that’s the important thing. 

Going back to the Ikan Status camera cage, if you add a lens support and follow focus system, you can mount the entire rig on a quality video tripod and perform advanced video techniques with ease.

benefits of camera cages 5

Follow focus is a technique used to keep the subject in focus while dollying or tracking the camera. In larger productions, this is a separate job from other camera operations. In our one man studio operations, we need a little help from well designed accessories.

The bottom rods and added lens support also give us a steadier platform for lens filter systems and matte boxes. Matte boxes are a staple of serious video and cinematographic production to control lens flare and for other optical tricks used in movie production.

Camera cages like the Ikan Stratus also mount and unmount rapidly and securely from tripods with quick release systems, making them ideal for rapid changes of point of view or to change from a static view to an immersive view. 

While using the camera cages as handheld devices, the top handle gives a much more comfortable way to hold the camera rig for better, smoother video footage.

Create Better Video Footage

how to use a camera cage 6

Photo by Kyle Loftus from Pexels

As I said at the start, using camera cages, or any other photography or videography tool, won’t make you better. But certain tools and accessories lend themselves to easing our workload and giving us a better workflow.

Having a better workflow for videography often results in freeing our mind to be more creative and also it helps keep us focused on important aspects of our craft such as exposure, composition, and lighting, which  does tend to result in better work from us.

So, in a way, I guess we could say that some accessories and tools help make us better videographers. But only if we already know what makes great video, great stories, and something others will like watching.  

Camera cages don’t do anything other than hold stuff for us. But sometimes, that’s all we need to free us up to make better videos. 

Learn More:

 

 



We Recommend


What is a Follow Focus System?

What is a Follow Focus System

 photo byinnovatedcaptures via iStock

A follow focus system is a helpful tool for professional videographers to ensure accurate focus and smooth focus transitions while recording. The origins of follow focus systems go back decades and were first incorporated into film based cinematography. 

What is a follow focus system for? Why would a current videographer using the latest in digital technology need a follow focus system when autofocus is so good? Do we really need to know how to use a follow focus system? Good questions. This follow focus system tutorial will provide some answers plus tips and ideas.

What Is a Follow Focus System?

follow focus system

 photo bybrightstars via iStock

If we were on a set for a major motion picture, digitally captured or on film, there are job descriptions that sound foriegn to us. These jobs are usually something that we end up doing ourselves in our smaller or even one person professional videography operation.  

For instance, listed in credits will be cinematographer, the person arranging the lighting, key grip, a person physically putting equipment (including lights) in place, and a camera operator, the person running the camera.

A credit you have wondered about is focus puller. This is the person that adjusts the focus of the lens. It’s an important job when focus has to change during the take. For instance, when the panning, dollying, or slider action changes camera to subject distance or the subject changes from one to another in the same take.

A follow focus system is a mechanical, electronic, or hybrid tool used to do the focus pulling for us. Depending on the size of your professional videography operation and the complexity of the shot, you could choose to operate the follow focus system yourself or assign it to a crew member.

Do You Need a Follow Focus System?

how to use a follow focus system

 photo bygorodenkoff via iStock

In other words, what is a follow focus system for? Video and cinema is different from still imaging in that it shows motion as motion. Since things are in motion, the camera, the subject, or both, focusing distance will change.

We could try to rely on our camera AF system to keep up with all of this motion, but sometimes the subject distance changes in ways that fools even the best auto focus. Also, the demands of the scene may require changing from one subject or area of interest to another, oftentimes in very spots in the field of view. 

Shooting in low light or for selective focus techniques also puts a strain on our focusing if relying on AF alone. You don’t want the AF to be hunting for focus when the action has already changed to another part of the field of view. So, a follow focus system allows focus to follow the action in a predictable and controlled manner.

Learn More:

How to Use a Follow Focus System

wire

Let’s look at a commercially available follow focus system and see how we might incorporate it into our own productions. My favorite professional video accessories manufacturer Ikan makes a reasonably priced model, the PD Movie PD4-S3 Remote Air Pro.

This model provides a lot of usability. It is 4 pieces, 3 motor units and the controller. There are actually 3 different motors supplied with the kit so you can use the one controller to change focus, zoom, and lens iris control. 

Part of what makes this follow focus system so useful is the small size of the motors and the fact you can control all at once. With a matte box, filters, and other things attached to our camera and camera cage, being able to smoothly operate these functions while filming is a huge advantage.

Just as we opened up our creativity and enhanced the viewability of our production with DMX lighting and a motorized slider, adding a follow focus system will enable our finished videos to look more professional and be more enjoyable to watch.

Remote Air Pro in Action

dual hand

The PD Movie PD4-S3 Remote Air Pro from Ikan is a joy to use. Attach the motors as directed to the zoom, iris (lens aperture), and focus rings of the lens, and either mount the controller to the cage and wire it to the motors or use the controller wirelessly with or without a remote monitor. There is also a smartphone app that can be incorporated into your workflow.

The controller has a focus wheel that can be used for fine focus control as well as large quick actions. It is very intuitive since you simply turn or twist the wheel. The iris and zoom are controlled by rocker switches which also have adjustable speeds.

Below are a couple of short videos that show basic operation. Other videos are on the Ikan website for further explanation, hints, and tips.

Professional Results

what is a follow focus system for

photo byproxyminder via iStock

The goal of adding any equipment, programs, or new techniques to our professional videography operation is to maximize our results. The closer we can get our own productions to mimic the output of major motion picture studios or TV shows, the more professional looking our results are. 

If our videos appear more professional, this pleases the clients, makes the videos more enjoyable to watch, and hopefully increases our good reputation and demand, which can be leveraged to a successful video production business. 

A follow focus system is just one peice of the puzzle leading to superior results. Lots of hardware and software is involved in crafting a great video, whether it’s a wedding, a commercial, an in house  training video, or pure entertainment. 

Using these tools properly to transfer our creative vision into a superior product is the role of our creative minds and learning good practices and techniques.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


What is DMX Lighting?

What is DMX Lighting

Making good videos and still images requires the ability and capacity to control what is being captured and recorded. Lighting is a huge factor in most situations, especially important for making videos that are engaging or entertaining. 

Regarding studio lighting, you may have come across DMX lighting. What is DMX lighting and how can it help us with our own video or still imaging projects?

What Is DMX Lighting Anyways?

dmx lighting benefits 1

 photo bygrandriver via iStock

DMX is not a brand name or a rap star, it is a digital standard for lighting and effects control. DMX stands for digital multiplexing. This standard allows compatible lighting or other machines to be controlled by a central board. DMX supports 512 channels per fixture of control and since it is digital, you can wire units in series as opposed to snaking a separate cord for each device back to a control panel. 

So, DMX is not a special effects machine or a specialty sound mixer, but rather a method of connecting and controlling lighting and other effects that is digital in nature and simple to connect.

Learn More:

DMX Lighting Benefits

dmx lighting benefits 2

 photo byDerekJWalker via iStock

DMX lighting benefits us in several ways. DMX lighting for photography of still images eases up our studio workflow, especially when working with models or in making portraits. Sometimes, we need to add models to our product photography for clarity of purpose or for lifestyle images. DMX lighting gives us centralized control over all the changes required for the various images. 

DMX lighting for videography is where we really feel the positive DMX lighting benefits in regards to simplifying our workflow. Since we have things in motion, including the recording (hence the term ‘motion picture’ still applies), we optimally want a method of lighting control that won’t require us to either pause the action or work arounds for ensuring non performers don’t show in the view.

dmx lighting for videography 3

 photo bybjones27 via iStock

Setting up all of our lighting and effects with DMX lighting control lets us make all of the changes from a centralised console, avoiding pausing production or working around non on screen people. Some DMX lighting consoles even allow for preprogramming all of the adjustments.

This centralized control can open up our creativity as well. Imagine being able to mimic the effect of cloud passing over the Sun while a character is engaged in a touching soliloquy. Or, dimming light on one part of an object and turning on a light on a different part when the instructor moves on to that next part in a training video. There are lots of possibilities for creative filmmaking made available with DMX lighting.

Equipment Choices

dmx lighting for photography 4

 photo byaudioundwerbung via iStock

Obviously, to take advantage of all that DMX lighting control offers, we will need to have compatible equipment. What do we need for DMX lighting? We will want to have lights that can be controlled by a DMX lighting console and we will need a console or controller of some sort. There are multiple great options in both of these categories.

When choosing new equipment for professional video production, I like to see what Ikan Corp. has available. Ikan is a manufacturer and retailer of high end video production accessories and lighting. Since they make what they sell, you can often find amazing gear at lower than expected prices. 

Lyra LCX21 Soft Panel Light

Lyra LCX21 Soft Panel Light

This is an example of a very good video light with lots of DMX control options as well as excellent general lighting quality and characteristics. The Lyra LCX21 Soft Panel Light has a CRI of 97, uses LED bulbs for versatile control and low heat, variable color temperatures from 2800K to 10,000K, special lighting effects, heavy duty construction, and can be powered by either AC or batteries.

Lyra LCX21 Soft Panel Light 2

The lights can be controlled either by a DMX lighting console or by the switches, dials, and menu on the light itself. This light is very bright and is adjustable in several aspects of color for blending in with ambient lighting or with other lights you already own.

Ikan IDX-096 DMX Console

Ikan IDX 096 DMX Console

For controlling multiple fixtures and lights, the IDX-096 DMX Lighting Console from Ikan provides 96 channels of light dimming and can be programmed for 4 pages of 24 scenes each. Additionally, you can program fade and chase times, you can even plug in DMX enable audio for changing options to the beat of a soundtrack.

What Is DMX Lighting Good For?

dmx lighting for videography 5

 photo by AaronAmat via iStock

So, what is DMX lighting good for? It allows you as a photographer or as a filmmaker videographer complete control over lighting changes without ever touching the lights or getting in the way of a scene. DMX lighting will open up new avenues of creativity as it eases your workflow 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


What to Look for in an On-Camera Monitor for Video

What to Look for in an On Camera Monitor for Video

Using your DSLR or mirrorless camera for video projects is a great way to capture excellent quality raw footage with a compact rig. Current digital cameras have absolutely fantastic video recording capabilities. Among the most useful videography accessories for DSLR and mirrorless is an on-camera monitor for video.

Why You Need an On-Camera Monitor

on camera monitor for video 1

There are a host of reasons why an on-camera monitor is a great investment for DSLR and mirrorless shooters.

Larger Size 

Perhaps the primary reason to use external monitors for video recording with your Full-frame, APS-C, or MFT camera comes down to size of the viewscreen. An external monitor’s screen offers a larger view of what you’re recording than either your camera viewfinder or rear view screen.  

When comparing viewscreen sizes, it’s important to keep in mind that screen sizes are measured diagonally. So, while it might sound like your new camera has a giant 3.1” rear viewscreen, it really isn’t that large compared to what’s available as external monitors for video.

Better Battery Life 

Extended battery life is another reason to choose an on-camera monitor for video. When using your camera’s video mode, the rear screen is switched on as the default with most cameras. Having the screen on while shooting video sucks up a lot of power, but what’s the alternative?

Well, provided your own particular camera has the option to do this, turn off the camera screen while recording and view the external monitor which has its own batteries.

Increased Brightness and Viewability

on camera monitor for video 2

One of the nicest perks of using video accessories like an external monitor is the ease of visibility due to having a brighter, sharper, bigger screen. When shooting outdoors in bright sunlight, the camera viewscreen can be very difficult to see. 

External monitors for video have great brightness adjustments plus many of them have built in or included sun screens. Both factors give you better viewability while shooting.

Recommended Videography Books:

 

Shows Extra Information 

Many of the better external monitors for video show lots of extra information in an easy to view manner. On the larger screen, you can keep track of exposure by monitoring the histogram and you can also see an audio strength meter. Set the monitor for false color to see certain details or follow focus peaking and exposure clipping.

All of this information is vital in order to control it and create the best video footage possible. Some of it is able to be displayed on the camera viewscreen, but it shows up better on the bigger screen of the external monitor.

Stay On Top of Audio

video accessories 3

Besides the audio meter you can put on screen, most external monitors for video have an audio jack that can let you monitor the actual feed being recorded. 

Since audio is an essential part of most video footage shot by our DSLR or mirrorless cameras, keeping on top of it while recording allows us to be able to control it better. The result is better raw video with less time needed in editing.

LUTs Are Useful 

Another fantastic tool for videographers is being able to apply LUTs or Look-Up Tables. A LUT is a preset, more or less, that changes the RAW video feed into whatever the LUT is designed to look like.  

In order to use this tool to the full, you will need to loop through the monitor to record separately, which is another good feature to look for. Some external monitors for video also have recording capability. That does tend to add to price and weight, though.

Learn More:

Choose the Features You Need

video accessories 4

As with cameras, lenses, and other accessories, there are a wide variety of options for accessory on-camera video monitors. The options include the features mentioned above plus size, weight, and price. 

Here are several outstanding external video monitors that may work for you: 

Ikan Delta DH5e-V2 5” On-Camera 4K HDMI Monitor 

videography accessories 5

From Ikan, maker of high-quality video accessories of every kind, comes the compact DH5e-V2 5-inch monitor. 

When it comes to videography and cinema accessories, it’s hard to beat what Ikan has available.The company is run and staffed by people who have a passion for filmmaking themselves, so the products they bring to market are feature packed, high-quality, and budget-friendly. 

The DH5e-V2 is a 4K HDMI monitor with a great mix of features that allow you to be in control of your video. It is pretty compact and lightweight, so it readily fits on top of your camera by means of the accessory shoe or you can attach it to a bracket.

Powered by its own camcorder-style battery, it shows audio meter, histogram, focus peaking, and other functions. It has HDMI in and out, so you can apply the included LUTs in your recording, and an audio jack for live sound monitoring. It is also very attractively priced for photographers jumping into serious videography for the first time.

Ikan Delta DH7-V2 7” High Bright 4K HDMI Monitor

videography accessories 6

Slightly larger is the DH7-V2 High Bright monitor that boasts a 7” screen and added brightness with outstanding color rendition. 

In addition to extra level of screen brightness, resolution, and color fidelity, the DH7-V2 has a USB port that can be used to load extra LUTs besides what comes preloaded. HDMI in/out/thru gives you professional capabilities including applying the LUTs to your recording.

videography accessories 7

It has dual battery slots for extended filming time and is relatively lightweight for such a large screen size. Compared to the average size of camera view screens, this 7 inches feels like a large screen TV set. It’s a little bit more expensive than the 5'' monitor, but still very budget friendly. 

Ikan Saga S7P Super High Bright 3G-SDI Touchscreen Monitor

monitors for video 1

The Saga S7P is an external monitor with professional functionality while still maintaining a relatively decent low price point. Sure, it costs about three times what the 5” DH5e-V2 does, but it adds features and functions from professional level recording equipment.

One of the biggest features is the extra in/out/thru for 3G-SDI in addition to 4K Ultra HDMI. This lets you match this monitor with profesional level audio and video recording gear for absolutely superb raw footage.

monitors for video 9

Also upgraded when opting for this monitor is an SD slot for loading LUTs, increased brightness, resolution, and color quality, plus several more on screen tools. The extra tools include Waveform, RGB parade, vectorscope, and pixel to pixel added to the meters already mentioned in the other monitors.

monitors for video 10

It also uses dual camcorder style batteries for extended use and adds a very user friendly touch screen for controlling features and functions. If you don’t like touch screens, use the scroll wheel to access the tools. 

Upgrade Your Video

external monitors for video 11

Making use of videography accessories like an on-camera monitor for video won’t automatically make you a video superstar. What external monitors actually do for you is open up all the possibilities you have already in your new DSLR or mirrorless camera.

Being able to clearly and comfortably see everything happening in your raw video and audio means you can control it better. Try a video monitor out for yourself and see what I mean! 

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Why the Panasonic GH4 is Still a Great Camera for Video

Why the Panasonic GH4 is Still a Great Camera for Video

The Panasonic Lumix GH4 may have originally been released in 2014, but it’s one of those cameras that just refuses to go away! In fact, even now it’s still one of the most popular and sought-after cameras by videographers and vloggers alike.

The outstanding features and specs of this camera still hold up great in comparison to newer cameras, and thanks to the release of the Panasonic Lumix GH5, the Panasonic GH4 has never been cheaper. Today, you can get your hands on one of these spectacular cameras for only a fraction of the original cost if you shop through a used gear retailer such as mpb.com.

Continue scrolling to see exactly why the Panasonic GH4 is still a great camera for video!

Fantastic Features of the Panasonic GH4

Fantastic Features of the Panasonic GH4 

When the Panasonic GH4 came out, it was unquestionably one of the most advanced mirrorless cameras for video ever created. Lucky for you, it has aged extremely well and it still boasts some of the most impressive video features of any camera on the market. 

While the Panasonic GH4 is a stills/video hybrid, it was definitely built with filmmakers in mind! On the photography side it received only minor upgrades from its predecessor, but when looking at the video features, it’s like a whole different camera.  

It’s absolutely jam-packed with useful features that are designed specifically to make life easier for you and improve the quality of your video content. The Panasonic GH4 has a 16MP micro four thirds sensor, shoots 4K footage at two distinct sizes, and shoots stunning slow-mo shots at 96 fps. Better yet, that’s just the tip of the iceberg!

 Panasonic gh4

Here’s a full breakdown of the Panasonic GH4’s best video features:

  • 16MP micro four thirds sensor
  • 4K video 4K - DCI 'Cinema 4K' (4096 x 2160) or UHD 4K (3840 x 2160)
  • 10-bit 4:2:2 external recording
  • 96 fps slow motion recording 
  • No video recording length limit
  • Headphone and microphone jacks
  • Continuous autofocus in video mode
  • 4K photo mode
  • Audio level adjustment during recording
  • Silent mode
  • Fully articulating touch screen 

An Amazing Camera for an Unbeatable Price

Panasonic Lumix GH4 

Arguably the most attractive quality of the Panasonic GH4 today is the remarkably low price tag! While the Panasonic GH5 retails for a hefty $1699, the GH4 can usually be purchased for somewhere between $400 and $500. 

While it’s possible to occasionally find new Panasonic GH4’s available in some stores, without a doubt the best way to pick one up is on the second-hand market. You can try your luck on places like Facebook Marketplace or Craigslist, but unless you are knowledgeable about cameras, I always recommend going through a trustworthy and reliable used gear retailer. 

They’re not only a great way to save money, but normally they include warranties on all of their products as well, so you can make your purchases completely worry free! Personally, I have bought a handful of used cameras through the years from mpb.com, and I would definitely not hesitate to recommend them! 

Right now they have a ton of Panasonic Lumix GH4 used cameras available, and every so often they have Panasonic Lumix GH4 refurbished cameras on sale at even lower prices! 

Learn More:

Panasonic GH4 Lens Compatibility

Panasonic Lumix GH4 refurbished 

When deciding on a camera for video, one of, if not the most important things to consider is what lenses you can pair with the body. I don’t know if you know this, but the lens, not the body, actually has the biggest impact on the quality of your video footage! 

Fortunately, the Panasonic GH4 has an astounding selection of lenses to choose from! Whether you are a professional videographer, a filmmaker, or a vlogger trying to make a Panasonic GH4 vlog, there are endless lens options to pick from! 

Here is a quick list of my favorite video lenses for the Panasonic GH4: 

Limitations of the Panasonic GH4

Panasonic Lumix GH4 used

The biggest thing missing from the Panasonic GH4 is in-body stabilization. In-body stabilization is a fixture in most new cameras, but it’s also something many people are too concerned about. Sure it would be nice to have, but with tons of terrific lens options that include stabilization, it’s nothing to be overly concerned about. 

Secondly, the Panasonic GH4 functions better as a video camera than a stills camera. When shooting photos I have found that the four thirds sensor does not hold up great in low light situations, and if you try to crank up the ISO too high, the image quality tends to go down pretty quickly. Don’t get me wrong, the Panasonic GH4 is no slouch when it comes to photography, but you may want to consider other options if you plan on using it more for photos than video.

The final thing I wanted to note is the fact that there is only one memory card slot. For video I love when cameras have room for two SD cards, but thanks to the rise of memory cards with incredibly high storage capabilities (up to 1TB!), this is by no means a deal-breaker. 

Go Get Yours Today!

 Panasonic GH4 review

Thank you for taking the time to read this Panasonic GH4 review! Now that you understand where to buy a Panasonic GH4, and why it’s a great camera for video, what are you waiting for?!? Go get yours today today and start recording astonishing 4K content! 

Learn More:



We Recommend


Why You Should Use a Teleprompter for YouTube Videos

Why You Should Use a Teleprompter for YouTube Videos

 photo byDeagreez via iStock

What is the purpose of your YouTube video presence? Communication. Whether our vlog is about a hobby we enjoy, our business interests, or some sort of cause (big or little), clear communication of what we have to say and show. Clear communication is why you should use a teleprompter.

There are two aspects to consider regarding the  importance of teleprompters for YouTube. One is avoiding mistakes leading to time wasting retakes and the other is creating an intimacy of apparent eye contact for viewers.

Best Teleprompters for YouTube

best teleprompters

We could invest a whole lot of money in all sorts of videography accessories and there are good reasons for investing in high quality equipment for our videography and vlogging. Good equipment won’t guarantee that our videography is good, but using the right gear can often open up opportunities for us to create superior video.

The best teleprompters for YouTube videos are the new style of tablet teleprompters. Tablet teleprompters are accessible to virtually anyone who has the capability of recording and uploading video to the internet.  

One excellent example of why you should use a teleprompter is the very high quality and reasonably priced Elite Universal Tablet & iPad Teleprompter from the video accessory manufacturer Ikan.

Ikan designs and makes their own equipment, providing serious videographers with options previously out their price range. New innovations are also made continuously by the developers at Ikan to ensure you get the features you need for making superior video.

So now let’s look a little deeper at those two reasons for why you should use a teleprompter, avoiding mistakes and creating eye contact.

Avoid Mistakes

teleprompters for youtube

 photo byPixelsEffect via iStock

A good script is essential for a smooth video, especially when presenting instruction or for promoting a business or a cause. We don’t have to write out every single word, but we could. Other options are an outline, either detailed or sparse and fluid.

The advantages of using an outline or full script is that you won’t leave out   important details or skip steps that are needed. It would be like if you were painting a beach scene watercolor and realised near completion that you had forgotten to treat the paper.

With a script, you have the steps in front of you. You can still improvise within the script or outline if that’s your style, but one of the best YouTube video tips for any type of vlog is to use a script and teleprompters.

Learn More:

Eye Contact

importance of teleprompters

 photo byvitranc via iStock

How do you make eye contact when you can’t see your audience? By making lens contact. Another of the best YouTube video tips is to look into the lens as you’re speaking. Then, when the video is viewed, the effect to the viewer is that you are making eye contact with them.  

Eye contact is also a great reason why you should use a teleprompter. The importance of teleprompters is that if your audience feels connected to you, you are more likely to accomplish your goal for your video, whether that’s sales, instruction, motivation, or entertainment.

Tablet Teleprompters

tablet teleprompters

For most YouTubers, the best teleprompters to use are tablet teleprompters. These teleprompters for YouTube are simple to set use, easy to use, and are very cost effective. 

The Elite Universal Tablet & iPad Teleprompter from Ikan is a tablet teleprompter that lets you use your own tablet from Apple, Android, Windows, or Fire in sizes from 6x9” to 9x13” or any size in between.

It consists of a holder for the tablet, an angled mirrored glass, and a bracket and hood for attaching to the camera lens. You record right through the glass that is reflecting the script to you so you can maintain 100 percent eye contact should you desire. All material used, from the strong aluminum frame to the optical glass are extremely high quality.

As a bonus for your YouTube video tips, it can be a bit unnerving or even intimidating to have 100 percent eye contact throughout the entire video. Just as in real life, look away every now and then to preserve some naturalness. Especially if you are demonstrating something should you  change where you’re directing your vision from time to time.

Best Teleprompters for YouTubers

Best Teleprompters for YouTubers

Tablet teleprompters like the Elite Universal Tablet & iPad Teleprompter are also great for YouTubers for another reason, price. Just because we feel a need for an addition or upgrade to our video equipment doesn’t mean we have to spend a huge stack of money on it.

Tablet teleprompters of high enough quality to be reliable and not affect the optical quality of our videos aren’t pocket change, but spending about the same as for a good light or nice lens isn't out of reach for serious YouTube vloggers.

As part of your videography gear bag, being able to maintain eye contact and avoid time wasting mistakes are two excellent reasons why you should use a teleprompter for your YouTube videos.

Learn More:

 



We Recommend


Your Time-Lapse Video is Boring. Here's Why.

iStock 81529545 MEDIUM

Time-lapse photography is one of the coolest things you can do with a DSLR or compact camera. It's also becoming easier every day, with all the sophisticated gear available to do it. Of course, that means that everyone is out there doing it, and it doesn't take a lot of searching to find some really captivating videos. Watching one or two good ones is all it takes to inspire you to get out there and try it for yourself.

The thing is, you may have noticed a few rather dull ones while you were searching. You can only watch crowds shuffle by or the lighting change on a city skyline so many times before it's just no fun anymore. There's one thing you'll notice in those videos that really grab your attention: the point of view changes. Moving the camera makes all the difference in the dynamic quality of a time-lapse presentation.

iStock 87687269 MEDIUM

One of the easiest and least complicated ways to add that motion is by rotating your camera between shots. To really get the full effect, though, the rotation needs to be smooth and incremental. In other words, you need to turn the camera evenly on its axis and the degree of rotation between exposures needs to be even. Otherwise, your video will be jerky and/or bouncy. That's a lot of work in between shots, right? Nope.

alpine labs pulse ad

There's an easy and affordable way to add rotation without ever touching the camera between shots. The folks ant Alpine Labs developed Radian 2 because of their frustrations with other devices designed to do this. It's a powerful but simple device that lets you rotate the camera and control its shutter and other exposure controls wirelessly, from your smartphone or tablet. More importantly, though, it does so without the issues that some similar devices cause.

bluetooth programming control 1024x1024

For instance, to avoid blur from camera movement, Radian 2 pauses automatically between movements. It won't leave you stranded in the middle of a sequence, because the USB-rechargeable battery provides power for 100 hours or more. You can preview your video from your remote device and you have full control over shutter speed, ISO and aperture. You can program it for up to 20,000 positions within 360 degrees. That's up to 0.017 degrees per photo. By the way, you can use it for smooth movement in your full-motion videos, too, with up to 4.3 degrees of rotation per second!

Phone Photo 4 3 1024x1024

Radian 2 comes with everything you need except the camera, including a bubble level, rubber feet for off-tripod operation and all the cables for connecting and charging, all in its own mesh bag. Go visit the Alpine Labs website and find out for yourself why this is the camera control device you should be using to add interest to your time-lapse and full-motion videos.



We Recommend